Home

PKZIP MVS User's Guide 5.5

1. COMMAND DESCRIPTION PKZIP PKUNZIP OUTFILE_RECFM Specifies the record format of a newly extracted dataset e OUTFILE_SPACE_PRIMARY Specify the number of allocation units in the primary extent of a newly extracted dataset OUTFILE_SPACE_RLSE Specifies whether free space should be released when a newly extracted dataset is de allocated bd OUTFILE_SPACE_SECONDARY Specify the number of allocation units in the secondary extent of a newly extracted dataset e OUTFILE_SPACE_TYPE Specifies how space is to be allocated for a newly extracted dataset bd OUTFILE_STORCLASS Specifies the DF SMS storage class for a newly extracted dataset gt OUTFILE_UNIT Specifies the generic unit for allocation of a newly extracted dataset e OUTFILE_VOLUMES Specifies the volume s for allocation of a newly extracted dataset bd OUTINDXUSCL This command is supported only in the PKZIP VSE product OUTUSECLASS This command is supported only in the PKZIP VSE product s PAD_CHAR Specifies the character to use to pad fixed length records when extracting gt PAD_VSAM Specifies that variable length records be padded using the character specified in PAD_CHAR bd PARMLIB_DSNAME_UNZIP Specifies the name of the dataset containing the configuration specifications for UNZIP processing bd PARMLIB_DSNAME_ZIP Specifies the name of the dataset containing the configuration specifications for Z
2. SAVE_FILE_ATTRIBUTES Synonyms Include ATTRIBCENTRAL ATTRIBLOCAL ATTRIB NOATTRIB USE_FILE_ATTRIBUTES Cross Platform Compatible command VSE and OS 400 116 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The SAVE_FILE_ATTRIBUTES command specifies whether and where to save the attributes of this compressed file SAVE_FILE ATTRIBUTES CENTRAL LOCAL BOTH NONE NO N When used in PKZIP program processing CENTRAL Allocation attributes for the ZIPPED file are stored in the Central Directory PKZIP MVS uses this information when extracting a file Note The OUTFILE series of commands may be used during PKUNZIP processing to ignore stored attributes LOCAL Attributes for the ZIP file are stored only in the Local Directory PKZIP MVS does not use the Local Directory when extracting a file BOTH The attributes for a compressed file are to be stored in the ZIP archive in both the Central and the Local Directories of an archive when the BOTH modifier is issued NONE NOJN The attributes for a compressed file are not to be stored in the ZIP archive This is useful when the Archive is to be sent to another platform where the allocation information is not referenced It also serves to reduce the size of the Archive When used in PKUNZIP program processing NONE NOJN The attributes
3. GIGA ZIP Allows support for GNU zip files ISPF Allows PKZIP MVS to be called from ISPF panels CLI Allows PKZIP MVS to be called from a command API Allows the use of the Application Programming Interface Encryption Allows Advanced Encryption Licensing Environment PKZIP MVS contains a series of processes that will update the current use license allow reporting of the license information allow conditional use of the product during a disaster recovery and allow conditional use during a modification of the customer s physical environment Evaluation Period License generation for a trial of the product allowing full use is a simple process of obtaining a key from the Sales Division Once this process is completed PKZIP MVS will allow access to all options for a period of 30 days At some time during this process you must contact PKWARE to obtain licensing to allow use beyond the initial period For Licensing please contact the Sales Division at 937 847 2374 or email PKSALES PKWARE COM For Technical Support assistance please contact the Product Services Division at 937 847 2687 or go to http www pkzip com support Specify the correct high level qualifier unit and volume information Current Use License When you receive the license control card information from PKWARE you will build the license dataset using the build license program there is a sample job stream in member LICUPDAT in the In
4. Applying a License Key or Authorization Code e Transfer the license file provided by PKWARE from the PC to the host Be sure to convert the data from ASCII to EBCDIC and insert CR LF s Copying the authorization code from the text file and pasting it to the LICENSE member of the INSTLIB is an acceptable alternative e After the file has been transferred or copied to the host edit the INSTLIB LICUPDAT member supply a job card and modify the following line of JCL 000400 LICENSE PROC HLVL PKZIP MVS URUNIT SYSDA URVOL WORKO1 PKZIP MVS is your high level qualifier for your installation URUNIT and URVOL are the target unit and volume for the installed PKZIP product PKZIP for MVS Grace Period PKWARE recognizes that there may be periods where the licensing environment established by the customer is no longer valid Circumstances such as disaster recovery processing or the installation or upgrade of new processors will affect the environment To accommodate the installation PKZIP for MVS has a process that will allow you to continue to use the product for a period of 5 days During this time error messages will be displayed on the console and the printout for each execution of PKZIP for MVS At the end of the grace period if the license is not updated the product will no longer function for the new CPU s in Chapter 3 Installation Licensing and Configuration 17 any environment other than to VIEW an ar
5. VSAM_DATA_CISIZE Synonyms Include ARCHDATACISZ ARCHDATACISIZE OUTDATACISZ OUTDATACISIZE This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_DATA_CISIZE command provides the ability to define the size of the control intervals for the data component of a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is CONTROLINTERVALSIZE size VSAM_ DATA CISIZE lt size gt size Specifies in bytes the size of the control intervals for the data component VSAM_DATA_EXCEPTIONEXIT Synonyms Include ARCHDATAEEXT OUTDATAEEXT This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_DATA_EXCEPTIONEXIT parameter defines the name of your module that is given control when a problem occurs during the IDCAMS processing of the data component of the cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is EXCEPTIONEXIT module name VSAM_DATA_EXCEPTIONEXIT lt exceptname gt 132 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 exceptname Specifies the name of your module phase name that will be given control when an exception occurs VSAM_DATA FILE Synonyms Include ARCHDATAFILE OUTDATAFILE This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems Specifies the FI
6. ARCHIVE_STORCLASS OUTFILE_STORCLASS TEMP_STORCLASS VSAM_STORCLASS In DF SMS environment dynamic allocation information in lieu of volume allocation specifications ARCHIVE_VOLUMES OUTFILE_VOLUMES TEMP_VOLUMES Dynamic allocation target volumes for non DF SMS datasets These are optional for non VSAM datasets but are required for VSAM DEFINE CLUSTER control cards VSAM_VOLUMES Protecting Files with the SAFETYEX Module As delivered the SAFETYEX module will protect PKUNZIP from overwriting SYS1 dataset names If you would like to remove this restriction or add additional restrictions you will need to edit the SAFETYEX source member in PKZIP INSTLIB make and save your changes and run the ASMSAFE member of the PKZIP INSTLIB to protect any files you specify from UNZIP overwrite processing If you do not want to make any changes to this module then there is nothing that you need to do Activating the ISPF Interface Activation of the PKZIP for MVS ISPF interface is accomplished as follows During product installation the PKZIP for MVS 5 5 ISPF libraries are loaded to disk The high level qualifiers dsnhlq are selected by the user during the installation process To configure PKZIP ISPF the user will need to make a few modifications to the PKZIP INSTLIB PKZSTART member Make the following changes to reflect your installation If the user environment can not support compiled REX
7. by using offsets and lengths according to other directory entries A Local Directory Header was expected at a specific offset in the file but the eye catcher was not x gt present there aj s Note The Local Directory begins with X 504B0304 E System Response Processing is terminated x User Response Determine whether the file has been truncated Invoking module lt ACAMGR gt k kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk License Display Option L This option will display information about the PKZIP for MVS license in effect on this processor The initial information produced in the list is your customer number and customer name along with the current processor serial number Licensing requirements and options are fully explained in Appendix A of this document When this option is selected you are asked to supply the high level qualifiers of the license dataset Using that dataset the license data is reported and displayed An example of the display generated by this option is shown below Menu Utilities Compilers Help SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS BROWSE PKZIP ASILIC TEMP Line 00000000 Col 001 080 Command Scroll gt CSR kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Top of Data xx xk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kkk kkk kkk ZPLI200I A LICENSE REPORT HAS BEEN REQUESTED ON 05 20 01 A
8. with commands of SELECT_FROM_PDS DOG PONY SHOW ABC will select the file DOG PONY SHOW ABC for zipping When used in PKUNZIP program processing The SELECT_FROM_PDS command is used to designate an output library for files to be extracted into It is commonly used when a PDS is not specified in a dataset name for example the name levels were dropped by the HIERARCHY N command during ZIP processing when the Archive was created SELECT_FROM_PDS lt PDS name gt with a command of SELECT_FROM_PDS DOG PONY SHOW will extract the PDS DOG PONY SHOW ABC member See UNZIPPED_DSN to specify high level qualifiers in a more general fashion 118 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 SELECT_TAPE Synonyms Include NOTAPE This command specifies whether tape files are to be processed when requesting datasets for ZIP processing via the catalog SELECT_TAPE Y N Y YES All tape files in the catalog will be processed N NO Tape files will be filtered out during processing of the catalog See also SELECT_VSAM SELECT_MIGRATED and SELECT_GDGALL SET_ERROR_RC Synonyms Include N A The SET_ERROR_RC may be used to set a firm return code when an error has been detected Internal return codes of 8 or above will be converted to this value This optional feature may be of use to installations converting from PKZIP for MVS 2 x which uses RC 24 f
9. PKZIP for VSE PKZIP for UNIX PKZIP for LINUX PKZIP for DOS and PKZIP for Windows to name a few Because PKZIP for MVS automatically converts the data between EBCDIC and ASCII files prepared on the host are readable on any PC or UNIX system The internal format of a ZIP archive is identical regardless of which platform compressed the files that the archive contains If you want to transfer data across platforms using any other version of PKZIP or other ZIP utility you should always run a test to verify the cross platform compatibility PKZIP for MVS uses the same ZIP file archive format used by other PKZIP compatible products independent of the platform on which it is running PKZIP for MVS archives are not platform dependent allowing greater flexibility in file usage Data can be zipped on one platform for example UNIX and unzipped onto another platform such as OS 400 To do this PKZIP for MVS converts the data structure into the PKZIP format and saves the appropriate file information in the ZIP Archival directory entries If you want to transfer data across platforms using any other Zip compatible product the user should check with the supplier first to confirm that the versions of PKZIP that are compatible 6 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Chapter 2 PKZIP for MVS 5 5 Release Information Release Summary New Features New features for PKZIP for MVS Release
10. Q QUIET This command specifies the level or quantity of messages that will be output from PKZIP for MVS to SYSPRINT LOGGING_ LEVEL NORMAL QUIET VERBOSE NORMAL Specifies that a standard set of messages will be output to SYSPRINT QUIET Specifies that no messages are issued although return codes will be set when errors occur This option is normally used when calling from a CLIST or another program where you will not immediately view the output as in ISPF execution VERBOSE Specifies that a more detailed level of messages will be output to provide in depth processing information Dynamic Allocation Parameters used to create and access files Dynamic Allocation error codes System SORT messages TRACE_SORT 4 may provide more Specific PKZIP messages MEMORY_MODEL Synonyms Include MEM_MODEL MEM_MDL SMM MMM LMM MMS MML MEMORY_MODEL SMALL MEDIUM LARGE MEMORY_MODEL SMALL MEDIUM LARGE controls where file management control blocks are held such as control blocks describing an archive file with its attributes and the amount of storage than can be used for compression control tables When MEMORY_MODEL LARGE is specified or defaulted all of the file management control blocks are held in 31 bit virtual storage and the largest compression tables are used providing the best compression possible for the Compression_Level selected When either SMALL or MEDIUM are specified the
11. Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Example 9 Unzip an Archive to VSAM KSDS JCL Used SAMUNZP3 JOB XXXX SAMUNZP3 CLASS B MSGCLASS Q NOTIFY amp SYSUID REGION 8M J RRR RK KKK KKK KK KKK KK KK KK KK KK HH KK IK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KKK KK EKER KKK KKK KK KKK Sample job stream to UNZIP a zipped VSAM file archive of PKWARE VSAMKSDS ARCHIVE back to it s original VSAM structure J RRR III RIKKI II IK IK KI II e h de II II IK II II II IK II II III KIKI AI III RII II kk kk k k k 1 UNZIP3 EXEC PGM PKUNZIP PARM ECHO STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN PKZIP MVS LOAD SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSABEND DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ARCHIVE_DSN PKWARE VSAMKSDS ARCHIVE Resulting output ZPAMO30I INPUT Archive opened PKWARE VSAMKSDS ARCHIVE ZPEX002I PKWARE SAMPLE KSDS ZPEX003I Extracted to PKWARE SAMPLE KSDS ZPMT002I PKZIP processing complete RC 00000000 0 Dec Appendix B Sample Jobstreams 187 Appendix C Invoking PKZIP PKUNZIP from a Program PKZIP and PKUNZIP can be called invoked dynamically from other programs using standard calling conventions Because PKZIP PKUNZIP adheres to IBM s standard linkage conventions the passing of parameters is accomplished as described in the language reference manuals Because standard conventions are used the return code is passed back to your program PKZIP for MVS is specifically designed to compress
12. Specifies the FILE parameter to the index component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_INDEX_MASTERPW Specifies the MASTERPW parameter to the index component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_INDEX_NAME Specifies the NAME parameter to the index component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_INDEX_ORDERED Specifies the ORDERED parameter to the index component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_INDEX_PRIMARY Specifies the primary space allocation parameter to the index component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_INDEX_READPW Specifies the READPW parameter to the index component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_INDEX_SECONDARY Specifies the secondary space allocation parameter to the index component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_INDEX_SPACE_TYPE Specifies the space allocation type parameter to the index component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER comma
13. ISPF interface is started for the first time the Configuration Menu will be displayed On subsequent use the first display is the Main Menu An example of this menu is shown below From this panel the desired function can be selected by entering the letter associated with that function To display the help information press PF1 from any panel in the ISPF interface and the help panel for that function will be displayed To end the PKZIP for MVS ISPF session press PF3 or enter X while the main menu is displayed PKZIP MVS 5 5 Main Menu Option C Config Display Modify configuration ZD Zip Defaults Display default settings for ZIP processing UD Unzip Defaults Display default settings for UNZIP processing U Unzip Decompress File s Stored in Archive File V View Display the contents of an Archive File Z Zip Compress File s and Write to an Archive File S Sysprint Browse Log of last on line execution M Messages Message ID lookup L License Display License Information W What s New Browse Information on changes since last release A Contact PKWARE Browse Information on how to contact PKWARE X EXIT Exit PKZIP To EXIT Press PF3 or enter X For HELP Press PF1 Chapter 11 Using the ISPF Interface 157 Configuration Option C The PKZIP for MVS ISPF interface requires configuration information to function correctly in the user environment Upon initial use of the ISPF interface the Configuration Menu
14. OUTDATASHR 146 OUTDATASPACE 134 OUTDATAUPDPW 149 OUTDATAUSCL 65 OUTDATAVOL 135 OUTDATAWCK 149 OUTDCLASS 105 OUTDIRBLKS 105 OUTDUPLICATES 135 OUTEEXT 136 OUTFILE_BLKSIZE 65 104 OUTFILE_DATACLASS 65 105 OUTFILE_DD 65 105 OUTFILE_DIR_BLOCKS 65 105 OUTFILE_DIRBLKS 105 OUTFILE_DSNTYPE 65 106 OUTFILE_DSORG 106 OUTFILE_LRECL 65 107 OUTFILE_MGMTCLASS 65 107 OUTFILE_OVERWRITE 65 107 OUTFILE_PDS_ENQ 65 107 OUTFILE_RECFM 66 108 OUTFILE_RELEASE 109 OUTFILE_RLSE 109 OUTFILE_SPACE_PRIMARY 66 109 OUTFILE_SPACE_RELEASE 109 OUTFILE_SPACE_RLSE 66 109 OUTFILE_SPACE_SECONDARY 66 109 OUTFILE_SPACE_TYPE 66 110 Index 217 OUTFILE_STORCLASS 19 66 110 OUTFILE_UNIT 19 66 110 OUTFILE_VOLUMES 19 66 110 OUTFOR 148 OUTFREECA 137 OUTIMBED 137 OUTINDXASTR 138 OUTINDXATT 137 OUTINDXAUTH 138 OUTINDXCISIZE 138 OUTINDXCISZ 138 OUTINDXCTLPW 139 OUTINDXEEXT 139 OUTINDXNAME 140 OUTINDXNORD 140 OUTINDXNRUS 146 OUTINDXORD 140 OUTINDXOWNER 144 OUTINDXPRI 141 OUTINDXRDPW 141 OUTINDXRUS 146 OUTINDXSEC 141 OUTINDXSHR 146 OUTINDXSPACE 142 OUTINDXUPDPW 142 OUTINDXUSCL 66 OUTINDXVOL 143 OUTKEYS 143 OUTLRL 107 OUTMASTERPW 143 OUTMCLASS 107 OUTMODEL 144 OUTNOREPLICATE 146 OUTNOREUSE 146 OUTNORLSE 109 OUTNOWRITECHK 149 OUTOWNER 144
15. PKZIP for MVS MVS ESA OS 390 amp z OS User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 PKWARE Inc PKWARE Inc 9009 Springboro Pike Miamisburg Ohio 45342 Sales 937 847 2374 Support 937 847 2687 Fax 937 847 2375 Web Site http www pkzip com Sales E Mail pksales pkware com Support http www pkzip com support 5 5 Edition 2003 PKZIP for MVS PKZIP for OS 400 PKZIP for VSE PKZIP for UNIX and PKZIP for Windows are just a few of the many members in the PKZIP family PKWARE Inc would like to thank all the individuals and companies including our customers resellers distributors and technology partners who have helped make PKZIP the industry standard for Trusted ZIP solutions PKZIP enables our customers to efficiently and securely transmit and store information across systems of all sizes ranging from desktops to mainframes This edition applies to the following PKWARE of Ohio Inc licensed program PKZIP for MVS Version 5 Release 5 2003 PKZIP R is a registered trademark of PRWARE R Inc Other product names mentioned in this manual may be a trademark or registered trademarks of their respective companies and are hereby acknowledged Any reference to licensed programs or other material belonging to any company is not intended to state or imply that such programs or material are available or may be used The copyright in this work is owned by PKWARE of Ohio Inc and the document is issue
16. RESET This command resets any changes made using this option and restore the defaults as they were installed and or modified by the systems programmer This command can be truncated to RES SAVE This command prompts you for a dataset name and member Then any changes made to the defaults subsequent to the SAVE command are written to the dataset entered That dataset can then be reloaded using the LOAD command explained below Display of Changed Zip Defaults Row 1 to 4 of 4 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE The following options have been changed from the original defaults Source of changes DS Loaded from data set CD Changed default panel AV Zip or UnZip Advanced options Option Name Current Option Value Origin MEMORY MODEL LARGE AV ACTION FRESHEN DS LOGGING_LEVEL VERBOSE DS ARCHIVE_DSORG PE CD Changing Default Options The default option values vary depending on the option being changed There are seven types of options A Y N option a numeric option an EBCDIC character a dataset name clear text a list of volumes and an option list Each of these are explained below An option of any type must be selected for update by first typing a in the field at the beginning of line where the desired option is displayed and pressing ENTER After the option is selected and it s type is determined then the update proceeds as explained below Y N The value of the selected YES NO option is toggled If it is c
17. UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 SYSOUT COPY INDD SYSUT1 OUTDD SYSUT2 ELE FRAKAAAAA RARA k de k KKK KKK KK KKK HK dek H k k AA KK KK AAA AA KAR AAA kk kk kk kkk kk I 8 F H H e k e H de k de k de k de de de HK KK KK de de KK de de KK de de He ke He de He he KK He he He He e He he He de k de ke de k de ke dek kek kk kkk kk 38030 SYSUT1 SYSUT2 1 e SYSUT3 SYSUT4 SYSPRINT SYSIN gt RESTORE PKZIP MVS INSTLIB TO CUSTOMERS DASD lt EXEC PGM IEBCOPY DD DD DD DD DD DD DSN PKWARE MVS INSTLIB VOL RETAIN REF JS020 SYSUT1 UNIT tape DEFER LABEL 3 SL DISP OLD DSN pkzip mvs INSTLIB DISP NEW CATLG DELETE SPACE CYL 2 1 20 UNIT disk VOL SER volume UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 SYSOUT COPY INDD SYSUT1 OUTDD SYSUT2 1 J EF k k H k ke ke He k e ke e ke He ke e ke ke ke de KKK de de He ke de ke k k ke k k k kk k k kk k k k k kek k k kek kk kk kk kk k k kkk k k Lee FAAAAAAAAARAK ARA AAA ARK HK KK IK KK AAA KARA e AAA k de k de AA AAA AAA AA 38040 SYSUT1 fi SYSUT2 gt RESTORE PKZIP MVS LOAD TO CUSTOMERS DASD lt EXEC PGM IEBCOPY DD DD DSN PKWARE MVS LOAD VOL RETAIN REF JS030 SYSUT1 UNIT tape DEFER LABEL 4 SL DISP
18. VSAM_CATALOG lt catname gt lt password gt or VSAM_CATALOG USE_ORIGINAL catname Specifies the name of the catalog in which the cluster is to be defined Password Specifies the update or higher level password 130 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 USE_ORIGINAL Specifies that UNZIP processing will attempt to use a saved catalog attribute from the Archive VSAM_CISIZE Synonyms Include ARCHCISZ ARCHCISIZE OUTCISZ OUTCISIZE VSAMCISZ VSAMCISIZE CISIZE This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_CISIZE parameter defines the size of the control intervals for the cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is CONTROLINTERVALSIZE size VSAM_CISIZE lt size gt size Specifies in bytes the size of the control intervals for the cluster Note Access Method Services may modify the value to fit VSAM processing needs VSAM_CLUSTER_TYPE Synonyms Include VSAM_TYPE VSAMTYPE OUTATTR VSAMESDS VSAMKSDS VSAMRRDS ESDS KSDS RRDS This command is also compatible with VSE Some values may be restricted by the operating environment 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_CLUSTER_TYPE command defines the file type of a VSAM cluster There are three IDCAMS equivalents for this command which include INDEXED
19. Version 5 5 in the Systems 390 environment through the use of extended file information In addition new attributes will be built upon the Z390 attribute set in future releases ATTRIB_COMPATIBILITY 2390 MV25 Although ZIP Archives created by older releases of PKZIP for MVS can be processed by PKZIP for MVS Version 5 5 extended attributes created by PKZIP for MVS Version 5 5 in Z390 mode will not be compatible with executions of older versions of PKZIP for MVS and they will be ignored although the file data will still be accessible For installations where multiple releases of the product will be run with files being shared between systems a mode of MV25 can be used so that the attributes created by release 5 5 are acceptable to the older product Version However new features and functions will only be generated in the Z390 mode CALLMODE Synonyms Include N A This command is an internal use command that is used for environmental interfacing and should not be specified CALLMODE BATCH ISPF TSO CHECK_SYSIN_MEMBER Synonyms Include N A This is a defaults module only parameter since the value must be determined before the SYSIN command set is opened CHECK_SYSIN_MEMEBER Y N The default operation of PKZIP MVS is to verify that command input stored in a PDS or PDSE member exists If the member is not found then a message is issued and the PKZIP function is terminated ZPCM010E MEMBER N
20. e By executing PKZIP at different times various files within the Archive may be saved with differing levels and types of protection That is some files may not be protected at all while others may have different methods and or passwords e A is shown in a View to indicate Standard Encryption protection is used for a file e A is shown in a View to indicate Strong Encryption protection is used for a file e When specifying long passwords requiring multiple control records do not use the continuation character because it supplies an implicit blank in the command stream e This enhanced feature for ADD UPDATE and FRESHEN applies to standard PKZIP Archives and not GZIP EXCLUDE dsname mask Synonyms Include N A This parameter has no equivalent It is anew command Chapter 9 Commands 95 When selecting a large number of files via a mask selection it may be useful to eliminate some of the files from being processed for example GDGs ZIP archives or other special files that can be identified by their dataset naming conventions See also SELECT_TAPE SELECT_VSAM SELECT_CATALOGED_ ALIAS and RECALL_TO_ZIP for other selection restricting capabilities The dsname mask may be a fully qualified file name or a masked name similar to dataset selection names of 1 to 80 characters Embedded blanks in an MVS dsname for ZIP processing will truncate the mask Multiple EXCLUDE commands may be specifi
21. 140 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 The VSAM_INDEX_ORDERED command provides the ability to define an ORDERED parameter for the index component of a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is ORDERED UNORDERED VSAM_INDEX_ORDERED lt ORDERED UNORDERED gt ORDERED Specifies the volumes are to be used in the order in which they were listed in the VOLUMES parameter UNORDERED Specifies the volumes are not to be used in the order in which they were listed in the VOLUMES parameter VSAM_INDEX_PRIMARY Synonyms Include OUTINDXPRI This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_INDEX_PRIMARY command provides the ability to define the primary value for space allocation in the INDEX component of a VSAM cluster Note that this command is used in conjunction with VSAM_INDEX_SPACE_TYPE The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is CYLINDERS primary TRACKS primary or RECORDS primary VSAM_INDEX_ PRIMARY lt primary gt primary Specifies the number of units to be allocated cylinders tracks records kilobytes or megabytes Also see VSAM_INDEX_SECONDARY VSAM_INDEX_READPW Synonyms Include OUTINDXRDPW This command is also compatible with VSE 9 gt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command specifies the read password to
22. Batch To EXIT Press PF3 or enter X For HELP Press PF1 Setting VIEW Options The panel shown above is used to specify options for the VIEW operation The individual fields are as follows Archive Name Enter the name of the archive to be viewed It can be in the form of DATA SET NAME or DATA SET NAME MBR Standard dataset naming conventions apply Place the dataset name in single quotes to prevent using the TSO prefix as the first qualifier This option can be turned off using the Configuration option explained earlier Dataset Filter This field is used to specify a wildcard type filter used to limit the number of datasets displayed If this field is entered only those datasets matching the filter will be displayed on the VIEW information panels View Type If a V is selected then the files within the selected archive are displayed on the scrollable panels shown within this chapter The information displayed on the panels is obtained from a ACTION VIEWDETAIL command If a B is selected then a ACTION VIEWBRIEF command is executed and the output print file is displayed using ISPF browse The D option generates the same command as the V option but the output is browsed instead of being displayed in an ISPF table Sort Output The displayed file list can be sorted prior to being displayed by entering a Y in this field When this field is a Y then the following two fields are used to speci
23. Chapter 5 File Selection and Name Processing 37 Generation datasets GDG can be requested with a fully qualified generation name for example SYS1 BACKUP G0020V00 a relative generation level for example SYS1 BACKUP 1 or a GDG base request In all cases identified candidates will resolve to their fully qualified NONVSAM dataset name with each being processed as an independent entry e GDG base selection only applies to ZIP processing at the time of the request in accordance to the current catalog structure e Relative generation selection is valid only with INFILE and JCL specifications e UNZIP processing requires selection according to fully qualified generation names When GDG base names are used via Dataset name command requests each current ASSOCIATION entry in the catalog will be used to identify individual NONVSAM entries and each will be processed as an independent entry This differs from the way GDG base names are handled when INFILE is used When an INFILE request is used in conjunction with a DD statement to reference a GDG base standard MVS expansion of the GDGALL name will occur This results in all generations being treated as a concatenation group with the latest generation name being assigned to the file You must take care in handling the resultant ZIP file since the data from 1 or more generations are included in the file This differs from the way GDG base names are handled when Dataset name reque
24. Configuration File PARMLIB DD or dynamically allocated 2 EXEC PARM or API Call Parm 3 SYSIN DD Exceptions to this order are for commands providing early initialization control through the EXEC PARM 32 DM ACZDFLT lt Defaults Module selection ECHO PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Configuration Manager Processing Managing Control Statements Control Statement Definitions Control statements are managed via an internal control table ACMTABLE This table determines which command values are permitted for each command and provides validation information to the Configuration Manager Keywords formats and values generated in the defaults module are kept in synchronization with internal module control information maintained in ACMTABLE which is used programmatically by Configuration Manager routines to parse control statements The control statement values are mapped directly to the defaults module values for use Default values for the commands are held in module ACZDFLT which is loaded at run time A sample source module is provided pkzip_product INSTLIB ASMDFLT can be assembled to change the defaults for the installation In addition ACZDFLT can be assembled as a different load module name to create custom profiles of defaults for a variety of needs A different flavour of ACZDFLT can be requested at execution time by using the JCL EXEC parameter DM nnnnnnnr where nnnnnnn
25. MANAGING CONTROL STATEMENTSG 200008 33 Control Statement Definitions ccooccccnncconncccncnocnnocnnnanonananonononononcnonnno nano naninnnanon 33 TROUBLESHOOTING 2d as a os o o os a ts ts de os os as Bhd 33 A eo CAMA PPP EEES EEEE EEN EREDE EEEE ENEE 33 viii PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Deb gging Controls ses eaae iii tddi in 34 CHAPTER 5 FILE SELECTION AND NAME PROCESSING o cccocccoccconocccancconaconanonnanos 35 ZIP PROCESSING FILE SELECTION usar A 35 PRIMARY FILE SELECTION INPUTS cc cccccceccccesceuceeuceceesecuseueceeeusecuceueueeeuseeuseueeeeeuseeneeuaes 35 CATALOGED DATASET NAME FILTER REQUESTS c cccccceccceeseeeceeececeeseeeseueeseuseuneeueeeeeees 35 EXCLUSION TF ETERNA ee eet es el et eet eos hee al ae alata Ale 35 INFILE DD REQUESTS xc aiii AA iaa 36 JES2 SYSIN INFILE SUPPORT sa cd dd ea he dl dd ps dd ado dde dd dd a A 36 INPUT ZIP ARCHIVE FILES doin A A A A A A ahaa ke 36 FILE SELECTION PROCESSING NOTES 00 bos 36 CATALOGED DATASET NAME AND INFILE REQUEST RESTRICTIONS occccoocccconcncconcnncononnnonos 37 ZIP PALE NAMES 22d A dd Sana a 38 Summary of Commands Affecting ZIP Filename 38 ESSENTIALS FOR RUNNING PKZIP AND PKUNZIP 0c ccccceccceecseecseececeeeseeseueeeeeeeeaeeeuees 39 PRUNZIPS 0 23 aan 40 CHAPTER 6 ZIP PIES cacas dai dc 42 DATA FORMATS TEXT OR BINARY coxis coe a eco hese ots ede ed dy eS olay os ely ek oy he 42 DATA FORMAT
26. N Y YES Records are padded with the pad character specified in PAD_CHAR If the lengths specified in the VSAM_RECORDSIZE command are of different lengths padding will not occur N NO Records are not padded PARMLIB_DSNAME_UNZIP Synonyms Include UNZIPCONFIG PARMLIB_DSNAME UNZIP lt dataset gt dataset PKZIP MVS can be configured or customized to operate in a number of ways The name of the dataset containing the configuration specifications for UNZIP processing is specified by the use of this command The default command for this dataset is NULLFILE Note that some installations try to eliminate any allocation of a PARMLIB or CONFIG dataset through PARMLIB_DSNAME_ZIP and PARMLIB_DSNAME_UNZIP If no installation supplied dataset commands are desired then ACZDFLT parameters may be set to bypass the allocation attempt Only SYSIN DD and EXEC PARM parameters will be processed Chapter 9 Commands 111 PARMLIB_DSNAME_ZIP Synonyms Include ZIPCONFIG PARMLIB_DSNAME ZIP lt dataset gt dataset PKZIP MVS can be configured or customized to operate in a number of ways The name of the dataset containing the configuration specifications for ZIP processing is specified by the use of this command The default command for this dataset is NULLFILE PARMLIB_FILE_WAIT_MAX Synonyms Include N A If the file indicated by PARMLIB_DSNAME_ZIP or PARMLIB_DSNAME_UNZIP is in use el
27. STEPLIB specifies the library that contains PKZIP for MVS PKZIP may be placed in the JOBLIB DD or in one of the libraries shared by all MVS processing for example LNKLST in which case there is no need to use the STEPLIB DD 5 SYSPRINT contains all the message output by PKZIP A SYSABEND DD card will be dynamically allo cated by default if one is not supplied 6 SYSIN is the usual mechanism for supplying commands to PKZIP Alternatively you can use the PARM parameter on the EXEC statement the PARMLIB DD or a combination of all three 7 Commands specify the processing to be carried out by PKZIP Return Codes PKZIP issues a completion code dependent on the results of the processing that was carried out The completion code can take the following values 0 Processing has completed without errors being detected 4 A warning message has been output but processing has continued 8 or higher An error has occurred during processing refer to the error messages for more details The final completion code issued is the maximum value of the conditions found during the sum A return code greater than zero indicates that there are one or more warning or error messages in the job output 22 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Compressing a Dataset The following example shows how to compress a dataset using PKZIP for MVS ZIP EXEC PGM PKZIP REGION 8M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN PKZIP MVS V55 LOAD SY
28. TEXT RECORDS santi 43 DATA FORMAT BINARY RECORDS sii 44 FILEATTR BUTES a td tt A E lt tt da 44 LARGE FILE CONSIDERATIONS 2 rinda 44 DETERMINING FALE SIZE 50000 a A A A A A ti 45 CHAPTER 7 FILE PROCESSING cconccoccconccconoconaconaconaronanconnronnrnnnaronaronaronnnronnronarenanrnaas 46 FILE SUPPORT 20010 dt ds A A IEA RA AAA ATA AS 46 e A tid oid ti od dn 46 AL SEQUENTIAL RILES si A ik eae dik ee a oe de at 47 Compressing Sequential FICS ata A 47 Extracting Records into a Sequential File 00ooooocococococococooocococoococococococococececonos 47 Managing a Sequential File ZIP Archive ooooooooooococccoccococononononnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 48 Processing GDGS rore cenene e 48 File Concatenation for ZIP ProcessiOQ oooooccccccccooooooooooonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 48 B PDS AND PDSE MEMBERS e de dd ta Dd e ah OR aaa 48 Selecting PDS Members for Compression eenen 48 File Name or File Mask 0 ct ob 49 BDDB Statements io 49 Extracting Data into a PD Susie dine edi id nn Alon okt el ion aking eid a 49 Managing ZIP Archives as PDS Members 0ooooocccocccococoooonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 50 LO AGCLIB FANGS A A A A ERAT ERA eee chek ence nes sectenereacueearesene 50 Processing Individual Members 000 50 Load Module Control lt td ti aa 50 Processing Entire Load Library 211 22 24 22o4 nt e a an eee 50 GN SAM PILES acta hater dick A A AS class tae la tk es ie ot 50 Gompressing
29. U or Fixed F FB formats The standard format for a ZIP Archive is shown in the table below Standard Zip Archive Format File 1 Local Directory Entry X 504B0304 optional extended attributes file data File 2 Local Directory Entry X 504B0304 optional extended attributes file data File n Local Directory Entry X 504B0304 optional extended attributes file data File 1 Central Directory Entry X 504B0102 optional extended attributes File 2 Central Directory Entry X 504B0102 optional extended attributes File n Central Directory Entry X 504B0102 optional extended attributes End Central Directory Entry X 504B0506 optional Archive Comment The Local and Central Directory Entries contain information such as the file name uncompressed size and compressed size along with control values The extended information controlled by the SAVE_FILE_ATTRIBUTES command reflects dataset allocation information from the file as stored by PKZIP for MVS Old ZIP Archive An old ZIP Archive refers to an Archive containing ZIPPED files that is in existence and may also be referred to as ARCHIN It may have been created by PKZIP for MVS in an earlier process or transferred from a different platform This Archive is specified using the ARCHIVE or Chapter 8 ZIP Archives 59 ARCHIVE_INFILE commands The old Archive can
30. VIEWDATE VIEWOFFSETREVERSE VIEWDATECOMMENT VIEWOFFSETREVERSECOMMENT VIEWDATEREVERSE VIEWPERCENT VIEWDATEREVERSECOMMENT VIEWPERCENTCOMMENT VIEWDETAIL VIEWPERCENTREVERSE VIEWDETAILCOMMENT VIEWPERCENTREVERSECOMMENT VIEWDETAILDATE VIEWREVERSE VIEWDETAILDATECOMMENT VIEWREVERSECOMMENT VIEWDETAILDATEREVERSE VIEWSIZE VIEWDETAILDATEREVERSECOMMENT VIEWSIZECOMMENT VIEWDETAILLENGTH VIEWSIZEREVERSE VIEWDETAILLENGTHCOMMENT VIEWSIZEREVERSECOMMENT VIEWDETAILLENGTHREVERSE ARCHIVE_BLKSIZE Synonyms Include ARCHBLKSIZ For a new or updated ZIP archive the block size may be specified using the ARCHIVE_BLKSIZE command The default is to attempt half track blocking for example 27998 bytes on a 3390 DASD device unless ARCHIVE_LRECL is specified using logical record lengths The default is not used when ARCHIVE_DATACLASS is specified and DF SMS is in control of dataset allocation on the system ARCHIVE BLKSIZE lt block size gt block size This is the size of block for the new or updated ZIP archive Note A large block size should be specified for best ZIP performance Block size of 0 If using a PDS or sequential archive and a block size of 0 is specified the program will determine the block size If using record formats that are undefined by default or by ARCHIVE_RECFM U command and a block size of 0 is specified the system may not set a block size An error will occur when the archive is processed such as IE
31. VSAM_INDEX_AUTH_STRING 70 138 VSAM_INDEX_CISIZE 70 138 VSAM_INDEX_CODE 70 139 VSAM_INDEX_CONTROLPW 70 139 VSAM_INDEX_EXCEPTIONEXIT 70 139 VSAM_INDEX_FILE 71 140 VSAM_INDEX_MASTERPW 71 140 VSAM_INDEX_NAME 71 140 VSAM_INDEX_ORDERED 71 140 VSAM_INDEX_PRIMARY 71 141 VSAM_INDEX_READPW 71 141 VSAM_INDEX_SECONDARY 71 141 VSAM_INDEX_SPACE_TYPE 71 142 VSAM_INDEX_UPDATEPW 71 142 VSAM_INDEX_VOLUMES 71 143 VSAM_KEYS 71 143 VSAM_MASTERPW 71 143 VSAM_MGMTCLASS 71 144 VSAM_MODEL 71 144 VSAM_ORDERED 71 144 VSAM_OWNER 72 144 VSAM_READPW 72 145 VSAM_RECORDSIZE 72 145 VSAM_RECOVERY_OPT 72 145 VSAM_REPLICATE 72 146 VSAM_REUSE 72 146 VSAM_SHAREOPTIONS 72 146 VSAM_SHROPT 146 VSAM_SHROPTS 146 VSAM_SPACE_PRIMARY 72 147 VSAM_SPACE_SECONDARY 72 147 VSAM_SPACE_TYPE 72 147 VSAM_SPANNED 72 148 VSAM_STORCLASS 19 72 148 VSAM_TO 72 148 VSAM_TYPE 131 VSAM_UPDATEPW 72 149 VSAM_USECLASS 72 VSAM_VOLUMES 19 VSAM_VOLUMES 135 VSAM_WRITECHECK 72 149 VSAMCISIZE 131 VSAMCISZ 131 VSAMESDS 131 VSAMKSDS 131 VSAMRRDS 131 VSAMTYPE 131 VT 165 VTOC 211 WwW What is GZIP 154 What is the Life Expectancy of AES 6 What s New Option W 169 Why use GZIP 154 Xx X 165 XO 165 Y Y N 160 Z ZDW 117 Zip Option Z 166 ZIP archive viewing contents 24 ZIP Archive 211 ZIP Archives 1 59 ZIP File Names 38
32. ZIP Files 42 Zip Function 167 Zip PDS to an Archive 178 179 ZIP Processing File Selection 35 Zip VSAM KSDS to an Archive 180 Index 221 ZIPCONFIG 112 Zipped Size 165 ZIPCUR 118 ZIPPED_DSN 74 149 ZIPPARM Copy Member 172 190 192 193 194 ZIPPED_DSN_SEPARATOR 74 152 Zipped DSN 167 ZSIZE 163 222 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000
33. ZPAM311I File Referenced Date 2001 08 09 ZPAM312I File PDS Extended Directory Information DIRECTORY INFORMATION FOLLOWS LENGTH 000004 000000 71690198 00000000 00000000 00000000 q ZPAM313I PDS member TTRKZC 00AC09000002 ZPAM013I ZPMT002I PKZIP processing complete RC 00000000 0 Dec 184 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Example 7 Unzip an Archive to PDS JCL Used SAMUNZP1 JOB XXXX SAMUNZP1 CLASS B 1 MSGCLASS Q NOTIFY amp SYSUID REGION 8M J RRR RR KK KKK KK KK KKK KKK KK KK KK KH KK IK KK KK KK KK RRA AAA AAA AA KKK KKK KKK Sample job stream to UNZIP a zipped PDS file archive of PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE back to it s original PEN content 1 The FILE EXTENSION NAMEFILE will use the last f component of the ZIPPED name as the PDS member name J RRR RRR KKK KER RRR KK KKK KKK RRR KKK KKK KKK k k kek k k kek k k kk k K KK kkk 1 UNZIP1 EXEC PGM PKUNZIP PARM ECHO STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN PKZIP MVS LOAD SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSABEND DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD FILE EXTENSION NAMEFILE ARCHIVE_DSN PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE Resulting output ZPAMO30I INPUT Archive opened PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE ZPEX002I SYS1 MACLIB ABEND ZPEX003I Extracted to SYS1 MACLIB ABEND ZPEX002I SYS1 MACLIB ACB ZPEX003I Extracted to SYS1 MACLIB ACB ZPEX002I SYS1 MACLIB YREGS ZPEX003I Extracted to SYS1 MACLIB YREG
34. copied to a temporary disk file for processing gt TASKS Specifies the number of subtasks used to compress datasets be TEMP_BLKSIZE Specifies the temporary block size of a temporary PKZIP MVS dataset i 7 TEMP_DATACLASS Specifies the DF SMS data class to be used for a temporary ZIP dataset Chapter 9 Commands 67 68 COMMAND DESCRIPTION PKZIP PKUNZIP TEMP_MGMTCLASS Specifies the DF SMS management class to be used for a temporary file allocation TEMP_RECFM Specifies the record format for a temporary ZIP dataset TEMP_SPACE_PRIMARY Specifies the number of space units to be used in the primary partition of a temporary ZIP dataset TEMP_SPACE_SECONDARY Specifies the number of space units to be used in the secondary partition of a temporary ZIP dataset TEMP_SPACE_TYPE Specifies how space is to be allocated for a temporary ZIP dataset TEMP_STORCLASS Specifies the DF SMS storage class to be used for a temporary file allocation TEMP_UNIT Specifies the unit to be used for allocation of a temporary ZIP dataset TEMP_VOLUMES Specifies the volume onto which a temporary ZIP dataset should be placed TRACE_TABLE_SIZE Specifies the size of the internal trace table TRANSLATE_TABLE_DATA Specifies which translation table to use when converting character sets of text files TRANSLATE_TABLE_FILEINFO Speci
35. memory data records and buffers dynamically without using ZIP Archive files More details regarding the ZIP API are in Chapter 12 This interface is not distributed with the basic product To use the ZIP API you will need to contact PKWARE to make the appropriate arrangements Call 937 847 2374 to speak to a Technical Support representative Configuration Manager General Purpose In releases of PKZIP for MVS prior to 5 0 users were allowed to create a configuration file that allowed PKZIP to accept different parms during a run of PKZIP or PKUNZIP PKZIP for MVS 5 x has implemented an extended means of allowing the user to control the defaults that PKZIP UNZIP uses during a job The defaults for PKZIP is set by first editing PKZIP MVS INSTLIB ACZDFLT These defaults are then assembled into PKZIP MVS LOAD by using the ASMDFLT member of INSTLIB The ACZDFLT s module gives you extended flexibility to make PKZIP work the way you want it to not the way the vendor provides it ACZDFLT is a data only CSECT which uses macro MCZDFLTS to generate the table data An installation can customize the values for this module by adding appropriate variable data to the invocation of MCZDFLTS in the ACZDFLT module source Multiple versions of ACZDFLT may be assembled and linked into an execution load library for use with the DM execution parameter This allows multiple configurations to be pre defined and used In addition to the PARMLIB DD fo
36. or batch JCL A robust ISPF panel interface provides ZIP Archive directory displays in a table format and allows for individual ZIPPED File selection Browse View Extract and Delete Compressing and extracting of datasets of the following types on DASD 2 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Sequential files PDS and PDSE members VSAM files KSDS ESDS RRDS JES2 subsystem input files for example ddname DD Command Extensions allowing greater flexibility in file selection Unique filename translation to from system 390 DSNAME conventions and the UNIX style names typically found in zip archives Compressing and extracting of datasets of the following types on Tape or Cartridge Sequential files Compressing and extracting of files to OS 390 AND MVS ESA Load Libraries Compressing and extracting of files to Generation Data Groups GDGs GDG files can be used as a ZIP Archive Retention of dataset allocation information such as dataset organization device type and DCB Cluster attributes Preservation of this information will allow for duplication of the file with the same characteristics during the UNZIP process Support of ZIP Archives within the following dataset organizations Sequential files DASD Tape or Cartridge PDS and PDSE members VSAM ESDS PKZIP for MVS selects datasets for processing based upon user specified control statements DD JCL specifications or user defined filtering list
37. will process the entire concatenation as one file stream and use the first DSNAME in the concatenation sequence as its basis for saving file attributes in the ZIP Archive B PDS and PDSE Members Partitioned Datasets have a variety of unique characteristics and applications For this reason separate sections are dedicated to the following topics Selecting PDS PDSE members for compression Extracting data into a PDS Managing ZIP Archives as PDS members Load libraries Selecting PDS Members for Compression PKZIP for MVS operates on individual PDS members as distinct file entities although a complete PDS or subset of a PDS can be operated on through JCL and control card specifications 48 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Note Within this section unless specified otherwise the term PDS also applies to PDSE File Name or File Mask PKZIP for MVS is able to compress a single PDS member multiple PDS members or all members of one or multiple PDS files by adapting the file selection name Examples of these options are shown below memberl DD DISP SHR DSN SYS1 PARMLIB CLOCK00 SYSIN DD INFILE member1 SYS1 PARMLIB CLOCK00 lt get a single member by catalog SYS1 PARMLIB CLOCK lt get all members starting with CLOCK SYS1 PARMLIB or SYS1 PARMLIB lt get all members SYS1 PARMLIB 00 lt all members suffixed with 00 MY PDS A SRC lt any character in
38. 01 CALL PROGRAM PIC X 8 004100 01 CALL PARMS 004200 02 CALL PARM LENGTH PIC 9 3 BINARY VALUE 100 004300 02 CALL PARM DATA PIC X 100 004400 LINKAGE SECTION 004500 01 PARM CARD 004600 02 PARM LENGTH PIC 9 4 BINARY 004700 02 PARM DATA PIC X 80 004800 PROCEDURE DIVISION USING PARM CARD 004900 DISPLAY ABOUT TO CALL PKZIP 005000 Move Of Program Name To Variable Forces Dynamic Call 005100 MOVE PKZIP TO CALL PROGRAM 005200 005300 Set the PARM Variable field used by PKZIP 005400 If you do not want to read any paramters in PKZIP add NOSYSIN 005500 005600 MOVE SHOW_SETTINGS TO CALL PARM DATA 005700 CALL CALL PROGRAM USING CALL PARMS 005800 DISPLAY PKZIP COMPLETE RC RETURN CODE 005900 STOP RUN PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 CALLZIPP Sample PL I Source to Call PKZIP CALLZIP PROCEDURE OPTIONS MAIN SIA A AA RIE RE ER RE ee A TR RARAS PKZIP for MVS TM DATA COMPRESSION VERSION 5 5 COPYRIGHT 2003 PKWARE of OHIO INC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Y Program CALLZIPP This sample PL I programs demonstrates the ability to call PKZIP or PKUNZIP from an application program as a dynamic call i e PKZIP and PKUNZIP are NOT linked into the program There are three main variables used in calling PKZIP First is the program variable PKZIP which contains the name of program to call The second varia
39. 06 ZPAMO04I Compression Method Deflate Normal ZPAMOO5I Compressed Size 81 ZPAMOO6I Uncompressed Size 1 067 ZPAM007I 32 bit CRC C7A3091B ZPAMOO8I Created by PKZIP for MVS 5 5 2 x compatible ZPAMO09I Needed to extract PKUNZIP 2 0 ZPAM301I File Type NONVSAM SEQUENTIAL ZPAM303I File Record Format FB ZPAM304I File Allocation Type TRK ZPAM305I File Primary Space Allocated 1 ZPAM306I File Secondary Space Allocated 1 ZPAM307I File Record Size 80 ZPAM308I File Block Size 3120 ZPAM309I File Volume s Used SUP001 ZPAM310I File Creation Date 2002 08 02 ZPAM311I File Referenced Date 2002 09 05 ZPAMOOOI SMS Storage Class SUPPORT ZPAMO13BT KERR KK KEK kk kk KEK KK EK KK k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kkk ZPMT002I PKZIP processing complete RC 00000000 0 Dec 25 Note The order in which attributes are displayed may vary Decompressing a Dataset The following example shows how to extract or UNZIP a dataset using PKZIP for MVS UNZIP EXEC PGM PKUNZIP REGION 8M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN PKZIP MVS V55 LOAD SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ARCHIVE_DSN MY ARCHIVE FILE ZIP OUTFILE_UNIT SYSDA This step will give the following output ZPLIOO1I PKZIP for MVS TM Data Compression Version 5 5 09 06 02 13 16 ZPLIOO1I Copyright 2003 PKWARE of Ohio Inc All Rights Reserved ZPLIOO1I PKZIP R is a registered trademark of PKWARE R In
40. 43 TIME 163 Time Stamp 210 TIME DELIMITED 174 Time Sharing Option 210 TIMESTAMP 85 To Compress Data into a ZIP Archive on Tape 56 To Create a New VSAM File 53 To Extract Data From a Tape Based Archive 57 To Overwrite a current VSAM File 52 To Process Sparse RRDS Files 54 To Process Multiple Volume Tape Archives 56 To Restore a Compressed VSAM File 53 To Update a VSAM ESDS ZIP Archive 54 To Update Files in a Tape Based Archive 58 To View a Tape Based Archive 57 TRACE_TABLE_SIZE 68 124 TRAN 124 TRANSLATE_TABLE_DATA 68 124 TRANSLATE_TABLE FILEINFO 68 125 Translation Table 210 TRANSLATION_MODE 68 Trial Period 16 Troubleshooting 33 TRTEBAA 125 TRTEBAI 125 TRTEEAA 125 TRTEEAI 125 TRTEFAA 125 TRTEFAI 125 TRTEGAA 125 TRTEGAI 125 220 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide TRTEIAA 125 TRTEIAI 125 TRTEJAA 125 TRTEJAI 125 TRTEMAA 125 TRTEMAI 125 Truncate 210 TSO Prefix 158 Type of Media Distribution for Installation 14 U Unit 210 Universal Time Coordinated UTC 210 Unsupported File Types 54 Unzip an Archive to PDS 185 186 Unzip an Archive to VSAM KSDS 187 UNZIPCOMFI 111 Unzipped Size 165 UNZIPPED_DSN 68 125 UNZIPPED_DSNAME 125 UPDATE 76 Updating or Refreshing a File 27 Use of System Utilities 13 USE_FILE_ATTRIBUTES 116 USE_SAVED_LRECL 117 User Input Sources MVS 32 User Interface 210 Using the ISPF I
41. 82 ARCHIVE_LRECL 63 82 ARCHIVE_MGMTCLASS 63 82 ARCHIVE_MODEL 144 ARCHIVE_OFILE 82 ARCHIVE_OUTDD 82 ARCHIVE_OUTFILE 63 82 ARCHIVE_RECFM 63 83 ARCHIVE_ RELEASE 83 ARCHIVE_RLSE 83 ARCHIVE_SPACE_PRIMARY 63 83 ARCHIVE_SPACE_RELEASE 83 ARCHIVE_SPACE_RLSE 63 83 PKMU V5R5000 ARCHIVE_SPACE_SECONDARY 63 84 ARCHIVE_SPACE_TYPE 63 84 ARCHIVE_STORCLASS 19 63 84 ARCHIVE_TIMESTAMP 63 85 ARCHIVE_UNIT 19 63 85 ARCHIVE_VOLUMES 19 63 85 ARCHLRL 82 ARCHMCLASS 82 ARCHMODEL 144 ARCHNOERASE 135 ARCHNONSPANNED 148 ARCHNOREUSE 146 ARCHNORLSE 83 ARCHNOWRITECHK 149 ARCHOFILE 82 ARCHOUTDD 82 ARCHOUTFILE 82 ARCHOWNER 144 ARCHPRIMARY 83 ARCHRECORDSIZE 145 ARCHREUSE 146 ARCHRLSE 83 ARCHSCLASS 84 ARCHSECONDARY 84 ARCHSHR 146 ARCHSPACE 84 ARCHSPANNED 148 ARCHTO 148 ARCHTYPE 83 ARCHUNIT 85 ARCHVOL 85 ARCHWRITECHK 149 ASCII 201 ASMDEFLT 18 ASMSAFE 19 Assembling Your Changes 32 ATTRCOMPAT 86 ATTRIB 116 ATTRIB_COMPAT 86 ATTRIB_COMPATIBILITY 63 86 ATTRIBCENTRAL 116 ATTRIBLOCAL 116 ATTRIBUTE_COMPATIBILITY 86 Authorized Program Analysis Report APAR 201 B B 164 Bandwidth 201 BASIC 174 Batch Job 201 BB 164 Big ENDIAN 201 BINARY 90 Binary File 201 Binary Records 44 Bit 201 Block 201 Block Size 165 Browse 164 Browse Binary 164 Brow
42. 9 gt lt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command may be used to create an archive using the GZIP compatible format instead of the ZIP format For further information see Chapter 10 Processing with GZIP GZIP Y N Y YES Process using GZIP compatible PKZIP for MVS processing N NO Process using normal PKZIP for MVS processing GZIP_SUFFIX Synonyms Include N A Cross Platform Compatible command MVS VSE OS 400 UNIX and Windows 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command may be used when there is no valid GZIP filename The archive input file name will be used and the last level of the name will be replaced with the value of this field GZIP_SUFFIX lt suffix gt suffix The name to be used as the last level of the filename HIERARCHY Synonyms Include NOHIERARCHY HIERARCHY Y N Y YES Specifies that the entire dataset name stored in the ZIP archive file is to be used to convert the file to an MVS format N NO Strips away higher level components and uses the lowest level of the dataset component s as the member name when creating a file name in the PDS It is used when converting a file from ZIP archive format to MVS format The PDS should be specified with the command SELECT_FROM_PDS or ZIPCUR Given the file TDS DICT DATA Chapter 9 Commands
43. Create command A source file can contain source statements for such items as high level language programs and data description specifications Source files maintained on a PC typically use a TXT as the extension On a mainframe source files are typically found in a partitioned dataset or are maintained within a library management tool Glossary 209 Spanned Record A logical record that stored across more than one block This is commonly used to get around system limitations that blocks cannot be larger than x number of bytes With spanned records one record spans two or more blocks Tape Cartridge A formed case containing a small reel of magnetic tape that can be put into a tape drive without stringing the tape between reels Tape Drive A hardware device that is used to read and write information on magnetic tapes or cartridges Tape Volume A single reel of magnetic tape May also be used to describe a single tape cartridge Test Library A user defined library used for debugging software or operations This contrasts with a Production Library Time Sharing Option Interactive processing software used on the System 370 operating system for remote terminals Time Stamp A software mechanism for recording the current date and or current time of day Translation Table Translation tables are used by the PKZIP and PKUNZIP programs for translating characters in compressed text files between the ASCII character sets used within a ZIP
44. Data into a ZIP Archive On Tape oooooocccccccccccnonononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 56 To View a Tape Based Archive iii 57 To Extract Data From a Tape Based ArcChiVe ooooooooocccccccccccccnononnncccnnnnnnononnnannnnnnnos 57 To Update Files in a Tape Based Archive oooooooooooooccccccccncccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnns 58 CHAPTER 8 ZIP ARCHIVES 000 A A A a 59 OLD ARCE ti A A E E N E E 59 TEMPORARY IATA DA A A A 60 ENST ZIP ARCHIVE EE EEEE E EEEE 60 CHAPTER 9 COMMANDS coi 61 COMMAND A eee eae eee ee ree Ee aeret reer ea ereere erete dereer See iiet 61 PILE SELECTIONS VS COMMANDS ot oia 62 A A 62 SUMMARY OF AVAILABLE COMMANDS Ss sssaxesaeanecesesesapesawenapesceusesuwawevanneseentcenewsaareesaesepeaoseneds 62 COMMAND DETAILS ES AA E a E 74 Command Icon Legend 22 13 22 cere eere A A AAA RAT RATA 76 Notes tor ZIPPED DSN re muine reini eine pene ai 150 Defaults tor ZIPPED DSN us A ce A ta a A 151 NORV SAM TGS cortar a 151 VSAM Clusters for ZIPPED_DSN oococcccccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnoneneninnnnnos 152 CHAPTER 10 PROCESSING WITH GZIP ccccccccccccccccccccccncncncnononononononnnnnnnnnenenonos 154 WHAT IS ZUR os oc e ds des ds dd 154 VV EY WISE APA re 154 PKZIP MVS IMPLEMENTATION NOTES FOR GZIP ccececceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 155 OZP RESIICUONS 3 2 ccel ect leveled Sec dl za 155 SoZ P EXIOMSIONS A E O ed aunt eel pics 155 Processing GZIP Ath Ve Sienen ee ee Ea eee AE
45. E aa 174 PRODUCT FEATURES lilas 175 LICENSING ENVIRONMENT soto aah oe ae eal cet oe 175 Evaluation Perdi ie 175 Gurren Use License ti a dedo dado dde do ddr do dpto dedo dd ado dd dhe ko 175 PEO A A A a e ea eee 176 Show System Information viii AA A ees 177 E CAS AAA A e a a Ne fe 177 APPENDIX B SAMPLE JOBSTREAMG ccocccoccconccconcconaconaconancnnaconaronnronanronaronarenannonas 178 EXAMPLE 1 ZIP PDS TO AN ARCHIVE cccccceccceecceececucecceseeuseueceeeeseeuseeueeeeueeeuseuneseeeeees 178 EXAMPLE 2 ZIP PDS TO AN ARCHIVE 179 EXAMPLE 3 ZIP VSAM KSDS TO AN ARCHIVE ooccoccccnccconccnnccnncnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnancnnnnnnanonanons 180 EXAMPLE 4 SUMMARY VIEW OF A DATASET cceccccecccecececcceuceuuceeecseeuseueeseueeseuseueeeuaeeees 181 EXAMPLE 5 SUMMARY VIEW OF A DATASET 0000 coc ccst ccc cache td teeetaees 182 EXAMPLE 6 VIEW WITH DETAIL OF AN ARCHIVE cccccecccecseeecceecececseeuseueceueesseuseuneeueeeees 183 EXAMPLE 7 UNZIP AN ARCHIVE TO PDS conos ss ee 185 EXAMPLE 8 UNZIP AN ARCHIVE TO PDS cccccccccecccecececseeuseuuceceeseeuseueeeeeeeeeuseueseueeeees 186 EXAMPLE 9 UNZIP AN ARCHIVE TO VSAM KSDS cccccccccecceecececeeeeeeueeeeeseueseueeeueeeees 187 APPENDIX C INVOKING PKZIP PKUNZIP FROM A PROGRAM c0 c0ssssesseeeee 188 CALLZIPC SAMPLE ASSEMBLY SOURCE TO CALL PK ZIP ccccccccccceecsseeeseseeesesuueseeueees 190 Contents Xi GLOSSARY xii CALLZIPA SAMPLE COBOL SOURCE TO CALL P
46. EA E AE ARE 156 CHAPTER 11 USING THE ISPF INTERFACE ooccccccccccccccccncnnnnnnnnnononononnnnnnenennnnnnnnns 157 x PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 GETTING STARTED WITH THE ISPF INTERFACE 2cccccececceccecceceecececcecaecaecusceeaeeaeeueeneaes 157 CONFIGURATION OPTION G J cscctite clot eeaeee aea aeoea satel Geel eae ete ile Atel thts 158 DEFAULTS OPTIONS ZD AND UD usina 158 Primary COMMAands 2 6 5 ee es hes as ses os se as es es EEEE E Enn 159 Changing Default OPUS too 160 Including Changed Defaults coccion 161 A iO alo AAA A cbr ened cadens 161 Setting VEW OPIONS repa A Dt nd Nd ad ad Ned os 161 Primary COMMANOS keisha ie ees ie at ie ean a ie ke 163 LMS OMAN EA RAA AREA A cusses ent EAR AER A A 164 Display Held us SI 165 ZIP OPTION art di ia dl iia 166 SYSPRINT BROWSE OPTION Sa cine bane cine balan a aaa elie helen oss 167 MESSAGES OPTION Mii e ee een 168 LICENSE DISPLAY OPTION acentos coceenstchceuneheteeanctcnceenceeneeeee 169 WHAT S NEW OPTION Wii ld 169 CONTACT PKWARE OPTION AL diras 170 CHAPTER 12 USING THE APPLICATION PROGRAMMING INTERFACE API 171 INVOKING ZIPAPI IN ASSEMBLER econcacrscr neral 171 ZIPPARM Copy Member it A eee hatte ere Leet ete 172 INVOKING ZIPAPI IN COBOL aiii tt da dd tt 172 RETURN CODE Sl IA A A A ltd 173 APPENDIX A LICENSING REQUIREMENTS o 0ccoccccocccococonoccnncconoconnconncnnnnronaronaronaanonas 174 LICENSED TYPE SpA a a a a a a a A O SA gee
47. FILE_TERMINATOR 1A may be used to override this substitution Processing examples DATA_DELIMITER CRLF x 0A0D FILE_TERMINATOR CZ x CZ last record are terminated with DATA_DELIMITER characters CRLF N No control characters No control characters Rec1_dataRec2_data are inserted after any are inserted at the end records of the file CRLF Y All records are After the final record the Assuming the distribute terminated with FILE_ TERMINATOR defaults of DATA_DELIMITER character is added DATA_DELIMITER crlf characters FILE_TERMINATOR cz Rec1 dataCRLF Rec2 dataCRLF Last_recordCRLF CZ CRLF C All records except the After the final record the Assuming the distribute FILE_TERMINATOR character is added defaults of DATA_DELIMITER crlf FILE_TERMINATOR cz Rec1 dataCRLF Rec2 dataCRLF Last_record CZ CRLF Y NOEOFDELIM All records except the last record are terminated with After the final record the FILE_TERMINATOR character is added Same as CRLF C 88 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 DATA_DELIMITER FILE_TERMINATOR CRLF x 0A0D CZ x CZ DATA_DELIMITER characters DATA_DELIMITER Synonyms Include DELIM Cross Platform Compatible command VSE MVS OS 400 UNIX and Windows 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur
48. Features 175 Production Library 208 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Program Temporary Fix PTF 208 Programmed Function Key PF or PFK 208 Programming Language l PL I 208 Protecting Files with the SAFETYEX Module 19 PTF 208 PV 164 PWD 113 Q 102 QUIET 102 RATIO 163 RDW 117 RECALL 115 RECALL_TO_ZIP 67 115 Record 209 Record Format 165 209 Record Size 165 RECURSE 115 RECURSE_LEVELS 67 115 REF 163 Region Size and Storage Usage 11 Related IBM Publications v Related Publications v Relative Path Name 209 Release Summary 7 Report Program Generator RPG 209 Reporting 176 Reporting the PKZIP for MVS 5 5 License 16 Reserved DDNAMEs 12 RESET 160 Restriction for PKZIP Version 5 5 for MVS 9 Return Code 209 Return Codes 22 RETURN CODES 173 RPG 209 Running a Disaster Recovery Test 18 S SAFETYEX 19 SAFETYEX Module 19 Sample Jobstreams 178 SAVE 160 SAVE_FILE_ATTRIBUTES 67 116 SAVE_LRECL 67 117 SBCS 209 Secondary Space 166 SELECT_CATALOGED_ALIAS 67 118 SELECT_DSN_ALIAS 118 SELECT_FROM_PDS 67 118 SELECT_GDGALL 98 SELECT_MIGRATED 115 SELECT_TAPE 67 119 SELECT_VSAM 128 Selecting PDS Members for Compression 49 Self Extracting ZIP File 14 SEQ 209 Sequential Dataset 209 SEQUENTIAL FILE HANDLER 175 Sequential Files 47 SET_ERROR_RC 67 119 Setting VIEW Options 161 Show Sys
49. Include N A This command is also compatible with VSE Some values may not be restricted by the operating environment 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems For a new or updated ZIP archive the number of allocation units in the primary extent is specified using the VSAM_SPACE_PRIMARY command The default is not used if VSAM_DATACLASS is specified The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is CYLINDERS primary TRACKS primary RECORDS primary KILOBYTES primary or MEGABYTES primary VSAM_ SPACE PRIMARY lt primary gt primary This is an 8 character field specifying the number of allocation units for the primary extent of the new or updated ZIP archive 00000010 Ten cylinders is the default VSAM_SPACE_SECONDARY Synonyms Include N A This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems For a new or updated ZIP archive the number of allocation units in the secondary extent is specified using the VSAM_SPACE_SECONDARY command If specified the data unit number must not be 0 The default is not used if VSAM_DATACLASS is specified The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is CYLINDERS secondary TRACKS secondary RECORDS secondary KILOBYTES secondary or MEGABYTES secondary VSAM_ SPACE SECONDARY lt secondary gt secondary This is an 8 character field specifying the number of a
50. Interchange Code EBCDIC 204 Extract 165 EXTRACT 76 Extract with overwrite 165 EXTRACT_PREVIEW 64 96 Extracting Data into a PDS 49 Extracting Data into a VSAMFfile 52 Extracting Data onto Tape 56 Extracting Records into a Sequential File 47 F FAILONDUPKEYS 135 FEATURES 174 Features Distinctive to PKZIP for MVS 2 File Attributes 44 55 File Concatenation for ZIP Processing 48 File Considerations 44 File Name 165 File Name or File Mask 49 File Processing 46 File Selection and Name Processing 35 File Selection Processing Notes 36 File Selections vs Commands 62 File Support 46 File to Compress 167 File Type 165 167 FILE_BUSY_WAITTIME 64 96 FILE_EXTENSION 64 97 FILE_TERMINATOR 64 97 FILEPROCERR 104 FILESELERR 103 Fixed Length 204 Format 167 FRESHEN 76 FTRAN 125 G GDGALL 98 GDGALL_SUPPORT 64 98 General Purpose 31 Getting Started with the ISPF Interface 157 GIGA ZIP 175 Glossary 200 GMT 204 Greenwich mean time GMT 205 GZIP 64 99 205 GZIP Extensions 155 GZIP Restrictions 155 GZIP_SUFFIX 64 99 HIERARCHY 64 99 HLQ 125 Host 205 164 I O 205 IBM s Terminology Web Site 200 IDCAMS 205 IEBGENER 13 IFILE 100 IGNOREDUPKEYS 135 Implementation Notes for GZIP 155 Including Changed Defaults 161 INDD 100 Index 212 INFILE 65 100 INFILE Requests 36 INFILE_DD 100 Info 164 Input ZI
51. OUTPRIMARY 109 Output 207 OUTREADPW 145 OUTRECOVERY 145 OUTREPLICATE 146 OUTREUSE 146 OUTRLSE 109 OUTSCLASS 110 OUTSECONDARY 109 OUTSHR 146 OUTSPACE 110 OUTSPEED 145 OUTTO 148 OUTTYPE 108 OUTUNIT 110 OUTUPDATEPW 149 OUTUSECLASS 66 OUTVOL 110 OUTWRITECHK 149 218 OVERWRITE 107 P Packed Decimal Format 207 PAD 111 PAD_CHAR 66 111 PAD_VSAM 66 111 PADVSAM 111 Parameter 207 Parameter List 208 PARMLIB_DSNAME_UNZIP 66 111 PARMLIB_DSNAME_ZIP 66 112 PARMLIB_FILE_WAIT_MAX 66 112 PARMLIB_FILE_WAIT_TIMER 66 112 Partition 208 Partitioned Data Set 208 PASS 113 PASSWORD 66 113 PATCH_REPORT 66 PATCH_REPORT 76 PATH 66 113 Path Name 208 PDS 208 PDS and PDSE Members 48 PDS FILE HANDLER 175 PDS E FILE HANDLER 175 PDS_TARGET 118 PF 208 PFK 208 PKNODUMP 13 PKSPRINT 13 PKSUPPRC 66 114 PKUNZIP 40 PKZALLOC 20 PKZIP for MVS Grace Period 17 PKZIPMVS EXE 14 PL I 208 POWER 208 Preface iii PRESERVE_CMD_SPACES 66 PREVIEW 96 Preview Extract 164 Primary Commands 159 163 Primary File Selection Inputs 35 Primary Space 165 PROCESS_ALIAS 67 115 Processing Entire Load Library 50 Processing GDGs 48 Processing GZIP Archives 156 Processing Individual Members 50 Processing Mode 162 167 Processing Order of Control Statements 32 Processing with GZIP 154 Product
52. Output ZPAMO30I OUTPUT Archive opened PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE ZPAM253I ADDED File SYS1 MACLIB ABEND ZPAM254I as SYS1 MYLIB ABEND ZPAM2551 DEFLATED 78 78 ZPAM253I ADDED File SYS1 MACLIB ACB ZPAM254I as SYS1 MYLIB ACB ZPAM2551 DEFLATED 77 77 ZPAM253I ADDED File SYS1 MACLIB ACBVS ZPAM254I as SYS1 MYLIB ACBVS ZPAM2551 DEFLATED 78 77 ZPAM253I ADDED File SYS1 MACLIB ACI ZPAM254I as SYS1 MYLIB ACI ZPAM2551 DEFLATED 73 72 ZPAM253I ADDED File SYS1 MACLIB YREGS ZPAM2 541 as SYS1 MYLIB YREGS ZPAM2551 DEFLATED 83 83 ZPMT002I PKZIP processing complete RC 00000000 0 Dec Appendix B Sample Jobstreams 179 Example 3 Zip VSAM KSDS to an Archive JCL Used SAMPZIP3 JOB XXXX SAMPZIP3 CLASS B MSGCLASS Q NOTIFY amp SYSUID REGION 8M J RRR RK KK KKH HK KK KK KKK KKH KK KK KK HH KK IK KK KK KK KK KKK AAA AAA AA AAA Sample job stream to ZIP VSAM KSDS file PKWARE SAMPLE KSDS to a archive of PKWARE VSAMKSDS ARCHIVE ARCHIVE VOLUMES will write the Archive to the volume f specified 1 COMPRESSION_LEVEL STORE requests NO compression J RRR RR KKK KKK KKK KK KK KK KK KK HH KK IK KK KK KK KK KKK KKK HK KK EKER KKK KKK KK KKK Z1P3 EXEC PGM PKZIP PARM ECHO STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN PKZIP MVS LOAD SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSABEND DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ARCHIVE_DSN PKWARE VSAMKSDS ARCHIVE ACTION ADD A
53. PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 COMMAND DESCRIPTION PKZIP PKUNZIP VSAM_CATALOG Specifies the CATALOG parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_CISIZE Specifies the CONTROLINTERVALSIZE parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_CLUSTER_TYPE Specifies the file type to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_CODE Supplies a code name for the cluster or component to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_CONTROLPW Specifies the CONTROLPW parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_DATA_CISIZE Specifies the CONTROLINTERVALSIZE parameter to the data component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_DATA_EXCEPTIONEXIT Specifies the EXCEPTIONEXIT parameter to the data component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_DATA FILE Specifies the FILE parameter to the data component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER comm
54. Path Name Access Method A technique that is used to read a record from or to write a record into a file Usually either SAM Sequential Access Method where records are processed one after another in the order in which they appear in the file or random the individual records can be processed in any order such as VSAM AES The Advanced Encryption Standard is the official US Government encryption standard for customer data Alternate Index An index of a file based on a key different from the base lt allows the file to be processed in a secondary key order American Standard Code for Information Interchange The ASCII code American Standard Code for Information Interchange was developed by the American National Standards Institute for information exchange among data processing systems data communications systems and associated equipment and is the standard character set used on MS DOS and UNIX based operating systems In a ZIP archive ASCII is used as the normal character set for compressed text files The ASCII character set consists of 7 bit control characters and symbolic characters plus a single parity bit Since ASCII is used by most microcomputers and printers text only files can be transferred easily between different kinds of computers and operating systems While ASCII code does include characters to indicate backspace carriage return etc it does not include accents and special letters that are not used in Engl
55. SUB represents all datasets with a third level of SUB and all second level beginning with A For example JEH ABC SUB JEH AQZAR SUB JEH ATEST SUB BOOT represents all datasets with a first component of BOOT plus any of its second levels It does not represent datasets with more than one level see for more than one For example BOOT MINE BOOT DATA BOOT TESTING but not BOOT MINE SOURCE JEH D represents all files within JEH with D beginning its third level For example JEH OWN DATA JEH SOURCE DELIM JEH BAKER DEMO is used to allow all occurrences of ONE or the next TWO datasets levels ABC represents all datasets beginning with ABC and the next one or two levels if present For example ABC GROUP TEST ABC GROUP Chapter 9 Commands 75 ABC MINE ABC DATA represents datasets with the first level of ABC followed by one or two level s and ending with DATA as the last level For example ABC GROUP BASIC DATA ABC GROUP DATA ABC MINE DATA MS DOS and UNIX file formats Dataset names are supported in MS DOS and UNIX formats to delete or view entries For all other operations dataset names should be in the MVS format For UNIX or MS DOS formatting pathname pathname pathname filename For MS DOS formatting pathname pathname pathname filename Command Icon Legend The following legend is used to identfy icons that may be associated with a given command These icons provide pla
56. SYSIN DD COPY INDD SYSUT1 OUTDD SYSUT2 A RRR RR KK HK KK IKK KKK HK KK KK KK KK HK KK KK KK A KK KK KKK KKK KK KK KK KKH KKK KK KK KKK KK KK gt RESTORE PKZIP MVS SMPE MCS TO CUSTOMERS DASD lt J RRR RR RK KKK ERR RRR KK KKK KKK RRR KKK KKK KKK ERE KKK IK RARA ARA KKK 3S100 EXEX PGM IEBGENER SYSUT1 DD DSN PKWARE MVS SMPE MCS VOL RETAIN REF JS090 SYSUT1 UNIT tape DEFER LABEL 10 SL DISP OLD 1 SYSUT2 DD DSN pkzip mvs SMPE MCS DISP NEW CATLG DELETE SPACE CYL 2 1 UNIT disk VOL SER volume SYSUT3 DD UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 SYSUT4 DD UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 e SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT fie SYSIN DD DUMMY LA Appendix D 3480 3490 Installation JCL COPYCART 199 Glossary This glossary provides definitions for items that may have been referenced in the PKZIP documentation It is not meant to be exhaustive There are excellent source of documentation for computing terms on the Internet For example IBM s Terminology http www networking ibm com nsg nsgmain htm Web Site Absolute Path Name A string of characters that is used to refer to an object starting at the highest level or root of the directory hierarchy The absolute path name must begin with a slash which indicates that the path begins at the root This is in contrast to a Relative
57. ZIP archive VIEW Used to display details of selected files in an existing ZIP archive Each of the actions requires a ZIP archive to process so the Archive command or Archive_OUTDD must always be specified Chapter 5 File Selection and Name Processing 39 ARCHIVE lt ZIP dataset name gt ARCHIVE_DSNAME lt ZIP dataset name gt Finally you must specify the dataset s to be added copy deleted freshened updated or viewed in the archive You can do this using standard MVS dataset naming for example MY INPUT DATA SEQ This line identifies a single file that is to be processed by PKZIP PKUNZIP PKUNZIP is used to extract a number of compressed datasets ZIP files from a zip archive To achieve this PKUNZIP needs to be told three things 1 The action to perform 2 The archive from which the datasets are to be decompressed 3 The files that are to be extracted from the archive PKUNZIP can perform various actions according to one of the following commands EXTRACT TEST VIEW The actions are described below EXTRACT is the default action if none of the above actions are specified Command Description EXTRACT Used to extract selected files from an existing ZIP archive TEST Used to delete selected files from an existing ZIP archive VIEW Used to display details of selected files in an existing ZIP archive Each of the actions requires
58. ZLLAMOLEL e tetera Sena A O SRS esse A See ZPAM0171 12 957 DEFLATE NORM 2 856 78 08 09 2001 11 14 36BDC0D4 SYS1 MYLIB ABEND ZPAM0171 6 315 DEFLATE NORM 1 462 77 08 09 2001 11 14 1E1A020B SYS1 MYLIB ACB ZPAMO17I 2 543 DEFLATE NORM 433 83 08 09 2001 11 16 E0B4A859 SYS1 MYLIB YREGS ZPAMOIST SESS SSeS Se ZPAMO19I 111 359 012 17 822 596 84 ZPMT002I PKZIP processing complete RC 00000000 0 Dec Appendix B Sample Jobstreams 181 Example 5 Summary View of a Dataset JCL Used SAMVIEW2 JOB XXXX SAMVIEW2 CLASS B MSGCLASS 0Q rae NOTIFY amp SYSUID REGION 8M J RRR RR KK KKK KK KKK KK KK KK KK KK HH KK IK KK KK KK KK KKK AA AA KK KK KK AAA AAA Sample job stream to do a summary VIEW of dataset PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE A request is also made to do a BRIEF which will eliminate the CRC 32 information from being displayed RRR RRR AAA KKK KK KKK KKK KK AAA KK KK KKK KKK KK KKK KKK A k RARA AA AAA kk kk kkk VIEW2 EXEC PGM PKZIP PARM ECHO STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN PKZIP MVS LOAD SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSABEND DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ARCHIVE_DSN PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE ACTION VIEWBRIEF Resulting output ZPAM030I INPUT Archive opened PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE ZPAM014I There are 1539 file s in the input Archive ZPAMO12I ZIP comment PKZIP for MVS by PKWARE of Ohio Inc ZPAM0131I kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
59. a VSAM FllB cocos dedeeectesccesescheemsetdaereveecneendetdneredeeaneeeveeaneeadecenee tees 51 VIEWDETAIL of a KSDS in an Archive ooccconcccncccncccncccnncnnncccnnnonononnnononononcnonannnns 51 Contents 1X Extracting Data into a VSAM File oooooooooooooooooococoooooooonnn nono nnnnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 52 To Overwrite a Current VSAM Pl vad eb seicsd cehtdcod Castes sebtbeal nbecead eteeatie 52 To Restore a Compressed VSAM File sccceeeecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessseeeeeeess 53 To Create a New VSAM File cccccccccccceeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeseeaansseeeeeeess 53 Managing a VSAM ZIP Archive 2 cccccccceescececeeeceeeceeeeenececeeeeeceeeeececeeeeececeeenenecenenes 53 To Update a VSAM ESDS ZIP Archive sunno 54 UG Process Sparse RD Ss Riles id oucecutan erite once subd tritika 54 Unsupported File Types a EA ASA ved ol canada AAA 54 D MAGNETIC TAPES AND CARTRIDGES cccccccccceeesseeeeeeeeceeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeasseeeeeeeseesenes 54 Copying a Tape Based Archive to a Disk File 54 Compressing Data from Tape icon ii 55 Non labeled Tapes NL lliure 55 Pile AUNMDUleS inaran n e AAA bl hele Re be 55 Extracting Data onto Tape vocacion 56 Managing a ZIP Archive On Tape cooocoocoocococococococococococononeconococecococoneconeconece neta necenete 56 To Process Multiple Volume Tape Archives cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeeeeeeeeees 56 To Compress
60. a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is IMBED NOIMBED VSAM_IMBED Y N Y YES Specifies that the sequence set is to be placed with the data component of a new cluster N NO Specifies that the sequence set is not to be placed with the data component of a new cluster VSAM_INDEX_ATTEMPTS Synonyms Include OUTINDXATT This command is also compatible with VSE Chapter 9 Commands 137 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_INDEX_ATTEMPTS parameter defines the number of password attempts that are permitted to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is ATTEMPTS number VSAM_INDEX_ ATTEMPTS lt number gt number The number of attempts that will be allowed at the console in response to a prompting message VSAM_INDEX_AUTH_EP Synonyms Include OUTINDXAUTH This command is also compatible with VSE 9 gt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_INDEX_AUTH_EP parameter supplies the entry point of a user security verification routine to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is AUTHORIZATION entrypoint VSAM_INDEX_AUTH EP lt entry point gt entry point The entry point name of your security verification routine VSAM_INDEX_AUTH_STRING Synonyms Include OUTIND
61. abends will result TAPEIN DD DISP OLD DSN my tape file UNIT TAPE DCB RECFM FB LRECL 80 BLKSI ZE 32720 LABEL 1 NL SYSIN DD ARCHIVE my archive INFILE TAPEIN Restriction Non label NL tape datasets should not be selected via control cards because the DCB information cannot be obtained for the file File Attributes The minimal file attributes that are stored for tapes when compressed are DSORG RECFM LRECL and BLKSIZE These are apparent in the example of Archive detail as shown below VIEWDETAIL Display ZPAMO12I ZIP comment PKZIP for MVS by PKWARE of Ohio Inc ZPAMO1BT BERK RK k k KK KK KK KK ARA k k k k k k k k k k KKK KKK KK k k k k k k k k k k kk A kk kk kkk kk k ZPAMO01I Filename userid TEST TAPE ZPAMOO2I File type TEXT ZPAM003I Date Time 10 MAY 2001 15 43 30 ZPAMO04I Compression Method DEFLATE NORMAL ZPAMOO5I Compressed Size 34 ZPAMOO6I Uncompressed Size 247 ZPAMO07I 32 bit CRC 9EBBDFBB ZPAMOO8I Created by PKZIP for MVS 5 5 PKZIP 2 x compatible ZPAMO09I Needed to extract PKUNZIP 2 0 ZPAM301I File Type NONVSAM SEQUENTIAL ZPAM303I File Record Format FB Chapter 7 File Processing 55 ZPAM307I File Record Size 80 ZPAM308I File Block Size 6160 ZPAM309I File Volume s Used SC0016 ZPAM310I File Creation Date 2001 05 10 Extracting Data onto Tape PKZIP for MVS requires three components to extract data onto Tape Spe
62. archive and the EBCDIC character set used on IBM based systems These tables may be created and modified by you as documented in the user s guide Truncate To cut off or delete the data that will not fit within a specified line width or display This may also be attributed to data that does not fit within the specified length of a field definition Unit The defined space within designated disk units that is addressed by the operating system Universal Time Coordinated UTC A synonym for Greenwich Mean Time GMT which is the mean solar time of the meridian of Greenwich England and is the prime basis of standard time throughout the world User Interface The actions or items that allow you to interact with and or perform operations on a computer UTC See Universal Time Coordinated UTC shown above or Greenwich mean time Variable Length A characteristic of a file in which the individual records and or the file itself can be of varying length Also see Fixed Length Virtual Storage Access Method The Virtual Sequential Access Method VSAM is an access method for the direct or sequential processing of fixed length and variable length records on direct access devices The records in a VSAM 210 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 dataset or file can be organized in logical sequence by a key field key sequence dataset or KSDS in the physical sequence in which they are written on the dataset or file entry se
63. be passed to Access Methods Services for the definition or update of the index component of a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is READPW password VSAM_INDEX_READPW lt pwd gt pwd This is an 8 character field specifying the read password VSAM_INDEX_SECONDARY Synonyms Include OUTINDXSEC This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems Chapter 9 Commands 141 The VSAM_INDEX_SECONDARY command provides the ability to define the secondary value for space allocation in the INDEX component of a VSAM cluster Note that this command is used in conjunction with VSAM_INDEX_SPACE_TYPE The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is CYLINDERS secondary TRACKS secondary or RECORDS secondary VSAM_INDEX SECONDARY lt secondary gt secondary Specifies the number of units to be allocated cylinders tracks records kilobytes or megabytes Also see VSAM_INDEX_PRIMARY VSAM_INDEX_SPACE_TYPE Synonyms Include OUTINDXSPACE This command is also compatible with VSE Some values may be restricted by the operating environment 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems For a new or updated ZIP archive the type of index units may be specified using the VSAM_INDEX_SPACE_TYPE command Note that use of this command necessitates the use of VSAM_INDEX_PRIMARY and VSAM_I
64. be thought of as the before version of an Archive that is being updated Temporary Dataset A temporary dataset refers to a work in progress This dataset has several possible uses in PKZIP for MVS processing including e The transient output Archive when an update action is requested against an existing Archive dataset When a new non partitioned Archive dataset is created by an update request PKZIP for MVS will use a temporary name for the output archive until the processing request is complete Note that the system reports the cataloging of the temporary dataset name in the job log not the final name used in the rename This is normal behavior for dynamically allocated files in System 390 operating systems e As an interim storage area for compressed data before it is written to the output Archive In addition to the Archive being allocated temporary files may be allocated as staging areas for compressed data The TEMP family of commands governs the allocation controls for these temporary files e As temporary storage while processing tape input archives The STAGE_TAPE_TO_DISK command may be used to copy a tape Archive to a disk based temporary file to improve performance PKZIP for MVS will automatically process 3420 Reel to Reel tape in this way to accelerate the copying process By manually defining ARCHTEMP DD in the job this temporary dataset can also be passed to subsequent PKUNZIP steps for bett
65. class A one character class assigned for the output of a SYSPRINT listings The default is the JCL MSGCLASS associated with the runtime environment Record Length 132 Format FB TEMP_BLKSIZE Synonyms Include TEMPBLKSIZ This command specifies the block size of a temporary PKZIP for MVS dataset TEMP_BLKSIZE DYNAMIC SMS value DYNAMIC SMS A dynamically computed value will be requested by PKZIP MVS although SMS or allocation routines in the operating system may override the value Value A blocksize value recommended to be sized at half track for the selected TEMP_UNIT When either DYNAMIC or SMS is specified a dynamically computed value will be requested by PKZIP MVS although SMS or allocation routines in the operating system may override the value TEMP_DATACLASS Synonyms Include TEMPDCLASS TEMP_DATACLASS lt data class gt Use this command to specify or override value for temporary work File allocation requests in a DF SMS controlled environment data class Specifies the DF SMS data class receiving the temporary ZIP dataset See IBM s DF SMS manuals for further information about this parameter TEMP_MGMTCLASS Synonyms Include N A TEMP_MGMTCLASS lt mgmt class gt Use this command to specify or override value for temporary work File allocation requests in a DF SMS controlled environment mgmt class Specifies the DF SMS management class receiving the temp
66. default options changed using this PKZIP for MVS option are included in every corresponding ZIP and or UNZIP foreground and batch job generated during this PKZIP for MVS ISPF session A PKZIP for MVS ISPF session is defined from the time the main menu is displayed until it is exited The proper commands are generated and included in the appropriate input stream View Archive Option V This option is used to view information about the files contained in a zip archive The information is formatted in a scrollable table and displayed on a panel The table can be scrolled UP DOWN LEFT and RIGHT using the commands or PF7 PF8 PF10 and PF11 The information displayed about each archived file spans 3 panels and scrolling LEFT or RIGHT will successively display the three panels and the associated archived file information The initial panel for option V is shown below There are also several line commands that can be used to browse view extract display file information or delete the selected file PKZIP for MVS 5 5 View Archive Command gt Enter name of archive to be viewed Archive Name ARCHIVE FILE Dataset Filter Enter VIEW Options View Type V V View D Detail B Brief Sort Output N Y Yes N No Sort Field D Date N Name O Offset P Percent S Size Sort Order A Ascending D Descending Processing Mode F F Foreground B
67. e The use of lt angle brackets gt in a command definition indicates a mandatory parameter e The use of square brackets in a command definition indicates an optional parameter e A vertical bar in a command definition is used to separate mutually exclusive parameter options or modifiers iv PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Related Publications Manuals relating to the PKZIP for MVS product include e PKZIP for MVS User s Guide Provides detailed information on the PKZIP product set in MVS ESA 0S 390 and z OS operating environments Also provided is a general introduction to data compression PKZIP specific data compression an overview on how to use PKZIP for MVS PKZIP control cards and parameters e PKZIP for MVS 8 PKZIP for VSE Messages and Codes This provides information on the messages and codes that are displayed on the consoles printed outputs and associated terminals Other manuals within the PKZIP9 family of products include e PKZIP for OS 400 User s Guide e PKZIP for VSE User s Guide e PKZIP for MVS Messages and Codes e PKZIP for Command Line UNIX User s Guide e PKZIP for Command Line Windows User s Guide Related IBM Publications IBM Manuals relating to the PKZIP for MVS product include e System Codes Documents the completion codes issued by the operating system when it terminates a task or an address space Describes the wait state codes
68. enclosed in the packaging In either case follow the instructions applicable to your installation method before continuing through this document At this point please refer to the respective README TXT file that came with your download or CD THIS ENDS THE INSTALLATION AND CONFIGURATION OF PKZIP IF YOU ARE INSTALLING FROM PKMVS EXE Resume your installation from the README TXT file if you are installing from a 3480 or a 3490 cartridge then please continue onto the next section Installing from 3480 or 3490 Tape If you have received PKZIP for MVS on a 3480 cartridge the installation is as simple as an IEBCOPY of the PKZIP for MVS libraries from Tape to DASD The screen below shows the first step of the IEBCOPY This represents one of nine steps needed to complete the installation of PKZIP for MVS 5 5 from Tape 3S010 EXEC PGM IEBCOPY eb SYSUT1 DD DSN PKWARE MVS CEXEC UNIT tape LABEL SL lt DISP OLD VOL RETAIN SER pkzip1 lt dal SYSUT2 DD DSN pkzip mvs CEXEC lt DISP NEW CATLG DELETE SPACE CYL 2 1 5 UNIT disk VOL SER volume lt f SYSUT3 DD UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 lt SYSUTA DD UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 lt SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT LF SYSIN DD COPY INDD SYSUT1 OUTDD SYSUT2 If you do not prefer to type this entire job stream you may download the COPYCART TXT JCL from our web site at www pkzip com downloa
69. feedback modes Rijndael s key setup time is very good and its key agility is excellent Memory requirements are very low making it the first choice for restricted space environments in which it also demonstrates high performance Power and timing attacks are easily defended against due to Rijndael s operations Note that the AES was intentionally developed to replace DES AES Key Sizes Currently AES has three key sizes They are 128 192 and 256 bits Key sizes are depicted in the following decimal terms 3 4 x 10 possible 128 bit keys 6 2 x 10 possible 192 bit keys and 1 1 x 10 possible 256 bit keys In comparison DES keys are only 56 bits which means there are approximately 7 2 x 10 possible DES keys Therefore there they are on the order of 10 times more AES 128 bit keys than DES 56 bit keys Could DES Cracker like hardware break an AES key Specialized DES Cracker machines were built in the late 1990 s that could recover a DES key after only a few hours By trying possible key values the hardware could determine which key was used to encrypt a message To illustrate the higher level of security that AES provides versus DES if a machine that could recover a DES key in a second such as try 23 keys per second then it would take that machine approximately 149 thousand billion 149 trillion years to crack a 128 bit AES key A further perspective is that the universe is believed to be less than 20 bil
70. file descriptor information is spilled to a set of work files to be sorted merged and selected Note that file descriptors are built for both files existing in the input archive and new files to be selected so the aggregate count must be managed Approximate sizes for each file descriptor are as follows VSAM 2 5K Sequential 800 bytes PDS PDSE 800 bytes for base dataset 224 bytes per member 102 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 MULTI_THREAD_LIMIT Synonyms Include TASKS To specify more than one task to be used while compressing a dataset s use ARCHIVE_MGMTCLASS Some systems have more that one CPU and can run subtasks to aid in processing The compression of a dataset would then run with two or more subtasks depending upon the specified amount These subtasks would run in parallel and speed processing time improving performance for the processing of multiple datasets MULTI_THREAD LIMIT lt amount gt amount Specifies the maximum number of subtasks that may be used by PKZIP MVS to compress datasets The lt amount gt should not exceed twice the number of CPU s on a system Should this command be used on a single CPU system the results are undefined An amount of 3 is the default ZIP processing speed can improve with this command however actual performance is dependent on the type of datasets that are processed Datasets within a PDS are processed within the same subtask unless t
71. for a ZIP file should not be used when creating a new extracted dataset Instead the OUTFILE series of commands may specify attributes for the new extracted dataset Any other value will cause PKZIP MVS to blend the extended attributes saved in the Archive with override commands for new dynamically allocated files The attributes are not used when an OUTFILE_DDNAME JCL allocation is used The user should specify all appropriate values through JCL or pre allocation SAVE_LRECL Synonyms Include RDW USE_SAVED_LRECL ZDW This command is comaptible with VSE This command is not compatible with UNIX MVS OS 400 and Windows 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command is used in combination with DATA_TYPE BINARY during ZIP processing to specify record lengths should be retained with the ZIPPED file This is particularly useful for files containing variable length records that need to be restored to their original length during UnZip processing SAVE_LRECL Y N Y YES Specifies that record length information is to be included in the Zip archive N NO Specifies that record length information is not to be included It is highly recommended that VSAM files ZIPPED as BINARY should have SAVE_LRECL Y specified even if the catalog indicates the average and maximum recordsize to be the same This is not a guarantee that all records in the VSAM CLUSTER are of the sa
72. given a new name if required by using the UNZIPPED_DSN command PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Updating or Refreshing a File You cannot ACTION ADD a file that already exists in a ZIP archive however you can replace it using the ACTION UPDATE or ACTION FRESHEN commands The ACTION UPDATE and ACTION FRESHEN commands differ in their processing of files that do not already exist in the archive As a distinction if a file selected for compression does not already exist in the archive then ACTION UPDATE will add it but ACTION FRESHEN will ignore it Invoking PKZIP for MVS Services There are several ways to use PKZIP for MVS within the and MVS ESA OS 390 and z OS operating environments These include e Batch JCL job steps e Started Task JCL e Executed from TSO CLIST REXX e TSO Command Line Interface e ISPF Panel e API Application Program Interface The following sections provide a brief overview of these interfaces Subsequent sections in this chapter describe basic functions using the JCL interface Invoking the PKZIP or PKUNZIP Programs From JCL Batch or Started Task PKZIP for MVS programs can be executed from a batch job or STC See pkzip mvs INSTLIB IVPBASIC for a sample JOB or use the ISPF interface to generate JCL for a Batch job Invoking the PKZIP or PKUNZIP Programs as Called Programs Under TSO The PKZIP for MVS batch interface programs can be e
73. hardware and software information at your location run the sample job stream in member LICSHSYS in the Installation Dataset pkzip mvs INSTLIB By executing this job stream a Show System Information report will be displayed Following is a sample of the report ZPLI210I PKZIP for MVS TM DATA COMPRESSION Copyright 2003 PKWARE of Ohio Inc All rights reserved PKZIP R IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF PKWARE R INC For Licensing please contact the Sales Division at 937 847 2374 or email PKSALES PKWARE COM For Technical Support assistance please contact the Product Services Division at 937 847 2687 or go to http www pkzip com support Friday 11 22 2002 2002 326 10 17 55 CPU model 2066 with 1 online CPU serial number for CPU 0 is 01824A2066 1824A version code 00 Service units per second per online CPU is 5612 07 Approximate total MIPS SUs SEC 48 5 CPUs is 115 71 Central Processing Complex CPC Node Descriptor CPC ND 002066 0B1 IBM 02 00000001824A CPC ID 00 Type 002066 Model 0B1 Manufacturer IBM Plant 02 Seq Num 00000001824A JES2 z OS 1 2 N1 DFSMS z OS 1 3 0 Conditional Use PKWARE recognizes that there may be periods where the licensing environment established by the customer is no longer valid Circumstances such as disaster recovery processing or the installation or upgrade of new processors will affect the environment In order to accommodate the customer PKZIP MVS has
74. he Oe 26 Notes for Decompressing a DataSOt cooccccccccccccccccocococonononnnnnnnnnnnononononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 26 UPDATING OR REFRESHING A FILE ccccceccceesecececececeecseuscecceeeusecuceueeeeuueeueeueeeeueeeueeaees 27 INVOKING PKZIP FOR MVS SERVICES cccccecccecscecsececeeececeeseuuseuceeeuseeuseeeeeeuseueeeeeesees 27 Invoking the PKZIP or PKUNZIP Programs From JCL Batch or Started Task 27 Invoking the PKZIP or PKUNZIP Programs as Called Programs Under TSO 27 Invoking ZIP or UNZIP TSO Command Line Interface ccccccccccccccccccncccncnonininnnnnos 28 VALIDZIP ACHONS ee en eee IA DE PUNE a IEA LO AD A a 28 VALID ZIP OPTIONS das tt AA AAA A tn a a T Ea adda 29 VALID UNZIP ACTIONS 0 ti iS a a dB 29 Invoking the PKZIP for MVS ISPF Panel Interface cocccccccccccccccccccccccccnccnncncnnnos 30 Invoking the PKZIP for MVS ZIP and UNZIP Services API ooooocccccccccccccccnncccnccnnnnos 31 CONFIGURATION MANAGER 0cccceccceecceececececeuceeecseecseueeeuececeueeeueeueeeceueeueeeueeseaueeueeeueseanees 31 General Purpose A Ad a 31 Making Changes to the DetaulS uote otto tinte iiei 31 Assembling Your Changes Lab aba 32 PUES SS AA AR A ae a eran 32 UserinpueSQurces MIMO s c ccecsecesece cecenecenecenecentcenecentcenenenteegecentcenecentcesccestcesccesece 32 Processing Order of Control Statement ooooocccccccocococococonoooononononn non nnnnnnnnnnonnnnnonnnos 32 CONFIGURATION MANAGER PROCESSING
75. in a called program for the purposes of providing addressability and data exchange It contains parameter names and the order in which they are to be associated in the calling and called program Partition A fixed size portion of the available storage Partitioned Dataset A Partitioned Dataset PDS is a dataset in direct access storage that is divided into partitions which are called members each of which can contain a program part of a program JCL parameters or other forms of data When a compression program is compressing a PDS each member is treated as a separate file within the resultant ZIP archive When an archive is decompressed to a PDS each file within the archive creates a separate member within the PDS Path Name 1 A string of characters used to refer to an object The string can consist of one or more elements each separated by a slash and may begin with a slash Each element is typically a directory or equivalent except for the last element which can be a directory or another object such as a file 2 A sequence of directory names followed by a file name each separated by a slash PF or PFK See Program Function Key PDS See Partitioned Dataset PL I See Programming Language POWER See Job Entry Subsystem Production Library A library which contains objects needed for normal processing This contrasts with a Test Library Programmed Function Key PF or PFK On a workstation a specified series
76. in the VOLUMES parameter UNORDERED Specifies the volumes are not to be used in the order in which they were listed in the VOLUMES parameter VSAM_OWNER Synonyms Include ARCHDATAOWNER ARCHOWNER OUTDATAOWNER OUTINDXOWNER OUTOWNER This command is also compatible with VSE 9 gt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems 144 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 The VSAM_OWNER command provides the ability to define an OWNER parameter for a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is OWNER owner ID VSAM_OWNER lt owner gt owner Specifies a one to eight character owner ID of the cluster VSAM_READPW Synonyms Include OUTREADPW OUTDATARDPW This command is also compatible with VSE e gt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command specifies the read password to be passed to Access Methods Services for the definition or update of a VSAM cluster or component The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is READPW password VSAM_READPW lt pwd gt pwd This is an 8 character field specifying the read password VSAM_RECORDSIZE Synonyms Include ARCHRECORDSIZE This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_RECORDSIZE parameter defines the average and maximum lengths
77. indicated The CRC information is called redundant because it adds no significant information to the transmission or archive itself It is only used to check that the contents of a ZIP archive are correct When a file is compressed the CRC is calculated and a value is calculated based upon the contents and using a standard algorithm The resulting value 32 bits in length is the CRC that is stored with that compressed file When the file is decompressed the CRC is recalculated again based upon the extracted contents and compared to the original CRC Error results will be generated showing any file corruption that may have occurred Cylinder The tracks on a disk or diskette that can be accessed without movement of the read write arm and head DASD Direct Access Storage Device is a peripheral device for a mainframe computer like a disk or drum that can be directly addressed Data Compression The reduction in size or space taken of data volume on the media when performing a save or store operations Data Integrity 1 The condition that exists as long as accidental or intentional destruction alteration or loss of data does not occur 2 Within the scope of a unit of work either all changes to the database management systems are completed or none of them are The set of change operations are considered an integral set DBCS See Double byte Character Set Delimiter A character or sequence of characters that marks the beginnin
78. indicated with the command If no members are indicated the entire PDS is used Multiple INFILE commands can be used See lt dataset name gt for dataset naming capabilities INSERT_MEMBER Synonyms Include INSERTMEMBER NOINSERTMEMBER The INSERT_MEMBER command is used to add a member to an existing PDS 100 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 INSERT_MEMBER Y N Y YES Specifies that the newly extracted member will be added and become a new member of an existing dataset N NO Specifies that the member will not be added and the process will fail with an error message See OUTFILE_OVERWRITE to update a dataset in an existing PDS KEY_PROTECT_LEVEL Synonyms Include KEYPROTECT1 KEYPROTECT2 This parameter has no equivalent It is a new command KEY PROTECT LEVEL 1 2 When using advanced encryption see ENCRYPTION_METHOD during a ZIP operation additional information is stored in the ZIP Archive pertaining to the encryption keys This information is also encrypted to further secure the file data The use of this parameter will affect the size of the resulting Archive KEY_PROTECT_LEVEL 1 will use approximately 100 more bytes per file in the Archive while KEY_PROTECT_LEVEL 2 will require 340 more bytes per file LICENSE_HLQ Synonyms Include N A This command specifies the high level qualifier to be used in locating the License Control Dataset This should be speci
79. information File to compress FPD PDSTST Zipped DSN Encryption N Y Encrypt files N Y View typed password Format E B Binary T Text D Detect BV Binary Variable More Files N Y Enter additional file names N None Processing options Simulation Mode N Test file selection N Normal Processing Zip Function A B N Add F Freshen U Update D Delete Foreground B Batch Change Defaults N None Processing Mode Advanced Options Km DK Enter VIEW on command line to VIEW archive To EXIT Press PF3 or enter X For HELP Press PF1 Based upon the panel input commands are built and included in the compress job s input SYSIN stream The commands generated are fully explained in the commands chapter of this manual The individual panel fields and their affect on processing are as follows Archive Name Enter the name of the archive file It can be in the form of DATA SET NAME or DATA SET NAME MBR Standard dataset naming conventions apply Place the dataset name in single quotes to prevent using the TSO prefix as the first qualifier This option can be turned off using the Configuration option explained earlier This file can be a new or an existing file 166 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 File Type If the archive file entered above is a new file this field is used to specify what type of archive is desired Valid entries are 1 f
80. is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command specifies the update password to be passed to Access Methods Services for the definition or update of a VSAM cluster or component The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is UPDATEPW password VSAM_UPDATEPW lt pwd gt pwd This is an 8 character field specifying the update password VSAM_WRITECHECK Synonyms Include ARCHWRITECHK ARCHNOWRITECHK ARCHDATAWCK ARCHDATANWCK OUTDATAWCK OUTDATANWCK OUTWRITECHK OUTNOWRITECHK This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_WRITECHECK parameter defines whether to verify the transfer of records written to the cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is WRITECHECK NOWRITECHECK VSAM_WRITECHECK WRITECHECK NOWRITECHECK WRITECHECK The IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command equivalent is WRITECHECK NOWRITECHECK The IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command equivalent is NOWRITECHECK ZIPPED_DSN Synonyms Include NIA This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The ZIPPED_DSN command specifies one or more MVS file names and how they are to be renamed for the associated ZIP file More than one file may be referenced in one command by the use of wildcard characters The def
81. is used regardless Note that all VSAM commands use the Access Methods Services IDCAMS utility to help define a new or update an existing data component for a VSAM Cluster containing a ZIP Archive See the Access Methods Services manual for specific information on use of this parameter 128 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 VSAM_ACCOUNT Synonyms Include N A This command is also compatible with VSE 9 gt lt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_ACCOUNT parameter defines the accounting information to be provided to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is ACCOUNT accounting information VSAM_ACCOUNT lt acctinfo gt acctinfo A 32 character field containing accounting information VSAM_ATTEMPTS Synonyms Include OUTATTEMPTS OUTDATAATT This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_ATTEMPTS parameter defines the number of password attempts that are permitted to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is ATTEMPTS number VSAM_ATTEMPTS lt number gt number The number of attempts that will be allowed at the console in response to a prompting message VSAM_AUTH_EP Synonyms Include OUTAUTH OUTDATAAUTH The VSAM_AUTH_EP p
82. k All lines with lt lowercase values will require FF HF FF HF HF HF HF HF HF HF HF HF HF F HF HF HF HF HF OF RRR RR KKK KKH KK KEK KK KK KK KK KK KK HK KK KKK KK HK KK KK KKK AAA k de k de KKK KKK KK KKK KEK J RRR RR RK KKK KER RRR KKK KKK KKK RRR RK KK KK HK RRR RR KKK KK KKK KERR EKER kk k k kkk k k gt RESTORE PKZIP MVS CEXEC TO CUSTOMERS DASD lt EXEC PGM IEBCOPY DD DD DD DSN PKWARE MVS CEXEC UNIT tape LABEL SL RRR RR KK KK KH KK KK KKK KKK KK KK KK HK KK IK KK KK KH KK KK KKK KKK KK KEK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK DISP OLD VOL RETAIN SER pkzip1 DSN pkzip mvs CEXEC DISP NEW CATLG DELETE SPACE CYL 2 1 5 UNIT disk VOL SER volume UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 SYSOUT COPY INDD SYSUT1 OUTDD SYSUT2 A RRRRR RK KKK KER ER RK KK IKK KKK RRR He de e k k KKK ERR KKK KK KK KKK EKA KKK k kkk k k gt RESTORE PKZIP MVS HELP TO CUSTOMERS DASD lt x AA Appendix D 3480 3490 Installation JCL COPYCART 195 196 38020 SYSUT1 SYSUT2 if SYSUT3 SYSUTA 1 SYSPRINT 8 SYSIN EXEC PGM IEBCOPY DD DD DD DD DD DD DSN PKWARE MVS HELP VOL RETAIN REF JS010 SYSUT1 UNIT tape DEFER LABEL 2 SL DISP OLD DSN pkzip mvs HELP DISP NEW CATLG DELETE SPACE CYL 3 1 70 UNIT disk VOL SER volume
83. k LEN RRR RR KK KKH KKK KKK KKK KK KK KK HK KK IK KK KK HK KK KKK A AAA KARA AA AAA KK AA AA 38080 1 SYSUT1 1 SYSUT2 SYSUT3 SYSUTA SYSPRINT 7 SYSIN gt RESTORE PKZIP MVS SPKZPLIB TO CUSTOMERS DASD lt EXEC PGM IEBCOPY DD DD DD DD DD DD DSN PKWARE MVS SPKZPLIB VOL RETAIN REF JS070 SYSUT1 UNIT tape DEFER LABEL 8 SL DISP OLD DSN pkzip mvs SPKZPLIB DISP NEW CATLG DELETE SPACE CYL 2 1 20 UNIT disk VOL SER volume UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 SYSOUT COPY INDD SYSUT1 OUTDD SYSUT2 Jae RRR RR KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KK AAA KK IK KK KK HK KK KK A AAA k de k de k AAA KK AA AA ifs RRR RRR KKK KKK KK KKK KKK KK KK KK HK KK KEK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KKK KK KEKE kk KK kk kk kk kkk kk 3S090 SYSUT1 LN SYSUT2 SYSUT3 gt RESTORE PKZIP MVS SPKZTLIB TO CUSTOMERS DASD lt EXEC PGM IEBCOPY DD DD DD DSN PKWARE MVS SPKZTLIB VOL RETAIN REF JS080 SYSUT1 UNIT tape DEFER LABEL 9 SL DISP OLD DSN pkzip mvs SPKZTLIB DISP NEW CATLG DELETE SPACE CYL 2 1 5 UNIT disk VOL SER volume UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Y n DD UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT e
84. k de k de k deke kek kek kk kkk kk 3S060 EXEC PGM IEBCOPY SYSUT1 DD DSN PKWARE MVS SPKZCLIB VOL RETAIN REF JS050 SYSUT1 UNIT tape DEFER LABEL 6 SL DISP OLD SYSUT2 DD DSN pkzip mvs SPKZCLIB DISP NEW CATLG DELETE SPACE CYL 2 1 5 UNIT disk VOL SER volume pis SYSUT3 DD UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 SYSUTA DD UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD COPY INDD SYSUT1 OUTDD SYSUT2 dd J RRR RRR KKK KKK RK IK KKK He He e ARA RARA ARA He He e e e de RAR KK ke ke He k e ke ke KEK ERK KK gt RESTORE PKZIP MVS SPKZMLIB TO CUSTOMERS DASD lt FAAKAAAAAAARAK KK KKK KKK KK KK KK HH KK IK KKK KKK KK KK KKK AAA KARA A AAA AAA 3S070 EXEC PGM IEBCOPY Appendix D 3480 3490 Installation JCL COPYCART 197 198 SYSUT1 SYSUT2 SYSUT3 SYSUT4 1 SYSPRINT SYSIN DD DD DD DD DD DD DSN PKWARE MVS SPKZMLIB VOL RETAIN REF JS060 SYSUT1 UNIT tape DEFER LABEL 7 SL DISP OLD DSN pkzip mvs SPKZMLIB DISP NEW CATLG DELETE SPACE CYL 2 1 5 UNIT disk VOL SER volume UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 SYSOUT COPY INDD SYSUT1 OUTDD SYSUT2 Ae FAAAAAAARARA RARA RARA RAR RARA RRA RA RARA RARA KKK KKK kk kk kk kk kkk k
85. of keys that can perform various functions selected by you or determined by an application program Programming Language PL I A programming language designed for use in a wide range of commercial and scientific computer applications Program Temporary Fix PTF A temporary solution to or a bypass of a problem that is necessary to provide a complete solution to correct a defect in a current unaltered release of a program May also be used to provide an enhancement to a product before a new release of the product is available Generally PTFs are incorporated in a future release of the product PSW Program Status Word PTF See Program Temporary Fix 208 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 RDW Record Descriptor Word Record A group of related data words or fields treated as a single unit such as a name address and social security number Record Format A document or display that names each part of a file and provides specific information for each field such as length and type of information contained within the field Relative Path Name A string of characters that is used to refer to an object starting at some point in the directory hierarchy other than the root A relative path name does not begin with a slash The starting point is frequently a user s current directory This is in contrast to an Absolute Path Name and Path Name Return Code A value generated by operating system softwar
86. or overriding VSAM cluster specifications Items such as MAX LRECL the second parameter of VSAM_RECORDSIZE must be correct in order for the PKZIP program to correctly UNZIP the data to the target cluster When extracting records for insertion into a VSAM cluster the PKZIP program will open the cluster in Load Mode and attempt a sequential insert strategy However if a record key is rejected by VSAM PUT because it is out of sequence the PKZIP program will change to direct insert strategy for all subsequent records This has the potential for two negative impacts e Performance may be severely impacted for large files e Because VSAM handles Cl and CA splits differently for direct inserts the cluster may expand beyond anticipated space requirements thereby requiring a subsequent re org or the extraction may fail due to space constraints For these reasons if a large file is being extracted to a keyed VSAM cluster and the source data is not known to be in key sequence then the following procedure is recommended Extract the file to a sequential dataset Sort the sequential file by the key field Use IDCAMS REPRO to load the target cluster Standard VSAM PUTs are performed during UNZIP operations VSAM operating characteristics and limitations will be encountered such as found during IDCAMS REPRO processing A common occurrence may be that the defined VSAM CLUSTER may not have sufficient space to load the data due to FREESPACE desi
87. or updated ZIP archive ARCHIVE_MGMTCLASS Synonyms Include ARCHMCLASS For new file allocation when doing PKUNZIP processing these classes will be passed to SMS when dataset allocation occurs ARCHIVE_MGMTCLASS lt SMS Management Class gt See IBM s DF SMS manuals for further information about this parameter ARCHIVE_OUTFILE Synonyms Include ARCHIVE_OUTDD ARCHIVE_OFILE ARCHOUTDD ARCHOFILE ARCHOUTFILE The ARCHIVE_OUTFILE command specifies a DD statement that points to a ZIP archive to be written Use this command when the input archive is not to be updated with new information This command is mainly used when processing tapes and GDG s Do not use this command in conjunction with the ARCHIVE_DSN command ARCHIVE_OUTFILE lt DDname gt DDname This is the DD statement in the JCL that identifies the ARCHIVE to write It must not be the same as used for ARCHIVE_INFILE 82 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 If the archive is updated the JCL parameter DISP MOD should not be used to extend the archive DISP OLD should be used instead to allow the archive to be overwritten If the archive is not updated then the input archive will be copied to the lt DDname gt archive The lt DDname gt attributes in the JCL are used to define the output archive Any ARCH commands will be ignored In the event of an error occuring during ZIP processing and the process does not complete th
88. placed in the program status word PSW when the system begins a wait state Describes the causes of loops e System Messages Documents the messages issued by the OS 390 operating system The descriptions explain why the component issued the message give the actions of the operating system and suggest responses by the applications programmer system programmer and or operator e JES2 Messages Documents the messages issued by the JES2 subsystem The descriptions explain why the component issued the message give the actions of the operating system and suggest responses by the applications programmer system programmer and or operator e JCL User s Guide Describes the job control tasks needed to enter jobs into the operating system control the system s processing of jobs and request the resources needed to run jobs To perform Preface V vi the tasks programmers code job control statements The user s guide assists in deciding how to perform job control tasks JCL Reference Describes the job control tasks needed to enter jobs into the operating system control the system s processing of jobs and request the resources needed to run jobs To perform the tasks programmers code job control statements The reference guide is designed to be used while coding the statements Access Methods Services Documents the functions that are available with Virtual Storage Access Method VSAM and describes the IDCAMS commands that can be i
89. problems When used in PKZIP program processing When compressing a file as text not binary the DATA_DELIMITER command specifies what character s to store at the end of each record to differentiate records The last record does not get this delimiter but instead gets the characters specified by the FILE_TERMINATOR command When compressing a file as binary the DATA_DELIMITER command is ignored DATA_DELIMITER lt delim chars gt Delim chars are the delimiter characters to be appended There may be 0 4 characters specified in any combination CR Appends an ASCII Carriage Return hex OD CZ Appends an ASCII Ctrl Z character hex 1A LF Appends an ASCII Line Feed character hex 0A No delimiters at all The default is CRLF if no DATA_DELIMITER command is specified Note Transfers of Microsoft Disk Operating System MS DOS records use a CRLF fora delimiter while UNIX records use a LF When extracting the file s the same DATA_DELIMITER command should be used differentiate each record just as it was when it was compressed PKZIP for MVS searches for one each of CR CZ and LF characters as a default for text file record delimiters If a file was compressed with double characters as delimiters for example DATA_DELIMITER LFCZLF and the file was later decompressed without the DATA_DELIMITER command a default search is used PKZIP for MVS would use each LF as a record delimiter It would then
90. processing By using this command notation a generic set of commands can be set up to perform archiving operations for various users ARCHIVE_DSN amp SYSUID MY ZIPS SOURCE amp SYSUID MY COBOL Summary of Available Commands The commands as summarized below are available in both the PKZIP and PKUNZIP programs Information specific to all commands will be found later in this chapter beginning with Command Details COMMAND DESCRIPTION PKZIP PKUNZIP lt dataset name gt Defines the name of a member that should be added to updated in or deleted from a compressed ZIP archive Wildcards can be used to specify generic names ACTION ADD Used to add files that are not already present in the ZIP archive This is the default action for the PKZIP program PKZIP default COPY Used to create a subset Archive from files contained in an existing Archive DELETE Specifies that selected files be deleted from the old ZIP archive EXTRACT Specifies that selected files be extracted from the ZIP archive PKUNZIP program default FRESHEN Specifies that selected files be updated in the old ZIP archive TEST Specifies that the ZIP archive files be tested for integrity UPDATE Used to update files that are already in the ZIP archive or to add files that are not already present in the ZIP archive VIEW Output details of the files selected from the ZIP archive to the SYSPRINT dataset
91. single entity These terms and conditions are derived from any of the license types Allows a customer full access to all features of PKZIP MVS on all systems FEATURES A packaging and enablement option An optional feature of a product can be packaged licensed and enabled at the discretion of the software publisher Features can be licensed in the same manner as software products and can therefore be of any license type See product options below TIME DELIMITED Each license type is modifiable by time Each license will have a finite time period 174 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Product Features The license key will be comprised of codes to reflect the product features selected by the customer The following list contains the product features currently available Type Description COMPRESSION Allows compression of data into an archive DECOMPRESSION Allows extraction of data from an archive SEQUENTIAL FILE HANDLER Allows sequential file processing for archives and datasets PDS FILE HANDLER Allows partition dataset processing for archives and datasets PDS E FILE HANDLER Allows enhanced partition dataset processing for archives and datasets VSAM FILE HANDLER Allows Virtual Storage Access Method processing for archives and datasets MAGNETIC TAPE CARTRIDGE Allows tape file processing for archives and datasets FILE HANDLER
92. the target system only place one file in each GZIP archive file An existing archive must be processed in accordance with its archive type such as PKZIP MVS or GZIP For example an existing PKZIP MVS archive cannot have GZIP data appended to it A message will be issued and processing will be terminated if this rule is not followed VIEW processing will not report the CRC or file size information because of the way GZIP archives hold the information COMPRESSION_LEVEL STORE is not part of the GZIP standard and is therefore ignored by the compression engine GZIP Extensions As a proprietary extension standard 96 bit password encryption support is provided beyond the RFC standard File attributes can be stored in the GZIP archive just as they are in a PKZIP MVS archive so that the file can be reconstructed during EXTRACT processing Filename control commands may be used for example ZIPPED_DSN may be used although lower case translation of the resulting name will be done to conform to GZIP requirements During EXTRACT processing if the GZIP archive does not contain a file name not required by GZIP specifications then a filename will be constructed with a low level qualifier or PDS PDSE member name of GZOUT by using the input archive name as the base This pseudo name will then be processed by filename modifying commands such as UNZIPPED_DSN See also GZIP_SUFFIX in the Commands chapter Alt
93. to use in the new ZIP archive name Command Details Descriptions of PKZIP for MVS commands are shown below in alphabetic sequence If applicable s4ynonyms for each command are listed directly below the command lt dataset name gt The lt dataset name gt is an individual name or a file mask of files that are to be used in the ZIP or UNZIP process The specification may represent one or more files when either wildcard masks are used or RECURSE_LEVELS is specified Note This command does not have a prefixing it Pathnames may be specified in the lt dataset name gt and may be either in MVS format MYFILES PROJECT DATA where periods separate the qualifiers or in UNIX format that use slashes MYFILES PROJECT DATA PKZIP for MVS stores the lt dataset name gt in the latter format to provide cross platform compatibility but accepts references to lt dataset name gt in MVS format Note When standard ZIP Archives are requested a filename may be of mixed case When GZIP is requested all characters in the filename will be lower case according to GZIP specifications FORMATTING For individual datasets or PDS names the lt dataset name gt entry consists of dataset level dataset level dataset level For example mydata testing temp For PDS members the lt dataset name gt entry consists of dataset level dataset level dataset level member1 member2 memb
94. types e Downloaded from the PKZIP web sitehttp www pkzip com downloads e Download from the PKWARE FTP site ftp asizip com pub products pkzip mvs e Received from PKWARE on compact disc CD e Received from PKWARE on magnetic cartridge 3480 3490 Installation from Downloaded File or CD If you have downloaded PKZIP for MVS from PKWARE s web site ftp site or received the product on CD then the file you need to start with is the self extracting zip file called PKMVS EXE The PKMVS EXE file contains the nine binary XMIT files needed for installation along with various other supporting text and documentation The most relevant of the documentation is the README TXT as it will assist you with your installation and licensing of the product Some files extracted from PKMVS EXE include PKZIP XMIT CEXEC Compiled REXX Library PKZIP XMIT HELP Help Library PKZIP XMIT INSTLIB Install Library 14 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 PKZIP XMIT LOAD Load Library PKZIP XMIT MACLIB Macro Library PKZIP XMIT SPKZCLIB REXX Exec Library PKZIP XMIT SPKZMLIB Message Library PKZIP XMIT SPKZPLIB Panel Library PKZIP XMIT SPKZTLIB Table Library README TXT Installation and Configuration It is necessary for you to review the installation instructions found within the README TXT files if you are installing from download or CD If the software was received as any other media type a separate page of installation instructions will be
95. will be displayed regardless of the option selected The following is an example of the Menu PKZIP for MVS 5 5 Configuration OPTION gt Specify load library PKZIP MVS LOAD Specify defaults file s Specify defaults module ACZDFLT ZIP processing PKZIP MVS INSTLIB CMDZIP UNZIP processing PKZIP MVS INSTLIB CMDUNZIP Miscellaneous Sysprint allocation info Use TSO Prefix Y N Y Pri 3 Lowest Acceptable RC 4 0 4 8 Sec 1 Type CYLS BLKS TRKS CYL Job Card information JOBNAME JOB ACCOUNTING INFO CLASS A REGION 8M MSGCLASS H MSGLEVEL 1 1 NOTIFY amp SYSUID To EXIT Press PF3 For HELP Press PF1 The configuration panel is shown above There are several configuration data fields on this panel They are Load Library The library that contains the executable code for PKZIP MVS The default is the installed load library Defaults Module The module listed here will be used as the installed defaults for all PKZIP or PKUNZIP jobs generated by ISPF The default module is ACZDFLT Defaults Files The files that contain any overrides to the installed defaults There is one for ZIP processing and one for UNZIP processing The default file names are dsnhlq INSTLIB CMDZIP and dsnhiq INSTLIB CMDUNZIP where dsnhiq is the high level qualifier specified during installation TSO Prefix This field controls the use of the TSO prefix Specify Y to have the value of the TSO pre
96. 00 OS 390 VSE MVS UNIX Windows See Note See Note 1below 2 below 96 bit X X X X X X X Encryption This is advanced encryption that is compatible with Windows PKWARE Xx X Certificate Based Encryption This is advanced encryption that is compatible with multiple platforms 128 192 amp Xx X X XxX Xx 256 bit AES Password Encryption 4 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Note 1 PKZIP for MVS Version 5 5 supports the following operating systems MVS ESA 4 2 and above 0S 390 and z OS Note 2 PKZIP supports advanced password encryption for the following types of UNIX Sun Solaris 2 6 and above HP UX 10 20 and above IBM AlX 4 3 and above Intel Linux based on 2 4 kernel PKZIP for MVS uses AES which is the official US Government standard for encryption The AES algorithm was approved as the Federal Information Processing Standard by the Commerce Department on May 26 2002 The Rijndael the name combination of the two researchers who developed Rijndael Dr Joan Daeman and Dr Vincent Rijmen algorithm uses a combination of advanced security performance efficiency ease of implementation and flexibility to make it the appropriate standard of advanced encryption for the AES Rijndael performs consistently in both hardware and software and in cross platform environments regardless of its use in feedback or non
97. 01000 INPUT OUTPUT SECTION 001100 001200 001300 001400 001500 001600 001700 001800 001900 002000 002100 002200 002300 002400 002500 002600 002700 002800 002900 003000 003100 003200 003300 003400 003500 ek kK kK Kk KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK PKZIP for MVS TM DATA COMPRESSION VERSION 5 5 COPYRIGHT 2003 PKWARE of Ohio INC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Program CALLZIPC This sample COBOL programs demonstrates the ability to call PKZIP or PKUNZIP from an application program as a dynamic Call i e PKZIP and PKUNZIP are NOT linked into the program There are two main variables used in calling PKZIP First is the program variable which contains the name of program to call By making it a variable forces a dynamic call to PKZIP The second variable is the parameters pass area in the LINKAGE SECTION The length is left up to the user but the first two bytes must be a binary length of the pass area See CALL PARMS variables This example is using the pass area of 100 bytes This Example is passing the parameter SHOW _SETTINGS If NOSYSIN also passed SHOW_SETTINGS NOSYSIN PKZIP would not read other parameters from SYSIN n This example it will read parameters from SYSIN E E E F HF HF HF F HF F HF HF HF FF E E kk kK kK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK 003600 FILE CONTROL 003700 DATA DIVISION 003800 FILE SECTION 003900 WORKING STORAGE SECTION 004000
98. 05 07 2001 05 03 2001 05 10 2001 05 17 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 13 13 13 10 08 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 Scroll 29 39 29 27 29 29 29 29 26 23 29 58 16 29 24 26 29 29 29 23 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 48 01 58 44 53 53 30 17 01 56 06 gt PAGE ID ALPHA3 MAS01 ALPHA3 MAS01 MAS01 ALPHA3 ALPHA3 ALPHA3 ALPHA3 ALPHA3 ALPHA3 ALPHA3 ALPHA3 ALPHA3 ALPHA3 ALPHA3 ALPHA3 ALPHA3 ALPHA3 If you wish to see the message text for message ZPAM914E enter a L ZPAM9 select ZPAM914E and press ENTER The text for the message will be displayed in an ISPF browse panel as shown below 168 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Menu Utilities Compilers Help SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS BROWSE QZIP DEV HELP ZPAM914E 01 00 Line 00000000 Col 001 080 Command Scroll gt CSR kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Top of Data k xk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk KK kkk kkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk ZPAM914E An error occurred attempting to locate a Local Directory entry Explanation The Archive Manager was reading through the input Archive
99. 2nd and 3rd positions DD Statements Batch jobs may be submitted to process PDS members using JCL DD cards To process only one PDS member the member name may be used as the file identifier To process all members of a PDS the PDS name may be used as the file identifier To process several members the INFILE command is used along with the selected member names or a file mask may be used in place of specific member names pds DD DISP SHR DSN SYS1 PARMLIB SYSIN DD INFILE pds CLOCK 00 MEMBER6 lt multiple INFILE statements may be used Extracting Data into a PDS PKZIP for MVS allows you to extract files from an Archive into either a new or existing PDS A PDS member that has been compressed into the Archive may be extracted into a different PDS In this case file attributes for the target PDS can be governed by pre allocation JCL control cards or extended attributes previously saved in the Archive during ZIP processing At the time of extraction the OUTFILE_DSNTYPE PDS command is used to instruct PKZIP for MVS to dynamically allocate a PDS from the specified files The PDS name is governed by the use of UNZIPPED_DSN FILE_EXTENSION and HIERARCHY N SYSIN DD ARCHIVE my zipfile EXTRACT OUTFILE DSNTYPE PDS OUTFILE_RECFM FB OUTFILE_LRECL 80 OUTFILE_BLKSIZE 27920 OUTFILE SPACE TYPE CYLINDERS OUTFILE SPACE PRIMARY 2 OUTFILE SPACE SECONDARY 1 MY PDS MEMB
100. 3 SAVE BACK OUR SAVE AREA sT R13 SAVEAREA 4 KEEP CALLER S SAVE AREA LA R13 SAVEAREA LOCAL SAVE AREA sT R1 EXECPARM KEEP EXEC PARM ADDRESS LR R12 R15 ESTABLISH DROP R15 ADDRESSABILITY USING CALLZIPA R12 USING R12 LOAD THE PKZIP PROGRAM INTO STORAGE AND BRANCH ENTER IT L R3 A PKZIPEP LOAD ADDRESS OF PROGRAM TO CALL FETCH THE PROGRAM LOAD EPLOC R3 LR R15 RO HAVE EP ADDRESS L R1 EXECPARM EXEC PGM PARM BASR R14 R15 PLACE RETURN CODE EXAMINATION CODE BELOW R15 F 4 SAMPLE CHECK FOR RC4 GOBACK L R13 SAVEAREA 4 GET CALLER S SAVE AREA BACK RETURN 14 12 RC 15 SAVEAREA DC 18F 0 EXECPARM DS F PASSED REG1 PKZIPEP DC CL8 PKZIP LTORG kkkkkkkk kkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk RO EQU 0 R1 EQU 1 R2 EQU 2 R3 EQU 3 R4 EQU 4 R5 EQU 5 R6 EQU 6 R7 EQU 7 R8 EQU 8 R9 EQU 9 R10 EQU 10 R11 EQU 11 R12 EQU 12 R13 EQU 13 R14 EQU 14 R15 EQU 15 END CALLZIPA Appendix C Invoking PKZIP PKUNZIP From a Program 191 CALLZIPA Sample COBOL Source to Call PKZIP 192 000100 ID DIVISION 000200 PROGRAM ID CALLZIPC 000300 000400 000500 000600 000700 000800 kK kK kK kK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK PKZIP for MVS TM DATA COMPRESSION VERSION 5 5 COPYRIGHT 2003 PKWARE of Ohio INC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED kkk kK kK kK kK kK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK 000900 ENVIRONMENT DIVISION 0
101. 5 1477 75 TEXT TSO002 _ PKZIP TEST PDS DELUCAT 1 24 2001 10 42 314 1067 70 TEXT TSO002 _ PKZIP TEST PDS DELVSAM 1 24 2001 10 42 278 1067 73 TEXT TSO002 PKZIP TEST PDS DIAGBCS 1 24 2001 10 42 230 739 68 TEXT TSO002 PKZIP for MVS 5 5 View Archive Row 1 to 7 of 48 Command SCROLL gt CSR Name of Archive PKZIP TEST ZIP Primary commands LOCATE to position list or SORT to sort list Enter line command or for list of valid line commands Press PF1 for HELP Cmd File Name Ds Rec Record Block Space Date Last Org Fmt Size Size Prim Sec Dir Unit Created Referenced PKZIP TEST PDS DELCSI PO FB 80 27920 5 2 200 CYL 2001 01 24 2001 01 24 PKZIP TEST PDS DELLINK PO FB 80 27920 5 2 200 CYL 2001 01 24 2001 01 24 _ PKZIP TEST PDS DELNUC PO FB 80 27920 5 2 200 CYL 2001 01 24 2001 01 24 PKZIP TEST PDS DELNVSM PO FB 80 27920 5 2 200 CYL 2001 01 24 2001 01 24 PKZIP TEST PDS DELUCAT PO FB 80 27920 5 2 200 CYL 2001 01 24 2001 01 24 PKZIP TEST PDS DELVSAM 162 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 PO FB 80 27920 5 PKZIP TEST PDS DIAGBCS PO FB 80 27920 5 2 2 200 CYL 2001 01 24 2001 01 24 200 CYL 2001 01 24 2001 01 24 PKZIP for MVS 5 5 View Archive Row 1 to 7 of 48 SCROLL gt CSR SORT to sort list Compressed By PKZIP PKZIP PKZIP PKZIP PKZIP PKZIP PKZIP for for for for for for for MVS MVS MVS MVS MVS MV
102. 5 5 e Advanced Encryption e Improved Compression e Ehanced File Filtering Capabilities e PASSWORD echo masking e Add ACTION COPY e Add CHECK_SYSIN_MEMBER command e Add ENCRYPTION_METHOD command e Add EXCLUDE command e Add KEY_PROTECT_LEVEL command e Add PKSUPPRC command e Add PRESERVE_CMD_SPACE command e Rebuilt Messages Manual e DOC Memory Usage Info e DOC Abend S213 30 IEC1431 when competing with UNZIP to PDS e PANVALET Subsystem Support for command input Note Some commands were initially introduced during the interim release with higher levels of 5 0 and in the 5 5 Release New Commands The Default values for the following commands are new Be sure to review these commands to familiarize yourself with the new functionality these commands provide for PKZIP for MVS Version 5 5 Command Description Values EXCLUDE Enhanced file filtering capabilities User supplied CHECK_SYSIN_MEMBER Verifies a command input stored in a PDS or YIN PDSE member KEY_PROTECT_LEVEL Specifies a relative intensity of encryption key 1 2 protection PRESERVE_CMD_SPACE YIN Preserves or removes blanks proceeded by a Chapter 2 PKZIP MVS 5 5 7 Command Description Values PKSUPPRC Allows the return code to be suppressed on cer tain conditions ZPAMO092E Nothing to do ZPAMO93W No Files match Initializing Copying Archive ZPEX013 Tru
103. 5 License oooooocoococccccoooocoocononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 16 Applying a License Key or Authorization Code ooocccccccccccccccnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnninininons 17 PKZIP FOR MVS GRACE PERIOD tect dt ii A ii ed ed ont 17 Running a Disaster Recovery TOStiocoococococococococonnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn non nnnnnnnnnnns 18 TAILORING SITE SPECIFIC CHANGES TO THE DEFAULTS MODULE ocoocccccnccnccncnnconcnccononononnnns 18 PROTECTING FILES WITH THE SAFETYEX MODULE coccccccccncccncccnaccnnccnnaconanonanonnncnnnccnnnnnnns 19 ACTIVATING THE ISPF INTERFACE card ta tie 19 ISPE MANIMEN U 20 encina nan a a IO A A ns id 20 CHAPTER 4 GETTING STARTED WITH PKZIP FOR MVS 0 ccscccsssseeeeseseeeeeeeees 21 INTRODUCTION TO PKZIP FOR MVS 00 eacheedaeeeee eee 21 INVOKING PKZIP OR PKUNZIP USING JCL uu cece ceccccecccecceeceeeeeeueceeeeseeseueeeeeeesaneeneeeees 21 Notes for Invoking PKZIP or PKUNZIP Using JCL cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 22 RETIENE 22 COMPRESSING A DATASE Isc cose dest cece carl cane leek cok Cesk cout leek cant Cok ih Cesk can eed ch eee unl Cenk cet Ea 23 Notes for Dataset Compression c oooooocccccccccccconononnnncnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnininininns 23 VIEWING THE CONTENTS OF AN ARCHIVE ccccccccecccecsceesecucececseeuseeuseueceeeueeuueeueeeeeeeauseuees 24 Notes for Viewing the Contents of an Archive eee 24 SAC TION WIEW DE TAIL dd soe od 25 DECOMPRESSING A DATASE 2 e a a a ae he ee
104. 99 Given the file TDS DICT DATA ZIPCUR MYRE SPELL CHK HIERARCHY N the PDS will be E SPELL CHK DATA If the PDS member already exists you must replace it with OUTFILE_OVERWRITE or add it with INSERT_MEMBER to keep the member INFILE Synonyms Include INDD IFILE INFILE_DD The INFILE command identifies the DD statement that further describes the file to be compressed INFILE lt ddname gt member1 member2 membern ddname This is the name of the DD job step listed in the JCL Member1 n This is O to n member names that identify specific members within the PDS described in the lt ddname gt used in the job step The DD statement may describe a sequential dataset an entire PDS or a member of a PDS or evena generation of a GDG If a member of a PDS is to be compressed there are two methods of identifying that member First using just the DD statement where the individual member is described in the DD statement and INFILE refers to that DD statement Example INPUT DD DISP SHR DSN MY DATA FILES FIRST INFILE INPUT Second using the command where the entire PDS is described in the DD statement and then the INFILE command refers to that DD statement as well as the individual member name s to use Example INPUT DD DISP SHR DSN MY DATA FILES INFILE INPUT FIRST SECOND FIFTH Note that more than one member may be
105. ACE_SECONDARY Specifies the number of allocation units in the secondary extent of a new or updated ZIP archive gt ARCHIVE_SPACE_TYPE Specifies how space is to be allocated for a new or updated ZIP archive gt ARCHIVE_STORCLASS Specifies the DF SMS storage class for a new or updated ZIP archive gt ARCHIVE_TIMESTAMP Specifies which Date Time option to use in setting the timestamp of a created ZIP file gt ARCHIVE_UNIT Specifies the generic unit for allocation of a new or updated ZIP file ARCHIVE_VOLUMES Specifies the volume s for allocation of a new or updated ZIP archive ATTRIB_COMPATIBILITY Governs the type of extended attributes that are stored in the Archive e CALLMODE Internal environmental interfacing command e i CHECK_SYSIN_MEMBER Verifies a command input stored in a PDS or PDSE member e e COMPRESSION_LEVEL Specifies speed and compression level when Zipping a file bd CRLF Controls the use of record delimiters and an n optional file terminator Chapter 9 Commands 63 COMMAND DESCRIPTION PKZIP PKUNZIP DATA_DELIMITER Specifies the delimiter s to be used at the end of each text record of the file e DATA_STORAGE Specifies the amount of cache memory used in ZIP processing DATA_TYPE Specifies that selected files for compression are binary or text Can be dynamically detected DA
106. ARCHIVE_BLKSIZE Specifies the block size for a new or updated ZIP archive 62 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 COMMAND DESCRIPTION PKZIP PKUNZIP ARCHIVE_COMMENT Allows a comment of up to 255 characters to be specified and saved in the archive central directory gt ARCHIVE_DATACLASS Specifies the DF SMS data class for a new or updated ZIP archive ARCHIVE_DIR_BLOCKS Specifies the directory block amount for a new ZIP archive bd ARCHIVE_DSN Specifies the archive to be read and updated by ZIP processing gt gt ARCHIVE_DSORG Specifies the dataset organization for a new or updated ZIP archive ARCHIVE_INFILE Specifies the DDname that references a ZIP archive to be read in by the PKZIP program ARCHIVE_LRECL Specifies the logical record length for a new or updated ZIP archive e ARCHIVE_MGMTCLASS Specifies the DF SMS management class to be used for a new or updated ZIP archive ARCHIVE_OUTFILE Specifies a DD statement describing the archive to output to by ZIP processing ARCHIVE_RECFM Specifies the record format of a new or updated ZIP archive e ARCHIVE_SPACE_PRIMARY Specify the number of allocation units in the primary extent of a new or updated ZIP archive ARCHIVE_SPACE_RLSE Specifies whether free space should be released when the ZIP archive is de allocated e ARCHIVE_SP
107. AVE_FILE_ATTRIBUTES BOTH CENTRAL TEMP_UNIT NULL SYSDA VSAM_SPACE_PRIMARY 100 10 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Command Old Values New Values VSAM_SPACE_SECONDARY 100 10 VSAM_SPACE_TYPE TRK CYL Message Changes The table below identifies new and changed messages for PKZIP for MVS Version 5 5 Be sure to review this table before using PKZIP for MVS Version 5 5 Message ID number New Changed ZPAMO10I ZPAMO82W ZPAM2551 ZPAM2911 gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt ZPAM2921 ZPENOO1I ZPENOO2W ZPENOO3W ZPENOO4E ZPCMO19E ZPCM203E ZPEX082E X X X X X X X lt X lt ZPEX083I Enhancements for Secure Data e New Encryption Method command e The password will no longer be echoed in the SYSPRINT stream The value PASSWORD will be displayed instead e When entering passwords on the ISPF panels the input field has been changed to non display A password verification field has been added on the password prompting screens to assist you in verifying that the correct password has been entered The password may be displayed by selecting a panel option Restrictions for PKZIP for MVS Version 5 5 The following restrictions apply to PKZIP for MVS Version 5 5 In environments that do not use the Integrated Catalog Facility IC
108. An installation s DF SMS ACS routine may reset the value See IBM s DF SMS manuals for further information about this parameter TEMP_UNIT Synonyms Include TEMPUNIT TEMP_UNIT lt unit name gt Chapter 9 Commands 123 unit name Specifies the generic unit name indicating where the dataset is to be allocated SYSDA is the default if not provided Use the SHOW_SETTINGS command to determine the installation s selected default values Note The defaults may not reflect the installation values by the product installer TEMP_VOLUMES Synonyms Include TEMPVOL TEMP_VOLUME lt volname gt lt volname gt lt volname gt volname Specifies 1 to 31 volumes that indicate where the temporary ZIP dataset is to be allocated Separate multiple lt volume name gt s by spaces This command is used in conjunction with TEMP_UNIT to direct work files to a specific location PKZIP MVS will use values specified in its dynamic allocation request The installation s storage management controls may redirect the actual file location Note The defaults may not reflect the installation values by the product installer TRACE_TABLE_SIZE Synonyms Include N A This command specifies the size of the internal trace table TRACE TABLE SIZE lt tabsize gt tabsize This is an 8 byte field containing the size of the trace table TRANSLATE_TABLE_DATA Synonyms Include TRAN Cross
109. Archive PKZIP for MVS creates a new ZIP Archive and then deletes the previous Archive If either ARCHTO or ARCHFOR commands were used when the Archive was originally created a problem may occur during the deletion process as the retention period for the VSAM ZIP Archive may still be in operation To Process Sparse RRDS Files PKZIP for MVS will use the same process as IDCAMS REPRO in processing VSAM RRDS files that contain unused slots In copying the RRDS to a sequential dataset the missing slots are treated as nonexistent If an RRDS is later created any missing slots will not be included in the new file As a result the slot number of some of the copied records will be different than the original Therefore PKZIP for MVS will correctly recreate only those RRDS files with no interspersed empty slots Variable length and fixed length RRDS files are both processed with this constraint Unsupported File Types PKZIP for MVS does not directly support alternate index files or paths A VSAM Alternate Index can be managed in two ways It is recommended that the base cluster be processed and then the Alternate Index be recreated at the time of extraction Using the other option the data may be copied to another supported dataset type using the Alternate Index and the copy compressed At the time of extraction the process would be reversed This maintains the data in the ZIP Archive in the same order as it was c
110. Archive on all platforms for all PKZIP 5 x products has the Central file directory at the back of the Archive This is also where some important file information is kept such as whether the file is Text needing translation or Binary Therefore the PKUNZIP program must read the back of the Archive before scheduling the processing of the files then rewind and read from the beginning Because of the serial nature of the tape media only 1 task can be used to EXTRACT the data When many non partitioned files are being selected for processing multi tasking may be beneficial when used in conjunction with a disk based archive To Update Files in a Tape Based Archive PKZIP for MVS requires the use of a new tape to update files residing on a tape based Archive ARCHIVE_INFILE and ARCHIVE_OUTFILE must be used The input and output Archives do not need to both be of the same media type one may be disk and the other tape 58 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Chapter 8 ZIP Archives A ZIP Archive is the storage facility for files that are compressed or simply stored using the PKZIP for MVS product It can hold up to 65 535 files which may have been compressed up to 99 of their original size In addition file attributes are retained allowing extraction of the same file characteristics without the need of control card specifications Data integrity is validated by a Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC to maintain int
111. BLOCKS Allocation by blocks Note that the block size is specified in the ARCHIVE_BLKSIZE command KB also KILOBYTES Allocation by Kilobytes for a VSAM archive MB also MEGABYTES Allocation by Megabytes for a VSAM archive VSAM Note Both the primary and secondary extents are allocated at 100 allocation units unless changed by the VSAM_SPACE_PRIMARY or the VSAM_SPACE_SECONDARY commands This command specification can be overridden at the data level by the VSAM_DATA_SPACE_TYPE command At the data level the corresponding cluster information is not recognized ARCHIVE_STORCLASS Synonyms Include ARCHSCLASS For a new or updated ZIP archive the DF SMS storage class may be specified using the ARCHIVE_STORCLASS command If the command is not specified no storage class is used ARCHIVE STORCLASS lt storclass gt storclass These are the names of the DF SMS storage class where the updated or new archive is to reside There is an 8 character limit For new ZIP archives that are members of a PDS the PKZIP for MVS DF SMS command should specify the PDS class and the non DF SMS command should specify the PDS volume or unit of the allocation 84 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 ARCHIVE_TIMESTAMP Synonyms Include TIMESTAMP This command specifies the source of the date and time for a compressed file The default is the LOCAL time as set on the system ARCHIVE TIMESTAMP CREATE
112. C1411 013 34 abend ARCHIVE_COMMENT Synonyms Include N A This command allows a comment of up to 255 characters to be specified and saved in the archive central directory Chapter 9 Commands 79 ARCHIVE COMMENT lt comment gt comment A free form descriptive field that may be up to 255 characters in length and may contain lower case letters ARCHIVE_COMMENT This is a sample of a long command input value and a hyphen illustrates the use of the continuation character for a lon 9 Command The hyphen causes a concatenation without blanks ARCHIVE_DATACLASS Synonyms Include ARCHDCLASS For a new or updated ZIP archive the SMS data class may be specified using the ARCHIVE_DATACLASS command If the command is not specified no data class is used in the allocation request Allocation of files in a SMS environment is controlled by the installation through Automatic Class Selection routines as defined by the local storage administrator Control cards specifying SMS classes and or volume selection may be ignored by the system when performing allocations Check with the systems administrator for proper designations of these values ARCHIVE_DATACLASS lt data class gt data class Names the SMS data class where the updated or new archive is to reside There is an 8 character limit ARCHIVE_DIR_BLOCKS Synonyms Include ARCHDIRBLKS ARCHIVE_DIRBLKS For a new ZIP archive the num
113. CRC 1E1A020B ZPAMOO8I Created by PKZIP for MVS 5 5 2 x compatible ZPAMO09I Needed to extract PKUNZIP 2 0 ZPAM301I File Type NONVSAM PDS ZPAM302I File PDS Directory Blocks 200 ZPAM303I File Record Format FB ZPAM304I File Allocation Type TRK ZPAM305I File Primary Space Allocated 2245 ZPAM306I File Secondary Space Allocated 90 ZPAM307I File Record Size 80 ZPAM308I File Block Size 6160 ZPAM309I File Volume s Used PKWARE ZPAM310I File Creation Date 1998 07 27 ZPAM311I File Referenced Date 2001 08 09 ZPAM312I File PDS Extended Directory Information DIRECTORY INFORMATION FOLLOWS LENGTH 000004 000000 71620002 00000000 00000000 00000000 l ZPAM313I PDS member TTRKZC 004307000002 ZPAM013I ZPAMO01I Filename SYS1 MYLIB YREGS ZPAMOO2I File type TEXT ZPAM003I Date Time 09 AUG 2001 11 16 24 ZPAMO04I Compression Method DEFLATE NORMAL ZPAMOO5I Compressed Size 433 ZPAMOO6I Uncompressed Size 2 543 ZPAMO07I 32 bit CRC E0B4A859 ZPAMOO8I Created by PKZIP for MVS 5 5 2 x compatible ZPAMO09I Needed to extract PKUNZIP 2 0 ZPAM301I File Type NONVSAM PDS ZPAM302I File PDS Directory Blocks 200 ZPAM303I File Record Format FB ZPAM304I File Allocation Type TRK ZPAM305I File Primary Space Allocated 2245 ZPAM306I File Secondary Space Allocated 90 ZPAM307I File Record Size 80 ZPAM308I File Block Size 6160 ZPAM309I File Volume s Used PKWARE ZPAM310I File Creation Date 1998 07 27
114. CREATEGMT CREATEUTC GMT LOCAL UTC CREATE Specifies the creation date of the MVS dataset with time of 00 00 00 This is because standard MVS systems retain the dataset s creation date but do not retain the time of creation If this creation date does not exist the LOCAL time is used Members of a PDS will have the timestamp associated with the dataset not with the individual members CREATEGMT Specifies the creation date of the MVS dataset with a time of 00 00 00 as in CREATE Except if the creation date does not exist the UTC option is used CREATEUTC Specifies the creation date of the MVS dataset with a time of 00 00 00 as in CREATE Except if the creation date does not exist the UTC option is used GMT Specifies the Greenwich Mean Time as set on the system Time zones are not specified here therefore it is the same time world wide The time is captured at the time ZIP processing begins LOCAL Specifies the LOCAL time as set with the system The LOCAL time is based on the UTC time with any adjustments made for time zones UTC Specifies the Greenwich Mean Time as set on the system Time zones are not specified here therefore it is the same time world wide The time is captured at the time ZIP processing begins The time captured for the archive is the point at which ZIP processing begins and is the same for all files of that archive ARCHIVE_UNIT Synonyms Include ARCHUNIT For new or updated ZIP fil
115. CT is the default action for the PKUNZIP program FRESHEN Specifies that a file s already existing within an archive is to be replaced by a different file with the same name Note that timestamp verification does not occur so it is possible to replace a current file with one that is older PATCH_REPORT When gathering information for problem analysis PKZIP for MVS Technical Support may request the output from an execution with PATCH_ REPORT The report output is sent to the designated DDNAME_SYSPRINT standard output No other commands are required This is normally executed in batch although a Foreground report can be generated with the ISPF panels Note This command may be used under either PGM PKZIP or PGM PKUNZIP No archive actions will be performed when this command action is selected TEST Specifies that the ZIP archive files be tested for integrity This command will perform the same functions as an ACTION EXTRACT command without actually extracting data or producing a decompressed file The stored CRC is checked in this process and a confirmation message will occur in the SYSPRINT dataset for each valid file Chapter 9 Commands 77 Use ARCHIVE_DSN or ARCHIVE_INFILE with this command to specify the ZIP archive to be validated UPDATE Specifies the update or addition of a file s to an existing ZIP archive VIEW Specifies that information about selected files be displayed in SYSPRINT The VIEW comman
116. Call PKZIP 190 CALLZIPA TITLE CALLZIPA PKZIP for MVS PREPROCESSOR KKK KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK IK KK KK KKK KK IK KKK ER KKK IK KKK k k kk kk kk kk kk kk kkk kk k PKZIP for MVS TM DATA COMPRESSION VERSION 5 5 COPYRIGHT 2003 PKWARE of Ohio INC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk NAME CALLZIPA PURPOSE Sample Assembly Program to fetch and call PKZIP Steps Pass Modified Parms Examine The Return Code On Exit This sample Assembly programs demonstrates the ability to fetch and call PKZIP or PKUNZIP from an application program as a dynamic call i e PKZIP and PKUNZIP are NOT linked into the program There are three main variables used in calling PKZIP First is the program variable PKZIPEP containing the name of E program to call The second variable is the parameters pass area which was passed from the JCL You can build your own variable and use it as the PARMS to PKZIP by loading its address in EXECPARM The third variable to be concerned about is the return code pass back from PKZIP PKUNZIP program This can be examine for other processing or verification This Example is passing the parameter SHOW_SETTINGS If NOSYSIN is also passed SHOW_SETTINGS NOSYSIN PKZIP would not read other parameters from SYSIN This example will read parameters from SYSIN
117. DCAMS equivalent for this command is CODE code VSAM_INDEX_CODE lt name gt name Specifies the code name for the index component VSAM_INDEX_CONTROLPW Synonyms Include OUTINDXCTLPW This command is also compatible with VSE e gt lt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command specifies the control password to be passed to Access Methods Services for the definition or update of the index component of a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is CONTROLPW password VSAM_ INDEX CONTROLPW lt pwd gt pwd Specifies a one to eight character control password VSAM_INDEX_EXCEPTIONEXIT Synonyms Include OUTINDXEEXT This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_INDEX_EXCEPTIONEXIT command provides the ability to define an EXCEPTIONEXIT parameter for the index component of a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is EXCEPTIONEXIT module name VSAM_ INDEX EXCEPTIONEXIT lt exceptname gt exceptname Specifies the name of your module phase name that will be given control when an exception occurs Chapter 9 Commands 139 VSAM_INDEX_FILE Synonyms Include OUTINDXFILE This command is also compatible with VSE 9 gt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM
118. DSORG PO PE PS VS PO Partitioned DataSet archive PE Partitioned DataSetenhanced archive PS Physical Sequential archive VS Virtual Storage Aaccess Method archive Chapter 9 Commands 81 Note The program can determine the organization of the archive by the dataset name with the exception of VSAM files ARCHIVE_INFILE Synonyms Include ARCHINDD ARCHIFILE ARCHINFILE ARCHIVE_INDD ARCHIVE_IFILE The ARCHIVE_INFILE command specifies a DD statement that describes a ZIP archive to be read in for processing Use this command when the archive is not to be updated and the processed file is to be written to another destination using ARCHIVE_OUTFILE Also use this command when processing tapes and GDG s Do not use this command in conjunction with the ARCHIVE_DSN command ARCHIVE_INFILE lt DDname gt DDname This is the DD statement in the JCL that identifies the ARCHIVE to be read The same lt DDname gt may not be used for ARCHIVE_OUTFILE ARCHIVE_LRECL Synonyms Include ARCHLRL For a new or updated ZIP archive the logical record length is specified using the ARCHIVE_LRECL command If ARCHIVE_RECFM U is specified for sequential archives then a default record length of 0 is established otherwise the block size is used Note that the command ARCHIVE_DATACLASS overrides this default ARCHIVE_LRECL lt lreclength gt Ireclength This is the logical record length for the new
119. Date Time Zipped The field contains the data and time that the file was compressed and added to the archive Zipped Size This field contains the number of bytes the file contains after it was compressed If the file attributes are incomplete or if the file was compressed in GZIP format this field will contain N A Unzipped Size This field contains the number of bytes the file contained before it was compressed If the file attributes are incomplete or if the file was compressed in GZIP format then this field will contain N A Compression Ratio This field contains the ratio between uncompressed size and compressed size It provides a measure of the degree of compression File Type This field indicates the type of data contained in the compressed file It can be text TEXT or binary BIN Volume This field indicates the volume from which the compressed file came If it is a multi volume file only the first volume is displayed along with a plus sign indicating there are additional volume s Message This field is used to show the last line command executed against this file The valid displays are Browsed Viewed Info Unzip and Delete Dsorg This field displays the dataset organization of the compressed file Valid entries are PS for a sequential file PO for a PDS VSAM and PDSE for a PDS extended file Record Format Record format of the compressed file Record Size Rec
120. EMBER 100 Non labeled Tapes NL 55 NOOVERWRITE 107 NOPADVSAM 111 NOPATH 113 NORECALL 115 NORECURSE 115 NOSYSIN 65 103 NOSYSIPT 103 NOTAPE 119 Notes for Dataset Compression 23 Notes for Decompressing a Dataset 26 Notes for invoking PKZIP or PKUNZIP using JCL 22 Notes for Invoking PKZIP or PKUNZIP Using JCL 22 Notes for Viewing the Contents of an Archive 24 Notes for ZIPPED_DSN 150 NOVSAM 128 Null Value 207 Numeric 160 O Old ZIP Archive 59 207 ON_FILE_ACCESS ERROR 65 103 ON_FILE_IO_ERROR 65 104 Option A 170 Option C 158 Option L 169 Option M 168 Option S 167 Option V 161 Option W 169 Option Z 166 Option List 160 Options ZD and UD 158 OS 400 207 OUT_DSORG 106 OUTASTR 129 OUTATTEMPTS 129 OUTATTR 131 OUTAUTH 129 OUTBLKSIZ 104 OUTBLKSIZE 104 OUTBUFSPACE 130 OUTCATALOG 130 OUTCISIZE 131 OUTCISZ 131 OUTCODE 131 OUTCONTROLPW 132 OUTDATAASTR 129 OUTDATAATT 129 OUTDATAAUTH 129 OUTDATACISIZE 132 OUTDATACISZ 132 OUTDATACODE 131 OUTDATACTLPW 132 OUTDATAEEXT 132 OUTDATAFILE 133 OUTDATAMRPW 143 OUTDATANAME 133 OUTDATANORD 133 OUTDATANRUS 146 OUTDATANWCK 149 OUTDATAORD 133 OUTDATAOWNER 144 OUTDATAPRI 134 OUTDATARDPW 145 OUTDATARUS 146 OUTDATASEC 134
121. ER1 lt this is the archive filename selection to result in MY PDS MEMBER1 Chapter 7 File Processing 49 Managing ZIP Archives as PDS Members PKZIP for MVS can maintain a ZIP Archive as a PDS member using the ARCHIVE_DSN command along with the PDS and member name When the Archive is created as a member of an existing PDS the attributes for the PDS will not be altered Load Libraries In most cases load libraries will only be extracted to another OS 390 platform therefore PKZIP for MVS is able to process either an individual member or an entire load library The methods used will vary as described below Processing Individual Members Each member of the PDS is maintained as an individual file in the ZIP Archive Both DATA_TYPE BINARY and RDW commands should be used to insure data integrity In addition to normal data storage necessary load module directory information is saved in the extended attributes section of the Archive directory During extraction any individual member may be selected for processing When recreating the member on extraction additional information such as the TTR entry point is translated by PKZIP for MVS to use when loading the file Load Module Control Some information for example the NOTELIST used for Overlay segments is not retained in the Archive This may cause inaccuracies upon extraction as that load module may not be properly restored To avoid this prob
122. ET Chapter 7 File Processing 47 ARCHIVE MY ARCHIVE Managing a Sequential File ZIP Archive A new sequential archive may be created by use of the ARCHIVE_OUTFILE command with appropriate DCB information in the referenced JCL or implicitly by specifying ARCHIVE_DSN ZIP_name with ARCHIVE_DSORG PS newarch DD DISP NEW CATLG DSN userid MY ZIP UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 1 1 DCB RECFM FB LRECL 27998 BLKSIZE 27998 SYSIN DD ADD ARCHIVE_OUTFILE newarch userid MY JCL lt file to be ZIP d hlq ASM Additionally an existing archive may be read by use of the ARCHIVE_INFILE command Processing GDGs GDG members are generally treated as individual sequential datasets with their respective fully qualified names With some restrictions full GDGs and relative generations may be selected for ZIP processing The compression and extraction of GDGs Generation Data Groups present unique concerns These are described in more detail in Chapter 5 File Selection and Name Processing in the section Cataloged Dataset Name and INFILE Request Restrictions File Concatenation for ZIP Processing It is possible to concatenate multiple files of like attributes such as the same RECFM and LRECL via INFILE These may include sequential files DSORG PS fully qualified or relative generations of a GDG or PDS PDSE members It is important to note that PKZIP for MVS
123. ET command as explained above DISP This command gathers all the changes to the default options and format a scrollable display showing the options their current value and the origin of the change The origin can be DS loaded from a dataset CD changed on the defaults panel or AV changed by the Advanced Option feature on the ZIP and UNZIP options which are explained later in this chapter An example of this display is shown below EXIT End the defaults display and return to the PKZIP MVS main menu Pressing PF3 has the same results LOAD This command loads default settings that were previously saved in a dataset using the SAVE command You are prompted to enter the dataset name and member name First a RESET is done to clear any previously changed defaults and then the default option values saved in the dataset entered are loaded and the displayed table is updated Any options changed by the LOAD are flagged with the string Loaded These defaults will remain in effect until this PKZIP MVS session is ended or the RESET command is entered Chapter 11 Using the ISPF Interface 159 LOCATE This command positions the table display to a particular default option or to a default option beginning with a certain string For example by entering LOCATE C the table display will be positioned so that the first default option beginning with the letter C will be the first line displayed This command can be truncated to LOC or L
124. Expanded data written to address in EXPDATA The following fields are updated in ZIPPARM lst parm of CALL ZIP_TARGET_LEN length of expanded data ZIP_RETCODE Return Code see explanation of return codes ZIPPARM Copy Member ZIP_PARM DS 0D ZIP_ FUNCTION DS CL4 SERVICE REQUEST ZIP COMPRESS EQU C C COMPRESS ZIP_EXPAND EQU C E EXPAND ZIP_SOURCE_LEN DS F SOURCE LENGTH ZIP_TARGET LEN DS F TARGET LENGTH ZIP_CRC DS F CRC ZIP_RETCODE DS F DS XL44 RESERVED A sample assembler program is located in pkzip mvs INSTLIB APIASM Invoking ZIPAPI in COBOL WORKING STORAGE SECTION COPY ZIPPARM PROCEDURE DIVISION COMPRESS A DATA BLOCK MOVE LOW VALUES TO ZIP PARM MOVE C TO ZIP FUNCTION MOVE 6500 TO ZIP SOURCE LEN MOVE ZIPAPI TO SUBPROGRAM CALL SUBPROGRAM USING ZIP PARM DATAIN BLOCK DATAZIP BLOCK IF ZIP RETCODE NOT EQUAL ZERO PERFORM FAILED ZIP CALL ELSE MOVE ZIP CRC TO SAVED CRC EXPAND A DATA BLOCK MOVE LOW VALUES TO ZIP PARM MOVE E TO ZIP FUNCTION MOVE SAVED CRC TO ZIP CRC MOVE ZIPAPI TO SUBPROGRAM CALL SUBPROGRAM USING ZIP PARM DATAZIP BLOCK DATAOUT BLOCK IF ZIP RETCODE NOT EQUAL ZERO PERFORM FAILED ZIP CALL ZIPAPI can be called as a static or dynamic subroutine ZIPPARM copy member 172 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 02 02 02 02 02 02 01 ZIP PARM 02 ZIP FUNCTION PIC 88 ZIP COMPRESS VALUE 88 ZIP EXPAND VALUE
125. F PKZIP cannot function fully It is unable to rename the temporary dataset it creates as a ZIP archive to the name specified by you The integrity of the ZIP archive is not impaired in any way and archived files can be extracted successfully However the temporary dataset name of the ZIP archive should be changed to the name required by you after PKZIP has completed When two or more files from a ZIP archive are extracted with the same MVS dataset name the last file will overwrite any previous file s PKZIP for MVS will not process datasets that are spread over more than 31 volumes Extracting to a GDG dataset via OUTFILE_DD will result in the use of the user specified DCB values The user must ensure that these values are appropriate to the record lengths being written Chapter 2 PKZIP MVS 5 5 9 The number of files or PDS members that can process in one operation may be restricted by the number of concurrent DD s that can be used in the address space such as the size of the TIOT For further information on this limit see the documentation for DD statements in the IBM JCL User s Guide Some IDCAMS DEFINE Cluster options can be specified at the Cluster and Data and Index if appropriate levels However a few of these options when specified using ARCH or OUT commands during PKZIP or PKUNZIP operations will set only the Data and Index components This is because some PKZIP ARCH and PKUNZIP OUT commands which apply to Clust
126. FEASE SUMMARY cs ore 7 A IA II AA T New Commands 22 E DA G AR A ERA AAA AA EA AAA 7 COMMA CUANTOS ti A A A Sarak de Salas ee Genk eee 8 Message Changes sucio 9 Enhancements for secure Dat dais 9 RESTRICTIONS FOR PKZIP FOR MVS VERSION 5 5 occoccccncccncccnnccnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnanonanonanes 9 ENVIRONMENTAL EXECUTION CONSIDERATIONS 0 ccccceceseceeeceeecesueceuececeeeseeeeueeeeeeeueeeuees 11 Region Size and Storage Usage 2 2 ceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeecneeceeeeeeeeeeeceneeenen 11 RESERVED DONAMES nar la all ed ed ns ode 12 AAA A che eh een teh PAN doh eh dey eh day eR edie kre 12 PRSPRIN tanatorio 13 PRNODEUNI os Es O A A ea eee eee 13 USE OF SYSTEM WTHEIMIES 0000 lt Ai lt tds 13 SORT in a alta id pad DIO OEE OER 13 Access Method SETVICES 00000 A A teed eee 13 IEBGENER docto tora 13 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION LICENSING AND CONFIGURATION 0000008 14 INSTALLATION OVERVIEW und a dd ai diia 14 TYPE OF MEDIA DISTRIBUTION FOR INSTALLATION cccccecececececeseeceeeceeeecsuueeeeeeeeeeeuneeueeeees 14 Contents Vii INSTALLATION FROM DOWNLOADED FILE OR CD 00 0 cece cecccaececcecceccecaeceeceeeaeceecuececaeeecueeneaes 14 INSTALLING FROM 3480 OR 3490 TAPE cccsssecccssecccssceccnsccccnececenecereneseraneceeanececaneeeeas 15 INITIALIZING THE LICENSE n neaei e oat A sata 16 Eval ati n Periodi e a e dd o da ed 16 Show System Ino Mal cupido 16 Reporting the PKZIP for MVS 5
127. FF F HF HF HF HF HF HF HF HF HF HF HF HF HF OF OF kk kK kK Kk KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkxkkk REGISTERS EQUATES AND USAGE FOR PROGRAM CALLZIPA H e e He He e e KK KK KK He He e ke He He de e He He de de He He dede He ke deke IK KK KK RR kk ke k dek k k dkk k k kk kk kk kk kk kk kkk kk k ENTRY IN PROGRAM RETURN RO EQU 0 IRRELEVANT MACRO WORK RESTORED R1 EQU 1 ADDR OF PARMS MACRO WORK RESTORED R2 EQU 2 IRRELEVANT RESTORED R3 EQU 3 IRRELEVANT COMMAND BUFFER MAPPING RESTORED R4 EQU 4 IRRELEVANT RESTORED R5 EQU 5 IRRELEVANT RESTORED R6 EQU 6 IRRELEVANT RESTORED R7 EQU 7 IRRELEVANT RESTORED R8 EQU 8 IRRELEVANT RESTORED R9 EQU 9 IRRELEVANT RESTORED R10 EQU 10 IRRELEVANT RESTORED R11 EQU 11 IRRELEVANT RESTORED R12 EQU 12 IRRELEVANT BASE REGISTER RESTORED R13 EQU 13 O S SAVEAREA LOCAL SAVE WORK AREAS RESTORED R14 EQU 14 RETURN ADDR STANDARD RETURN ADDRESS RESTORED R15 EQU 15 EP ADDR MACRO RET CODES RET CODE kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkxk ESTABLISH STANDARD MODULE PROLOG kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkxk CALLZIPA CSECT CALLZIPA RMODE 24 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 CALLZIPA AMODE 31 ESTABLISH BASIC LINKAGE USING CALLZIPA R15 TEMPORARY ADDRESSING SAVE 14 12 LA R14 SAVEAREA sT R14 8 R1
128. FI SYSIN DA SHR REUSE Could set other parameters such as CALLPARMS SHOW_SETTINGS Call PKZIPLoad PKZIP CALLPARMS LINE REXX Sample to call PKZIP ended with Return RC SAY LEFT LINE 80 If running from TSO you will need to reset all the file assignments FREE FI SYSIN FREE FI SYSABEND FREE FI SYSPRINT 194 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Appendix D 3480 3490 Installation JCL COPYCART di Le hb pe 38010 SYSUT1 1 SYSUT2 SYSUT3 SYSUTA4 SYSPRINT SYSIN is review change In ISPF use the lt CHANGE ALL gt command to edit the lower case parameter selections to the value you select for instance if UNIT SYSDA is valid for JCL enter lt CHANGE ALL sysda SYSDA gt to replace all occurrences in this member CHANGE ALL Edit the Job Card as needed We pkzip mvs to the ALIAS for PKZIP MVS files Vis disk to the UNIT type for PDS files ie sysda to the UNIT type for temporary files a pkzipl to the Volume Serial Number of the install tape 173 tape to the UNIT type for tape Wy volume to the VOLUME for the PDS files ye lt jobcard gt 1 e h e he He e e he TI He e e he e ke He de e h de He Heke IK I KIKI II H ke Hek e ke AI III IKI IIA e k H ke kek kk IK IAAI k
129. FILLER PIC ZIP SOURCE LEN PIC ZIP TARGET LEN PIC ZIP CRC PIC ZIP RETCODE PIC FILLER PIC X Gr E 5 X 3 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 BINARY BINARY BINARY BINARY X 44 A sample COBOL program is located in pkzip mvs INSTLIB APICOB RETURN CODES 12 Call was successful CRC failure on EXPAND call Failure in EXPAND or COMPRESS routine Invalid function requested Storage allocation failure Chapter 12 Using the Application Programming Interface API 173 Appendix A Licensing Requirements PKZIP MVS is a licensed product Without proper licensing the product can only be used to view archives Product features can be licensed separately as the user needs dictate The license key will contain all of the elements necessary to validate a customer s use of PKZIP MVS The licensing process is comprised of several key elements that are described in the following sections Licensed Types The license key will be comprised of codes to reflect the license types selected by the customer The list on the following page contains the types of licensing that are currently available Type Description Use BASIC The BASIC license type is the base line It represents a license for which there are no restrictions other than time In contrast all the other license types define restrictions within which the application is licensed and the customer is to abide Customer will recei
130. I A LICENSE REPORT HAS BEEN REQUESTED ON 11 19 02 AT 8 35am IN QZIP FPD LICENSE ZPLI200I For Technical Support assistance please contact Product Services Division ZPLI2001 at 937 847 2687 or go to http www pkzip com support kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkxk ZPLI200I THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED TO CUSTOMER 000012805 ZPLI200I CUSTOMER NAME PKWARE of Ohio Inc ZPLI200I CPU model 2066 with 1 online ZPLI200I CPU serial number for CPU 0 is 01824A2066 1824A version code 00 ZPLI200I Service units per second per online CPU is 5612 07 ZPLI200I Approximate total MIPS SUs SEC 48 5 CPUs is 115 71 ZPLI2001 Central Processing Complex CPC Node Descriptor CPC ND 002066 0B1 IBM 02 00000001824A ZPLI2001 CPC ID 00 Type 002066 Model 0B1 Manufacturer IBM Plant 02 Seq Num 00000001824A kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkxk ZPLI200I COMPRESSION IS LICENSED ON THE FOLLOWING PROCESSORS ZPLI2001 SERIAL 2824A PROCESSOR TYPE 2066 VERSION 00 WITH AN EXPIRATION DATE OF 02 28 2400 ZPLI200I DECOMPRESSION IS LICENSED ON THE FOLLOWING PROCESSORS ZPLI2001 SERIAL 2824A PROCESSOR TYPE 2066 VERSION 00 WITH AN EXPIRATION DATE OF 02 28 2400 ZPLI200I SEQUENTIAL FILE HANDLER IS LICENSED ON THE FOLLOWING PROCESSORS ZPLI2001 SERIAL 2824A PROCESSOR TYPE 2066 VERSION 00 WITH AN EXPIRATION DATE OF 02 28 2400
131. ICxxxx 18 Line Commands 164 216 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide Linkage Editor 206 Little ENDIAN 206 LMM 102 LMOD_SUPPORT 65 101 LOAD 159 Load Libraries 50 Load Library 158 Load Module Control 50 LOCATE 160 LOGGING LEVEL 65 102 Lowest Acceptable RC 158 LZ 206 Magnetic Tape Unit 206 MAGNETIC TAPE CARTRIDGE FILE HANDLER 175 Magnetic Tapes and Cartridges 54 MAKEESDS 106 MAKELIBRARY 106 MAKEPDS 106 MAKEPDSE 106 MAKESEQ 106 MAKEVSAM 106 Making Changes to the Defaults 31 Managing a Sequential File ZIP Archive 48 Managing a VSAM ZIP Archive 53 Managing a ZIP Archive on Tape 56 Managing ZIP Archives as PDS Members 50 Media Distribution for Installation 14 MEM_MDL 102 MEM_MODEL 102 Member 207 MEMORY_MODEL 102 MEMORY_MODEL 65 Message 165 Message Changes 9 Messages 33 Messages Option M 168 METHOD 87 MML 102 MMM 102 MMS 102 Monitoring Algorithm Security 5 More Attributes 167 More Files 167 MULTI_THREAD_LIMIT 65 103 MULTI_THREAD_LIMIT 65 N NAME 163 Needed to Extract 166 New Commands 7 New Features 7 New ZIP Archive 60 207 PKMU V5R5000 NIASEP 152 NOA 125 NOALIAS_NAME 118 NOALIASMEMBER 115 NOARCHRLSE 83 NOATTRIB 116 NOCRLF 87 NODYNMSGS 121 NOECHO 94 NOGDGALL 98 NOGZIP 99 NOHIERARCHY 99 NOINSERTM
132. IP processing gt PARMLIB_FILE_WAIT_MAX If the specified PARMLIB_DSNAME cannot be dynamically allocated this is the amount of time to e wait before terminating PARMLIB_FILE_WAIT_TIMER If the specified PARMLIB_DSNAME cannot be dynamically allocated this is the amount of time to E gt wait before retrying up to PARMLIB_FILE_WAIT_MAX PASSWORD Specifies a password to encrypt decrypt ZIP archive files gt PATCH_REPORT Specifies that a report of all patches be produced m See ACTION PATH Specifies that only the last component of the dataset component hierarchy should be used when e converting a filename between MVS format and ZIP archive format PKSUPPRC A default command that allows the return code to be suppressed s PRESERVE_CMD_SPACES Preserves or removes blanks preceding the R PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 COMMAND DESCRIPTION PKZIP PKUNZIP PROCESS_ALIAS Specifies whether the alias entries for selected PDS members are to be used e a RECALL_TO_ZIP Specifies whether DFHSM recall of datasets should occur RECURSE_LEVELS Specifies whether or not data components beyond those specified should be used in matching with e your selection SAVE_FILE_ATTRIBUTES Specifies where file attributes should be stored for datasets in the zip archive in the Central Directory b y o
133. KZIP CALLZIPP SAMPLE PL I SOURCE TO CALL PKZIP CALLZIPR SAMPLE REXX SOURCE TO CALL PKZIP APPENDIX D 3480 3490 INSTALLATION JCL COPYCART PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Chapter 1 An Introduction to PKZIP for MVS An Introduction to PKZIP PKZIP for MVS is a high performance data compression product containing two main programs PKZIP and PKUNZIP The PKZIP program is used to compress or store files into a ZIP format archive while the PKUNZIP program is used to extract data compressed by PKZIP Processing control is available through the use of customized option modules shared command lists and individual job inputs In addition to file selection features such as compression levels and performance selections can be specified To guarantee data integrity 32 bit Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC is a standard feature A ZIP archive is platform independent therefore data compressed zipped on one platform for example UNIX can be decompressed unzipped on another platform such as OS 390 or z OS by using a compatible version of the PKUNZIP program Data Compression Data compression reduces file size A compressed data file uses less storage space and can be transferred faster A data file to be compressed a ZIP candidate is compressed to a compact size ZIPPED file To use the file again it must be uncompressed or extracted to its original size UNZIPPED file A simple data compression met
134. KZIP MVS ZIP RACT NTYPE SEQ OUTFILE OVERWRITE Y UNZIPPED_DSN FPD T074526 PKZIP51 TEMP FPD TEST SE CALLMODE I TRACEDALCO TRACE_DYNA ZPAMO30I IN ZPEX002I FP Q1 SPF LLOC 0 PUT Archive opened D TEST SEQ1 PKZIP MVS ZIP Ine 7568K 31BIT All Rights Reserved Inc 31544K CACHE 09 04 02 17 56 Registered Processor Type 9999 Processor Group 11 Serial Number xxxxxx Messages Option M This option allows you to browse the HELP dataset containing the PKZIP for MVS messages Each message is a separate member Select option M then do a L ocate on the message id and then select that member The text of the message any system and or user response and the invoking module are displayed An example of the display for the message list is shown below Menu Fu BROWSE Command Name SCONTACT SDEFAULT SMESSAGE SZIPAPI IKJ56228 ZPAM001C ZPAMOO1I ZPAMO02I ZPAMOO3I ZPAMOO4I ZPAMOO5I ZPAMOO 61 ZPAMOO7I ZPAMOO8I ZPAMOO9I ZPAMO10I ZPAMO11C ZPAMO11I ZPAMO12C nctions Utilities Help QZIP DEV HELP Prompt Size 10 29 47 125 19 15 16 25 16 31 21 20 16 24 17 18 13 18 15 Created 2001 05 03 2001 05 07 2001 05 03 2001 05 10 2001 05 17 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 2001 05 03 Row 00001 of 00290 Changed 2001 05 03 2001
135. LE parameter of the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create the data component of a new or updated ZIP archive The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is FILE ddname VSAM_DATA FILE lt ddname gt ddname Specifies a DD statement in the JCL VSAM_DATA_NAME Synonyms Include ARCHDATANAME OUTDATANAME This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_DATA_NAME command provides the ability to define a NAME parameter for the data component of a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is NAME entryname VSAM_DATA NAME lt entryname gt entryname Specifies the name to be given to the data component of the cluster VSAM_DATA_ORDERED Synonyms Include ARCHDATAORD ARCHDATANORD OUTDATAORD OUTDATANORD This command is also compatible with VSE 9 gt lt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_DATA_ORDERED command provides the ability to define an ORDERED parameter for the data component of a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is ORDERED UNORDERED VSAM_ DATA ORDERED lt ORDERED UNORDERED gt ORDERED Specifies the volumes are to be used in the order in which they were listed in the VOLUMES parameter UNORDERED Specifies the volumes are not to be used in the order in which they were listed in the VOLUMES paramet
136. LECT_TAPE N This command is used to avoid processing tape files SELECT_VSAM N This command is used to avoid processing VSAM Clusters this does not affect the Archive Dataset organization The Archive may be VSAM while the clusters are excluded for ZIP processing SELECT_MIGRATED N This command is used to avoid processing DISK files that have been migrated using a product such as IBM s DFSMShsm Files in this category are identified in the catalog as having a volume serial of MIGRAT SELECT_GDGALL This command is used to allow PKZIP for MVS to select all generations of a Generation Data Group while SELECT_NOGDGALL disables this feature these are synonyms for the GDGALL_SUPPORT Y N commana RECURSE_LEVELS N This command specifies if lower level dataset name masking is not desired INFILE DD Requests When requesting a dataset for inclusion in ZIP processing via INFILE with an associated JCL DD statement operating system allocation is performed before PKZIP for MVS execution begins JES2 SYSIN INFILE Support JES2 SPOOLed input data is supported for input ZIP processing By referencing a DD statement with an INFILE command the input stream will be treated as a sequential file with DCB attributes of RECFM FB LRECL 80 and BLKSIZE 80 The filename generated will be based on the DSN generated by the JES2 subsystem and will be modified to end in SYSIN for example userid j
137. N VIEWDATEREVERSE rn ACTION VIEWNAMEREVERSE vro ACTION VIEWOFFSETREVERSE rp ACTION VIEWPERCENTREVERSE vrs ACTION VIEWSIZEREVERSE vb ACTION VIEWBRIEF vbd ACTION VIEWBRIEFDATE vbn ACTION VIEWBRIEFNAME vbo ACTION VIEWBRIEFOFFSET vbp ACTION VIEWBRIEFPERCENT Chapter 4 Getting Started with PKZIP MVSTM 29 vbs ACTION VIEWBRIEFSIZE br ACTION VIEWBRIEFREVERSE vbrd ACTION VIEWBRIEFDATEREVERSE vbrn ACTION VIEWBRIEFNAMEREVERSE vbro ACTION VIEWBRIEFOFFSETREVERSE vbrp ACTION VIEWBRIEFPERCENTREVERSE vbrs ACTION VIEWBRIEFSIZEREVERSE vt ACTION VIEWDETAIL vtd ACTION VIEWDETAILDATE vtn ACTION VIEWDETAILNAME vto ACTION VIEWDETAILOFFSET vtp ACTION VIEWDETAILPERCENT vts ACTION VIEWDETAILSIZE tr ACTION VIEWDETAILREVERSE vtrd ACTION VIEWDETAILDATEREVERSE vtrn ACTION VIEWDETAILNAMEREVERSE vtro ACTION VIEWDETAILOFFSETREVERSE vtrp ACTION VIEWDETAILPERCENTREVERSE vtrs ACTION VIEWDETAILSIZEREVERSE To compress and store all of a user s files into their own archive type the following ZIP a MY CLI TEST ZIP amp SYSUID Invoking the PKZIP for MVS ISPF Panel Interface The ISPF panel interface provides a simple wa
138. NDEX_SECONDARY to define the specific extent values The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is CYLINDERS TRACKS or RECORDS VSAM_INDEX SPACE TYPE lt CYL KB REC MB TRK gt CYL also CYLS and CYLINDERS allocation by cylinders KB also KILOBYTES allocation by Kilobytes for the ICF catalog environment only MB also MEGABYTES allocation by Megabytes for the ICF catalog environment only REC also RECORDS allocation by records TRK also TRKS and TRACKS allocation by tracks Note that both the primary and secondary extents are allocated at 10 allocation units unless changed by the VSAM_SPACE_PRIMARY or the VSAM_SPACE_SECONDARY commands Also see VSAM_INDEX_PRIMARY and VSAM_INDEX_SECONDARY VSAM_INDEX_UPDATEPW Synonyms Include OUTINDXUPDPW This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command specifies the update password to be passed to Access Methods Services for the definition or update of the index component of a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is UPDATEPW password VSAM_INDEX_UPDATEPW lt pwd gt 142 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 pwd This is an 8 character field specifying the update password VSAM_INDEX_VOLUMES Synonyms Include OUTINDXVOL This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrect
139. NONINDEXED and NUMBERED VSAM_CLUSTER_TYPE ESDS NONINDEXED INDEXED NUMBERED RRDS KSDS NONINDEXED Entry Sequenced VSAM file ESDS Entry Sequenced VSAM file INDEXED Key Sequenced VSAM file KSDS Key Sequenced VSAM file NUMBERED Relative Record VSAM file RRDS Relative Record VSAM file The file attributes stored in the original file will be used to create a newly extracted file unless a specification is made from the above list VSAM_CODE Synonyms Include OUTCODE OUTDATACODE This command is also compatible with VSE Chapter 9 Commands 131 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_CODE parameter supplies a code name for the cluster or component to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is CODE code VSAM_CODE lt name gt name The code name for the cluster or component VSAM_CONTROLPW Synonyms Include OUTCONTROLPW OUTDATACTLPW This command is also compatible with VSE 9 gt lt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command specifies the control password to be passed to Access Methods Services for the definition or update of a VSAM cluster or component The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is CONTROLPW password VSAM_CONTROLPW lt pwd gt pwd This is an 8 character field specifying the control password
140. NSTLIB By executing this job stream a Show System Information report will be displayed Following is a sample of the report ZPLI210I PKZIP for MVS TM DATA COMPRESSION Copyright 2003 PKWARE of Ohio Inc All rights reserved PKZIP R IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF PKWARE R INC For Licensing please contact the Sales Division at 937 847 2374 or email PKSALES PKWARE COM For Technical Support assistance please contact the Product Services Division at 937 847 2687 or go to http www pkzip com support Friday 11 22 2002 2002 326 10 17 55 CPU model 2066 with 1 online CPU serial number for CPU 0 is 01824A2066 1824A version code 00 Service units per second per online CPU is 5612 07 Approximate total MIPS SUs SEC 48 5 CPUs is 115 71 Central Processing Complex CPC Node Descriptor CPC ND 002066 0B1 IBM 02 00000001824A CPC ID 00 Type 002066 Model 0B1 Manufacturer IBM Plant 02 Seq Num 00000001824A JES2 z OS 1 2 N1 DFSMS z OS 1 3 0 Reporting the PKZIP for MVS 5 5 License The procedures below will describe how to obtain this report e Edit the PKZIP INSTLIB LICPRINT member supply a job card and substitute the following default line 000400 LICENSE PROC HLVL PKZIP MVS PKZIP MVS represents the high level qualifier for your installation Submit this job and the output should give you a return code of zero RC 00 and the following additional lines ZPLI200
141. NT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ARCHIVE_DSN MY ARCHIVE FILE ZIP ACTION VIEW This step will yield output similar to the following ZPLIOO1I PKZIP for MVS TM Data Compression Version 5 5 09 06 02 13 16 ZPLIOO1I Copyright 2003 PKWARE of Ohio Inc All Rights Reserved ZPLIOO1I PKZIP R is a registered trademark of PKWARE R Inc ZPLIOO1I Registered Processor Type 7060 Processor Group 00 Serial Number 00052 ZPLIOO1I OS Level HBB7703 SP6 1 0 ARCHIVE_DSN MY ARCHIVE FILE ZIP ACTION VIEW ZPAMO30I INPUT Archive opened MY ARCHIVE FILE ZIP ZPAM014I There are 1 file s in the input Archive ZPAMO12I ZIP comment PKZIP for MVS by PKWARE Inc ZPAMOL3 IL k KK KKK KKK KEK KKK KKK KK KK KKK KEK KKK KKK KK k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kk kk KK KK KK KKK ZPAMO15I Length Method Size Ratio Date Time CRC 32 Name ZPAMO16I ZPAM017I 1 067 Dflt Norm 81 92 09 06 2002 11 54 C7A3091B MY INPUT DATA SEQ ZPAMO16I ZPAMO19I 1 067 81 92 ZPMTO0021 PKZIP processing complete RC 00000000 0 Dec Notes for Viewing the Contents of an Archive 24 The ACTION VIEW command is available via the programs PKZIP or PKUNZIP The ACTION VIEW command has various options that can be used to tailor the output For example if the user has multiple files within the archive then the output can be sorted by the file s attributes inc
142. NTYPE PDS PDSE may be used in combination with this command In addition by specifying a PDS member mask in newname a PDS target will be assumed For example UNZIPPED_DSNAME MY NEW PDS e Message ZPAM183E will be issued when the target MVS name is determined to fail MVS naming conventions such as when the resulting filename is too long for the target dataset type or DSN qualifiers are not properly constructed with period separators e ZPAM91 GENERATED MVS DSN LEVEL TOO LONG MAS IR4006DZMTVT e ZPAM183E UNZIPPED_DSN parm2 Name is invalid e The input UNZIPPED_DSN commands are searched in the order specified until a match is found with the beginning of the ZIP archive file name Although many commands may be specified to account for various filename matches one and only one is used to resolve the MVS_hlq once a match is found VSAM Synonyms Include NOVSAM SELECT_VSAM This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems To access or not access VSAM files during wildcard selections the VSAM command is specified This only occurs for wildcard cases VSAM Y N Y YES Any VSAM files that are used in multiple dataset selections are included when using a wildcard request N NO The VSAM file s within a file selection are ignored when the selection contains a wildcard If no wildcard is used in the selection the VSAM file
143. OERASE VSAM_ERASE Y N Y YES The IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command equivalent is ERASE N NO The IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command equivalent is NOERASE VSAM_EXCEPTIONEXIT Synonyms Include ARCHEEXT OUTEEXT This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_EXCEPTIONEXIT parameter defines the name of your module that is given control when a problem occurs during the IDCAMS processing of the cluster component The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is EXCEPTIONEXIT module name VSAM_EXCEPTIONEXIT lt entrypoint gt exceptname Specifies the name of your module phase name that will be given control when an exception occurs VSAM_FILE Synonyms Include ARCHFILE This command is also compatible with VSE 9 gt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_FILE parameter defines the name of the job control DD statement that identifies the volumes that are to be used for space allocation The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is FILE ddname VSAM_FILE lt ddname gt ddname Specifies a DD statement in the JCL VSAM_FOR Synonyms Include ARCHFOR This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_FOR parameter defines the retention date for the cluster The IDCAMS
144. OLD DSN pkzip mvs LOAD DISP NEW CATLG DELETE SPACE CYL 5 1 20 UNIT disk VOL SER volume PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 SYSUT3 DD UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 SYSUTA DD UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD COPY INDD SYSUT1 OUTDD SYSUT2 ia J RRR RARER KKK RIK KKK KK KKK KKK KK IK KKK KK ERK RAR RARA RRA RR RARA gt RESTORE PKZIP MVS MACLIB TO CUSTOMERS DASD lt X RRR H k k H e k de k de k de k de e de KKK de de de de KK de de KK de de He ke KK KK KK He he He He e He ke He de k de ke de k dek deke kek kk kkk kk 3S050 EXEC PGM IEBCOPY la SYSUT1 DD DSN PKWARE MVS MACLIB VOL RETAIN REF JS040 SYSUT1 UNIT tape DEFER LABEL 5 SL DISP OLD LES SYSUT2 DD DSN pkzip mvs MACLIB DISP NEW CATLG DELETE SPACE CYL 1 1 5 41 UNIT disk VOL SER volume rere Y 1 SYSUT3 DD UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 SYSUTA DD UNIT sysda SPACE CYL 5 5 SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD COPY INDD SYSUT1 OUTDD SYSUT2 1 J RRR e H e e H he He he e He e e He he He He e He e e He he He He e He he e He he KK e e he e He he e He e KKK e He e e k e He k e ke e e kke ERK ke ke gt RESTORE PKZIP MVS SPKZCLIB TO CUSTOMERS DASD lt x FAAKAAAAA H e k de H He k de e de KKK KK KK KK HK KK de de He de KK He he KK He He He He e He e He de
145. OT ACCESSIBLE IN DATASET Installations that use very large PDS PDSE libraries may want to avoid the overhead of searching the directory Performance may be improved by specifying CHECK_SYSIN_MEMBER N in the ACZDFLT module However a system abend S013 will occur if the specified member does not exist in the library 86 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 COMPRESSION_LEVEL Synonyms Include METHOD EN ES EX E0 This command specifies the speed and compression level when zipping a file COMPRESSION LEVEL NORMAL MAXIMUM FAST SUPERFAST STORE gt ow oe When updating files in a ZIP archive COMPRESSION_LEVEL specifies a parameter that determines the compression level and speed to be used The command may specify one of the five options The following table demonstrates the balancing effectiveness of compression versus speed of compression The levels range from 0 low to 5 high For example when using MAXIMUM a resulting compressed file would be highly compressed but it would take a longer time to complete Level Compression Speed MAXIMUM 4 1 NORMAL 3 2 FAST 2 3 SUPERFAST default 1 4 STORE 0 5 Should the compressed file be larger than the original file PKZIP for MVS will perform a COMPRESSION_LEVEL STORE on the file instead of compressing it Note that this file processing overhead will require significantly more time than it woul
146. P Archive VSAM_SPACE_TYPE Specifies the type of allocation units to be allocated in the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_SPANNED Specifies the SPANNED INONSPANNED parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_STORCLASS Specifies the DF SMS storage class to be used for the creation of a new or update of an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_TO Specifies the TO parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_UPDATEPW Specifies the UPDATEPW parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_USECLASS This command is supported only in the PKZIP VSE product VSAM_WRITECHECK Specifies the WRITECHECK NOWRITECHECK parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 COMMAND DESCRIPTION PKZIP PKUNZIP existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive Chapter 9 Commands 73 COMMAND DESCRIPTION PKZIP PKUNZIP ZIPPED_DSN Specifies what parameters to use in converting MVS file names to ZIP file names bd ZIPPED_DSN_SEPARATOR Specifies what separator
147. P Archive Files 36 Input Output I O 205 Inputs 32 INSERT_MEMBER 65 100 INSERTMEMBER 100 Installation Overview 14 Installation Verification Procedure IVP 205 Installing from 3480 or 3490 Tape 15 Introduction to PKZIP for MVS 21 Invoking PKZIP for MVS Services 27 Invoking PKZIP or PKUNZIP Using JCL 21 Index 215 Invoking the PKZIP for MVS ISPF Panel Interface 30 Invoking the PKZIP for MVS ZIP and UNZIP Services API 31 Invoking the PKZIP or PKUNZIP Programs as Called Programs Under TSO 27 Invoking the PKZIP or PKUNZIP Programs From JCL Batch or Started Task 27 Invoking ZIP or UNZIP TSO Command Line Interface 28 Invoking ZIPAPI in Assembler 171 Invoking ZIPAPI in COBOL 172 IO 205 iSeries 205 ISPF 175 ISPF Main Menu 20 ISR PRIM 20 IVP 205 JCL to run PKZIP 21 JES2 205 JES2 SYSIN INFILE Support 36 JES3 205 Job Card 158 Job Entry Subsystem JES 205 JOBLIB DD 22 Julian Date 206 K Kanji 206 KEY_PROTECT_LEVEL 65 101 Keyed Sequence 206 KEYPROTECT1 101 KEYPROTECT2 101 Keyword 206 KSDS RRDS 131 Label 206 Large File Considerations 44 Last Referenced Date 166 License Authorization Code LAC 206 License Display Option L 169 LICENSE_HLQ 18 65 101 Licensed Types 174 Licensing 46 Licensing and Initializing the Demo 16 Licensing Environment 175 Licensing Requirements 174 LICPRINT 176 LICSHSYS 16 177 L
148. P filenames must be represented in lower case e Both Binary and Text data are supported by GZIP however the LATIN 1 translation table is the defined standard for EBCDIC ASCII filename translation ISO 8859 1 Why use GZIP GZIP may be useful when file exchanges to a platform only having a GZIP support utility is necessary In addition the PKZIP for MVS archive format is restricted to a 4 gigabyte file size limit whereas GZIP is not The PKZIP Archive format has 4 byte binary size fields which limits byte counts to 4 1024 1024 characters The total archive size is limited to this total size which means the total data capacity is less than that total because of PKZIP Directory information GZIP trailer information uses 8 byte binary length fields which dramatically increases its capacity Although GZIP has an almost limitless capacity it has other significant limitations that make it less attractive than PKZIP for MVS for most applications GZIP lacks a directory of the files contained within it In addition files GZIP nomenclature is different that that of PKZIP Whereas files are stored in a PKZIP archive these data entities are known as members within a GZIP archive contained within a GZIP Archive can only be found in a serial fashion The file information controls provided in GZIP archives cannot be fully reported on until the entire data stream is decompressed This format may not be recognized by oth
149. PAMO08I ZPAMOO9I ZPAM3011I ZPAM3071I ZPAM309I ZPAM3311I ZPAM3311I ZPAM3311 ZPAM3311 ZPAM3311 ZPAM3311I ZPAM3311 ZPAM3311I ZPAM3311 ZPAM3311 ZPAM3311 ZPAM3311I ZPAM3311 ZPAM3311I ZPAM3311I ZPAM3321 ZPAM3321I ZPAM3321 ZPAM3321 ZPAM3321I ZPAM3321I ZPAM3321 ZPAM3321 ZPAM3321 ZPAM3331 ZPAM3331 ZPAM3331 ZPAM3331 ACTION VIEWDETAIL ARCHIVE PKZIP MVS IVP TEMP ZIP comment PKZIP for MVS by PKWARE of Ohio Inc e He He e K KK KI KIRK AK IK IK KK KIKI KK AKA KIKI de KIKI KKK ARIK IKEA KK RK kekk kk k Filename File type Date Time Compression Method Compressed Size Uncompressed Size 32 bit CRC Created by Needed to extract File File File VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM VSAM Type Record Size PKZIP TEST KSDS BINARY SAVED _LRECL RDW 10 MAY 2001 11 27 48 STORED 252 252 12CC21C8 PKZIP for MVS 5 5 PKZIP 2 x compatible PKUNZIP 1 0 VSAM 100 Volume s Used TSO001 Cluster Cluster Cluster Cluster Cluster Cluster Cluster Cluster Cluster Cluster Cluster Cluster Cluster Cluster Cluster Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Index Index Index Index Type INDEXED Catalog Name CATALOG TSO USERCAT Erase ERASE Format INDEXED Free CI Space 33 Free CA Space 10 Imbed NOIMBED Key Len
150. Platform Compatible command VSE MVS OS 400 UNIX and Windows 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems TRANSLATE TABLE DATA lt translation table name gt When used in PKZIP program processing Use the TRANSLATE_TABLE_DATA command to identify a particular translation table to be used when converting text file data from one character set to another This command would be used for example when converting a file from EBCDIC to ASCII which is the standard the ZIP Archive text format Where lt translation table name gt specifies a useable table name for translation ASCIIUS is the default if TRANSLATE_TABLE_DATA is not specified This is the table specified in the defaults module and it can be changed by customizing the ACZDFLT module When used in PKUNZIP program processing Use the TRANSLATE_TABLE_DATA command to identify a particular translation table to be used when extracting a text file from ASCII to anther character set This command would be used for example when converting a ZIP archive file in ASCII to a non MVS format of EBCDIC 124 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 TRANSLATE_TABLE_DATA lt translation table name gt where lt translation table name gt specifies a useable table name for translation ASCIIUS is the default if TRANSLATE_TABLE_DATA is not specified The default table selection may be changed to a different table PKZIP for MVS prov
151. RCHIVE_VOLUMES PKWARE COMPRESSION_LEVEL STORE PKWARE SAMPLE KSDS Resulting output ZPAMO30I OUTPUT Archive opened PKWARE VSAMKSDS ARCHIVE ZPAM253I ADDED File PKWARE SAMPLE KSDS ZPAM254I as PKWARE SAMPLE KSDS ZPAM2551 STORED 0 2 ZPMTO0021 PKZIP processing complete RC 00000000 0 Dec 180 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Example 4 Summary View of a Dataset JCL Used SAMVIEW1 JOB XXXX SAMVIEW1 CLASS B i MSGCLASS Q NOTIFY amp SYSUID REGION 8M J RRR RRR KKK HK IKK IKK KKH KK KK KK KH KK IK KKK AA KK KKK AAA de k de k de KKK KKK KK KKK Sample job stream to do a summary VIEW of dataset PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE g RRR H H k k e H de k de H de k de ke de KKK de de de de de k He ke de ke He ke He ke He ke k ke KK ke ke ke ke ke k ke k k k dek dkk kk kk kk kk kk k VIEW1 EXEC PGM PKZIP PARM ECHO STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN PKZIP MVS LOAD SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSABEND DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ARCHIVE_DSN PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE ACTION VIEW Resulting output ZPAM030I INPUT Archive opened PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE ZPAMO14I There are 1539 file s in the input Archive ZPAMO12I ZIP comment PKZIP for MVS by PKWARE of Ohio Inc ZPAM013I kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk ZPAMO15I Length Method Size Ratio Date Time CRC 32 Name
152. RWRITE NOOVERWRITE The OUTFILE_OVERWRITE command is used to update an existing file or member within a PDS OUTFILE OVERWRITE Y N Y YES The newly extracted dataset will overwrite the data in an existing dataset of the same name N NO The new dataset will not overwrite an existing dataset and the process will fail with an error message See INSERT_MEMBER to add a dataset to an existing PDS OUTFILE_PDS_ENQ Synonyms Include N A The OUTFILE_PDS_ENQ command governs the level of disposition that will be used fora PDS or PDSE when processing an EXTRACT request This affects both the EXTRACT job and other users in the system who have an existing PDS PDSE open OUTFILE PDS ENQ OLD SHR OLD Specifies that a DISP OLD be used SHR Specifies that a DISP SHR be used Chapter 9 Commands 107 The greatest level of integrity is reached when jobs use DISP OLD at the dataset level However when PDS datasets or PDSE Libraries are held open in long running jobs such as an online system it is not possible to use DISP OLD in the PKZIP program to update a member DISP SHR will result in the PKZIP program processing the PDS directory and its members without full dataset serialization However some level of protection is provided as follows 1 During an EXTRACT process PKUNZIP will test for an SPFEDIT ENQ on the PDS PDSE member If one exists in the system then that member will be bypassed 2 The operating system w
153. Resulting output ZPAM030I INPUT Archive opened PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE ZPAM014I There are 1539 file s in the input Archive ZPAMO12I ZIP comment PKZIP for MVS by PKWARE of Ohio Inc ZPAM013I ZPAMO01I Filename SYS1 MYLIB ABEND ZPAMOO2I File type TEXT ZPAM003I Date Time 09 AUG 2001 11 14 34 ZPAMO04I Compression Method DEFLATE NORMAL ZPAMOO5I Compressed Size 2 856 ZPAMOO6I Uncompressed Size 12 957 ZPAMO07I 32 bit CRC 36BDC0D4 ZPAMOO8I Created by PKZIP for MVS 5 5 2 x compatible ZPAMO09I Needed to extract PKUNZIP 2 0 ZPAM301I File Type NONVSAM PDS ZPAM302I File PDS Directory Blocks 200 ZPAM303I File Record Format FB ZPAM304I File Allocation Type TRK ZPAM305I File Primary Space Allocated 2245 ZPAM306I File Secondary Space Allocated 90 ZPAM307I File Record Size 80 ZPAM308I File Block Size 6160 ZPAM309I File Volume s Used PKWARE ZPAM310I File Creation Date 1998 07 27 ZPAM3111 File Referenced Date 2001 08 09 ZPAM312I File PDS Extended Directory Information DIRECTORY INFORMATION FOLLOWS LENGTH 000004 000000 52540647 00000000 00000000 00000000 l ZPAM313I PDS member TTRKZC 010E07000002 ZPAMO13I ZPAMO01I Filename SYS1 MYLIB ACB ZPAMOO2I File type TEXT ZPAMO03I Date Time 09 AUG 2001 11 14 34 Appendix B Sample Jobstreams 183 ZPAMO04I Compression Method DEFLATE NORMAL ZPAMOO5I Compressed Size 1 462 ZPAMOO6I Uncompressed Size 6 315 ZPAM007I 32 bit
154. S MVS Needed to Extract PKUNZIP 2 0 PKUNZIP 2 0 PKUNZIP 2 0 PKUNZIP 2 0 PKUNZIP 2 0 PKUNZIP 2 0 Command Name of Archive PKZIP TEST ZIP Primary commands LOCATE to position list or Enter line command or for list of valid line commands Press PF1 for HELP Cmd File Name Compression CRC Method _ PKZIP TEST PDS DELCSI DEFLATE BA6AB353 PKZIP TEST PDS DELLINK DEFLATE 2F2AA610 _ PKZIP TEST PDS DELNUC DEFLATE 2F2AA610 _ PKZIP TEST PDS DELNVSM DEFLATE 62E3B570 _ PKZIP TEST PDS DELUCAT DEFLATE FF65B6F2 PKZIP TEST PDS DELVSAM DEFLATE C3593401 PKZIP TEST PDS DIAGBCS DEFLATE 822BD61C PKUNZIP 2 0 Primary Commands The primary command UP DOWN LEFT and RIGHT can be entered to control the scrolling Also the LOCATE command can be entered to position the list of files displayed to a file name beginning with the string specified The display can also be sorted on several fields The format of the sort command is SORT lt field gt lt order gt The sort field lt field gt can be one of the following NAME File name DATE Date zipped TIME Time zipped ZSIZE Compressed size USIZE Uncompressed size RATIO Compression ratio CREATED file creation date REF Last date file referenced Chapter 11 Using the ISPF Interface 163 The sort order lt order gt can be either A For ascending D For descending For example to sort the display o
155. S ZPMT002I PKZIP processing complete RC 00000000 0 Dec Appendix B Sample Jobstreams 185 Example 8 Unzip an Archive to PDS JCL Used SAMUNZP2 JOB XXXX SAMUNZP2 CLASS B if MSGCLASS 0Q rave NOTIFY amp SYSUID REGION 8M J RRR RRR KKK HK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK IK KKK KKK KK KK KKK KKK KK de ke de KKK KKK KK KKK Sample job stream to UNZIP a zipped PDS file archive of PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE back to it s original E PEE content 1 The FILE EXTENSION NAMEFILE will use the last component of the ZIPPED name as the PDS member name The UNZIPPED DSN is being used to change the HLQ of the file While it was ZIPPED as SYS1 it will be his UNZIPPED as SYS2 RRR RRR KKK KK KK KK KK KK KK KEK KK KH KK KK KEKE KKK KK KKK KEK KK ARK dkk kk AA KK KK KKK UNZIP2 EXEC PGM PKUNZIP PARM ECHO STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN PKZIP MVS LOAD SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSABEND DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD UNZIPPED_DSN SYS1 SYS2 FILE EXTENSION NAMEFILE ARCHIVE_DSN PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE Resulting output ZPAMO30I INPUT Archive opened PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE ZPEX002I SYS1 MACLIB ABEND ZPEX003I Extracted to SYS2 MACLIB ABEND ZPEX002I SYS1 MACLIB ACB ZPEX003I Extracted to SYS2 MACLIB ACB ZPEX002I SYS1 MACLIB YREGS ZPEX003I Extracted to SYS2 MACLIB YREGS ZPMT002I PKZIP processing complete RC 00000000 0 Dec 186 PKZIP MVS
156. SPACE OUTDATASPACE This command is also compatible with VSE Some values may be restricted by the operating environment 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems For a new or updated ZIP archive the type of allocation units may be specified using the VSAM_DATA_SPACE_TYPE command Note that use of this command necessitates the use of VSAM_DATA_PRIMARY and VSAM_DATA_SECONDARY to define the specific extent values VSAM DATA SPACE TYPE lt CYL KB REC MB TRK gt CYL also CYLS and CYLINDERS allocation by cylinders KB also KILOBYTES allocation by Kilobytes for the ICF catalog environment only 134 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 MB also MEGABYTES allocation by Megabytes for the ICF catalog environment only REC also RECORDS allocation by records TRK also TRKS and TRACKS allocation by tracks Also see VSAM_DATA_PRIMARY and VSAM_DATA_SECONDARY VSAM_DATA_VOLUMES Synonyms Include ARCHDATAVOL OUTDATAVOL VSAM_VOLUMES This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_DATA_VOLUMES command provides the ability to define a VOLUMES parameter for the data component of a VSAM cluster Note that a maximum of 31 volumes are supported The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is VOLUMES volser VSAM_ DATA VOLUMES lt volser gt lt volser
157. SPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ARCHIVE_DSNAME MY ARCHIVE FILE ZIP ARCHIVE_ UNIT SYSDA MY INPUT DATA SEQ This step will give the following output ZPLIOO1I PKZIP for MVS TM Data Compression Version 5 5 09 06 02 13 16 ZPLIOO1I Copyright 2003 PKWARE of Ohio Inc All Rights Reserved ZPLIOO1I PKZIP R is a registered trademark of PKWARE R Inc ZPLIOO1I Registered Processor Type 7060 Processor Group 00 Serial Number 00052 ZPLIOO1I OS Level HBB7703 SP6 1 0 ARCHIVE_DSN MY ARCHIVE FILE ZIP ARCHIVE_UNIT SYSDA MY INPUT DATA SEQ ZPAMO30I OUTPUT Archive opened MY ARCHIVE FILE ZIP ZPAM253I ADDED File MY INPUT DATA SEQ ZPAM2 541 as MY INPUT DATA SEQ ZPAM2551 DEFLATED 93 93 ZPMT002I PKZIP processing complete RC 00000000 0 Dec In this case the sequential dataset MY INPUT DATA SEQ is to be compressed into the new ZIP archive MY ARCHIVE FILE ZIP which is created on a SYSDA volume Notes for Dataset Compression 2 4 ZIP archives can be considered as a large envelope or box into which the compressed files are placed Note however that an empty dataset is not the same as an empty archive ZIP archives created by PKZIP for MVS cannot be pre allocated only PKZIP should be used to create new archives You tell PKZIP how to create the ZIP archive By default ZIP archives are created as sequential datasets and allocated using half track blocking But if required you have ful
158. SYS1 MACLIB ABEND ZPAM254I as SYS1 MACLIB ABEND ZPAM2551 DEFLATED 78 78 ZPAM253I ADDED File SYS1 MACLIB ACB ZPAM254I1 as SYS1 MACLIB ACB ZPAM2551 DEFLATED 77 77 ZPAM253I ADDED File SYS1 MACLIB ACBVS ZPAM2541I as SYS1 MACLIB ACBVS ZPAM2551 DEFLATED 78 77 ZPAM253I ADDED File SYS1 MACLIB ACI ZPAM254I as SYS1 MACLIB ACI ZPAM2551 DEFLATED 73 72 ZPAM253I ADDED File SYS1 MACLIB YREGS ZPAM2 541 as SYS1 MACLIB YREGS ZPAM2551 DEFLATED 83 83 ZPMT002I PKZIP processing complete RC 00000000 0 Dec 178 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Example 2 Zip PDS to an Archive JCL Used SAMPZIP2 JOB XXXX SAMPZIP2 CLASS B Ty MSGCLASS 0 Js NOTIFY amp SYSUID REGION 8M J RRR RR KK KKK KK KKK KK KH KK KK KK HH KK KK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK EKER KKK KKK KK KKK Sample job stream to ZIP pds file SYS1 MACLIB to an archive of PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE The second qualifier of the output member s will be changed to MYLIB per the ZIPPED DSN command 7 RRR e e He e e e He e He he He e He IO IOI He e He he He e He he He ICO He he He he He Fe He e He he He e IO He e He e II AK A Z1P2 EXEC PGM PKZIP PARM ECHO STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN PKZIP MVS LOAD SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSABEND DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ARCHIVE_DSN PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE ACTION ADD ZIPPED_DSN MACLIB MYLIB SYS1 MACLIB Resulting
159. Same as the browse command above except this will generate a DATA_TYPE TEXT command for the extract to the temporary file This is used when the file comes from another platform and or has incomplete attributes BBBrowse Binary Same as the browse command above except this will generate a DATA_TYPE BINARY command for the extract to the temporary file This is used when the file comes from another platform and or has incomplete attributes DDelete The selected file is deleted from the archive file A confirmation panel will be displayed to confirm the delete linfo This option displays detailed information about the selected file This display is similar to the l command given on the Dataset List 3 4 display PVPreview Extract This command will display the first n lines of an archived file This option can be used to view a portion of a large file without extracting the entire file A prompt will request the number of lines to display 164 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 VView The selected file is extracted to a temporary file which is then displayed using ISPF view This option does not work for VSAM files or for UNIX type files with lower case file names Standard ISPF View commands such as CREATE can be used to make a copy of the file being viewed VTView Text Same as the view command above except this will generate a DATA_TYPE TEXT command for the extract to the temporary file This i
160. T 7 31pm FROM CPU SERI KKK KI KK KI KK ARRR KI KK KI KK KI IK KI KK KI KK KI KK KI KK KI KK KI KK RRA RRA RRA KKK kk k ZPLI200I THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED TO CUSTOMER 100120127 CUSTOMER NAME KI KKK KK KI KK RI KK KI IK RII e He e He e He e KK KI IK RII KKK IK KKK KIKI IK RI IK kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk k ZPLI200I THIS IS AN ENTERPRISE LICENSE ALL PRODUCT FEATURES ARE AVAILABLE ON A ZPLI200I EXPIRATION DATE IS 01 02 2002 KIKI KK KI IK RIKKI IK KI IK KI IK KI IK KI IK KI IK RI IK KI KK KI IK KI IK RI IK RII KKK IK kk kk kk kk kk kk k kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Bottom of Data KEE x k kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk KKK What s New Option W This option displays information about the changes included in this release of PKZIP for MVS Chapter 11 Using the ISPF Interface 169 Contact PKWARE Option A This option will display information on how to contact PKWARE Additionally the display will contain information on the data that should be provided to PKWARE when reporting problems about PKZIP for MVS 170 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Chapter 12 Using the Application Programming Interface API ZIPAPI is a subroutine designed for the purpose of compressing uncompressing a block of storage up to an uncompressed size of 64K from an application program The routine follows standard subroutine linkage conventions and therefore can be called from a high level languag
161. TATYPE_DETECT_DEPTH Specifies the distance that a file is scanned before making a determination between binary or text gt e DATATYPE_DETECT_TABLE Specifies the table of characters used to assess whether a byte is text or binary gt DATATYPE_TEXT_PERCENT Specifies the percentage of the sample that must meet the text criteria before it will be TEXT s gt DDNAME_PARMLIB Specifies the DDname to use for command input prior to SYSIN e 7 DDNAME_SYSIN Specifies the DDname to use for command input unless NOSYSIN is specified DDNAME_SYSPRINT Specifies the DDname to be used for PKZIP MVS messages DDNAME_ZPSORTIN During ACTION VIEW processing SORT is called This internal SORTIN DD is used s DDNAME_ZPSORTOUT During ACTION VIEW processing SORT is called This internal SORTOUT DD is used e ECHO Specifies that a copy of PKZIP MVS commands should be output to the message dataset e ENCRYTPION_METHOD Specifies which encryption algorithm is to be employed gt EXCLUDE dsname mask Specifies which files may be eliminated from being processed using a mask selection gt EXTRACT_PREVIEW Specifies that a select number of records be processed for previewing the data gt FILE_BUSY_WAITTIME Specifies how long PKZIP MVS should wait while continually retrying before it will terminate gt FILE_EXTENSION Specifies what to do with an extension e FILE_TERMINATOR Specifies t
162. TE the PDS will be FIRST RATE The default is DROP if no FILE_ EXTENSION command is specified FILE_TERMINATOR Synonyms Include TERM Cross Platform Compatible command VSE MVS OS 400 UNIX and Windows 9 gt lt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems FILE TERMINATOR lt delim chars gt Chapter 9 Commands 97 delim chars These are the delimiter characters to be appended There may be 0 4 characters specified in any combination CR Appends an ASCII Carriage Return hex OD CZ Appends a ASCII Ctrl Z character hex 1A LF Appends a ASCII Line Feed character hex 0A No delimiters at all When used in PKZIP program processing When compressing a file as text not binary the FILE_TERMINATOR command specifies what character s to store at the end of the last record of the file to signal the end When compressing a file as binary the FILE_TERMINATOR command is ignored When used in PKUNZIP program processing When decompressing a text file not binary the FILE_TERMINATOR command specifies what character s to find at the end of the last record of the file to signal the end When decompressing a binary file the FILE_TERMINATOR command is ignored When used in either type of processing The default is CRLFCZ if no FILE_TERMINATOR command is specified with the PKZIP program With the PKUNZIP program the default is CRLFC
163. TION PKZIP PKUNZIP VSAM_DUPLICATE_ERROR Specifies the action to be taken on realization of a duplicate key when creating a new extracted VSAM dataset VSAM_ERASE Specifies the ERASE parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_EXCEPTIONEXIT Specifies the EXCEPTIONEXIT parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_FILE Specifies the FILE parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_FOR Specifies the FOR parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_FREESPACE_CA Specifies the FREESPACE parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_FREESPACE_Cl Specifies the FREESPACE parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_IMBED Specifies the IMBED parameter of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_INDEX_ATTEMPTS Specifies the number of password attempts that are permitted to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a n
164. UTFILE_VOLUMES command OUTFILE VOLUMES lt volname gt lt volname gt lt volname gt 110 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 volname A 217 byte field specifying the names of volume s separated by blanks onto which a newly extracted dataset is allocated There may be up to 31 volume names specified with this command For an output that is a new member of a new PDS the first lt volname gt will only be used For a VSAM file the volumes are specified at the Cluster Level PAD_CHAR Synonyms Include PAD When extracting data into fixed length records specify the pad character with the command PAD_CHAR If the command is not specified and padding is needed the default will be spaces X 40 for TEXT and nulls X 00 for BINARY extraction PAD_CHAR lt pad char gt pad char May be one of the following None For PAD_CHAR the space X 40 is used Any EBCDIC character Any Hexadecimal character with the format X lt hex character gt Multiple pad characters will be used if needed to fill in at the end of the record to make it the required fixed record length PAD_VSAM Synonyms Include PADVSAM NOPADVSAM This command instructs the PKUNZIP program to pad variable length records with a character s specified by the PAD_CHAR command to the length specified in the VSAM_RECORDSIZE command average and maximum lengths must be the same PAD VSAM Y
165. X change the value of env to EXEC If your environment does support compiled REXX then you do not have to change anything on this line This defaults to CEXEC Change the value of ispfhlq to reflect the high level qualifier for your installation This defaults to PKZIP MVS Change the value of llib to indicate the name of the installed load library The default is PKZIP MVS LOAD env CEXEC ispfhlq PKZIP MVS lib PKZIP MVS LOAD Chapter 3 Installation Licensing and Configuration 19 Now save your changes to the PKZSTART member To quickly test whether the user configuration has worked simply type EXEC next to the PKZSTART member If everything has gone accordingly during the installation after typing in EXEC the user should be prompted to enter the configuration screen for PKZIP for MVS You may choose to add the PKZSTART member to a REXX exec in your SYSEXEC or SYSPROC concatenation that will initialize the ISPF interface If the user prefers to activate the PKZIP for MVS ISPF from your ISPF main menu add an entry that will activate PKZIP for MVS Both methods are explained in the following paragraphs Significant performance improvements can be achieved by using the compiled REXX exec ISPF Main Menu To execute PKZIP from an ISPF menu panel you must add an entry to the main menu for ISPF This is normally a panel named ISR PRIM Add the following line or whatever the user deams appropr
166. XASTR This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_INDEX_AUTH_STRING parameter supplies a string of information to be passed to your security verification routine to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is AUTHORIZATION entrypoint string VSAM_ INDEX AUTH_ STRING lt string gt string The string of information to be passed to your security verification routine See also VSAM_INDEX_AUTH_EP above VSAM_INDEX_CISIZE Synonyms Include OUTINDXCISZ OUTINDXCISIZE This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_INDEX_CISIZE command provides the ability to define a CONTROLINTERVALSIZE for the index component of a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is CONTROLINTERVALSIZE size 138 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 VSAM_ INDEX CISIZE lt size gt size Specifies the size of the control intervals for the index component VSAM_INDEX_CODE Synonyms Include N A This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_INDEX_CODE parameter supplies a code name for the cluster or component to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER The I
167. Z if no characters are specified by FILE_TERMINATOR Otherwise a range of standard delimiters are used in the search which should satisfy most systems MS DOS records use CRLFCZ for a delimiter UNIX records use LF for a delimiter When extracting the file s the same FILE_TERMINATOR command that was used to ZIP should be used to UNZIP to process the file correctly if non standard delimiter characters were used The FILE_ TERMINATOR characters should be different than the DATA_DELIMITER characters to make the last record distinct Use a different combination of characters to create the distinction For example this would not be distinct DATA_DELIMITER CRLF FILE_TERMINATOR CRLFCZ Note the same CRLF in the character set or FILE_TERMINATOR CZCRLF where a single record of CZ would be created This would be distinct DATA_DELIMITER CRLF FILE_TERMINATOR CZCRCZ there is no duplication of character sets GDGALL_SUPPORT Synonyms Include GDGALL NOGDGALL SELECT_GDGALL This command determines whether all levels of a Generation Data Group GDG are retrieved and included in the archive GDGALL_ SUPPORT Y N Y YES All levels of the dataset are retrieved N NO Only the current dataset Level 0 is retrieved 98 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 GZIP Synonyms Include NOGZIP Cross Platform Compatible command MVS VSE OS 400 UNIX and Windows
168. ZEREVERSE vt ACTION VIEWDETAIL vtd ACTION VIEWDETAILDATE Valid ZIP Options vtn ACTION VIEWDETAILNAME vto ACTION VIEWDETAILOFFSET vtp ACTION VIEWDETAILPERCENT vts ACTION VIEWDETAILSIZE vtr ACTION VIEWDETAILREVERSE vtrd ACTION VIEWDETAILDATEREVERSE vtrn ACTION VIEWDETAILNAMEREVERSE vtro ACTION VIEWDETAILOFFSETREVERSE vtrp ACTION VIEWDETAILPERCENTREVERSE vtrs ACTION VIEWDETAILSIZEREVERSE ex COMPRESSION_LEVEL MAXIMUM en COMPRESSION_LEVEL NORMAL ef COMPRESSION_LEVEL FAST es COMPRESSION_LEVEL SUPERFAST e0 COMPRESSION_LEVEL STORE ES secure with encryption where password noprompt When being run from an ISPF environment the default is for the interpreted commands to be displayed in an EDIT session allowing you an opportunity to alter the commands This option will bypass this feature as well as the ISPF browse of SYSPRINT when the function is complete Valid UNZIP Actions e ACTION EXTRACT o OUTFILE_OVERWRITE Y mA ACTION VIEW t ACTION TEST vbd ACTION VIEWDATE vn ACTION VIEWNAME vo ACTION VIEWOFFSET vp ACTION VIEWPERCENT vs ACTION VIEWSIZE vr ACTION VIEWREVERSE vrd ACTIO
169. ZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Warning Space preservation for current and future commands is predicated on the default PRESERVE_CMD_SPACES Y Control cards should be converted to the PKZIP for MVS 5 x format no blanks preceding for continued lines PROCESS_ ALIAS Synonyms Include ALIASMEMBER NOALIASMEMBER PROCESS ALIAS Y N During ZIP processing the PROCESS_ALIAS Y command specifies that the alias entries for selected PDS members are to be retained for the real member These stored attributes then may be used when extracting the file to a PDS During UNZIP processing the PROCESS_ALIAS Y command specifies that saved alias entries for selected PDS members are to be restored to the PDS directoy in association with the real member Processing Notes e Alias members are not selectable as members or files from the Archive The real member must be selected e SAVE_FILE_ATTRIBUTES CENTRAL must be active during the ZIP process for this command to take effect RECALL_TO_ZIP Synonyms Include RECALL NORECALL SELECT_MIGRATED This command instructs PKZIP for MVS to either recall a dataset with DFHSM or to bypass that dataset if a recall is required This will speed up processing if migrated datasets are not required to be zipped The catalog information is reviewed for volume serial MIGRATE or ARCHIVE to identify datasets which are migrated ARCHIVE is used by
170. _INDEX_FILE command provides the ability to define an INDEX parameter for the index component of a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is FILE ddname VSAM_INDEX_FILE lt ddname gt ddname Specifies a DD statement in the JCL VSAM_INDEX_MASTERPW Synonyms Include OUTINDXMRPW This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command specifies the master password to be passed to Access Methods Services for the definition or update of the index component of a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is MASTERPW password VSAM_INDEX_ MASTERPW lt pwd gt pwd This is an 8 character field specifying the master password VSAM_INDEX_NAME Synonyms Include OUTINDXNAME This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_INDEX_NAME command provides the ability to define a NAME parameter for the index component of a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is NAME entryname VSAM_INDEX_NAME lt entryname gt entryname Specifies the name to be given to the index component of the cluster VSAM_INDEX_ORDERED Synonyms Include OUTINDXORD OUTINDXNORD This command is also compatible with VSE 9 gt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems
171. a ZIP archive to process so the command or alternative must always be specified ARCHIVE lt ZIP dataset name gt ARCHIVE_DSNAME lt ZIP dataset name gt Finally if a subset of all files in the archive are to be processed you must specify the dataset s to be extracted tested or viewed in the archive You can do this using standard MVS dataset naming See Note or internal zip file naming conventions for example 40 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 MY INPUT DATA SEQ MY INPUT DATA SEOQ The default is to select all files from the archive Note To process an MVS DSN format for PKUNZIP selection the name must readily match the internal zip name with the exception of the directory separators such as substitutes for and the target MVS name must be acceptable to the operating system See OUTFILE_DD and UNZIPPED_DSN Chapter 5 File Selection and Name Processing 41 Chapter 6 ZIP Files Data Formats Text or Binary Data files are held within a ZIP Archive in either text or binary format Both formats are supported by PKZIP compatible products on other platforms however some restrictions apply to cross platform usage of the data for example workstation based applications may not be able to process EBCDIC based data that is commonly produced by S390 platforms Text data is represented by one of two character sets EBCDIC or ASCII in which individual alphanumeric c
172. a process that will allow the customer to continue to use the product for a period of 5 days During this time error messages will be displayed on the console as well as the printout for each execution of PKZIP MVS At the end of the grace period if the license keys are not updated the product will no longer function in any environment other than to VIEW an archive This 5 day grace period is designed so that it will not cease to function on a weekend or the Monday following the 5 day grace period During this period you must contact PKWARE at 1 937 847 2687 to obtain licensing to allow use beyond the conditional period Appendix A Licensing Requirements 177 Appendix B Sample Jobstreams Example 1 Zip PDS to an Archive JCL Used SAMPZIP1 JOB XXXX SAMPZIPI CLASS B y MSGCLASS Q NOTIFY amp SYSUID REGION 8M J RRR RR KK KKK HK KKK KKK KKK KK KK KK HK KK IK KEK KK KH KK KKK KKK KKK KEK EK AAA KK KKK Sample job stream to ZIP pds file SYS1 MACLIB to an archive of PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE RRR RRR KKK KKK KKK KKK KK KEK KK KK KK KK KKK KKK KK KKK AAA AAA KA AAA KK KK KKK Jarre ZIP1 EXEC PGM PKZIP PARM ECHO STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN PKZIP MVS LOAD SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSABEND DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ARCHIVE_DSN PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE ACTION ADD SYS1 MACLIB 1 Resulting Output ZPAMO30I OUTPUT Archive opened PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE ZPAM253I ADDED File
173. al files PDS or PDSE members and VSAM files Preface iii e Chapter 8 Explains the three possible Archive states during processing They are old archive temporary dataset and new archive Additionally this chapter explains the functions of each of these formats e Chapter 9 Provides a comprehensive description of the commands and messages found in PKZIP for MVS e Chapter 10 Provides an overview of how to process GZIP files and archives including information about GZIP restrictions and extensions e Chapter 11 Provides instructions on the use of other facilities provided with PKZIP for MVS specifically the ISPF panel interface to include setting options for configuration defaults and viewing archives e Chapter 12 Provides detailed information for invoking the ZIPAPI in assembler and COBOL e Glossary Contains a list PKZIP for Mvs of terms e Index Contains a detailed list and location of terms for this document Conventions Used in this Manual Throughout this manual the following conventions are used e The use of the Courier font indicates text that may be found in job control language JCL parameter controls or printed output e The use of italics indicates a value that must be substituted by the user for example a dataset name It may also be used to indicate the title of an associated manual or the title of a chapter within this manual e Bullets indicate items or instructions in a list
174. ally use these lengths when extracting the file Use of this feature is extremely important when processing binary data with varying length records Note that the record length is in little Endian format within the archive not S390 format File Attributes Within the ZIP Archive are two different directories providing information about the files held within the archive A Local Directory is included at the front of each file with information pertaining to it for example file size and date ZIPPED The Central Directory is located at the end of the ZIP Archive The Central directory lists the complete contents of the ZIP Archive and is the primary source of information for controlling UNZIP processing PKZIP for MVS will optionally store extended attributes about the file that can be useful in re creating the file during UNZIP processing These attributes include items such as space allocation maximum record size dataset organization VSAM PDS SEQ etc Additionally an optional sub category of extended attributes is available Extended attributes for NONVSAM files include record format DSORG LRECL and block size Extended attributes for VSAM files would include CLUSTER information File attributes can be displayed by using the ACTION VIEWDETAIL command PKZIP for MVS enables you to store the extended attributes in the local directory central directory recommended both or neither See the command reference section for the specifi
175. an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_READPW Specifies the READPW parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_RECORDSIZE Specifies the RECORDSIZE parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_RECOVERY_OPT Specifies the SPEED or RECOVERY parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_REPLICATE Specifies the REPLICATE parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_REUSE Specifies the REUSE NOREUSE parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_SHAREOPTIONS Specifies the SHAREOPTIONS parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_SPACE_PRIMARY Specifies the number of allocation units to be allocated in the primary extent of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_SPACE_SECONDARY Specifies the number of allocation units to be allocated in the secondary extent of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZI
176. and decompress datasets If you need to process a stream or block of data then you should use the PKZIP for MVS API The API is designed specifically for inclusion into user written programs and offers the programmer the flexibility to process data from any source Further information on the PKZIP for MVS API can be obtained from your supplier When designing and writing your program the following items should be considered 1 PKZIP PKUNZIP adheres to standard IBM linkage conventions 2 Return codes are passed back to your program via the standard conventions of the language used for example in Assembly language return codes are passed back via register 15 3 The configuration file will be used if available 4 The parameters for PKZIP PKUNZIP can be set by passing one or more parameters separated by a blank in the pass area supplied by the calling program The length of the pass area is defined by the calling program The length passed should reflect actual lengths of parameters passed to avoid excess parsing of unused storage which may result in errors 5 Specify the NOSYSIN command in the pass parameter area if you are not planning to use SYSIN for command input Note that problems can occur if PKZIP attempts to open the SYSIN dataset after it has already been opened by the calling program 6 When using call parameters for command input the following commands if used should be contained within the first 256 bytes of the
177. and used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_DATA_NAME Specifies the NAME parameter to the data component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_DATA_ORDERED Specifies the ORDERED parameter to the data component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_DATA_PRIMARY Specifies the primary space allocation value to the data component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_DATA_SECONDARY Specifies the secondary space allocation value to the data component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_DATA_SPACE_TYPE Specifies the space allocation type parameter to the data component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_DATA_VOLUMES Specifies the VOLUMES parameter to the data component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_DATACLASS Specifies the DF SMS data class to be used for the creation of a new or update of an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive Chapter 9 Commands 69 70 COMMAND DESCRIP
178. arameter supplies the entry point of a user security verification routine to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is AUTHORIZATION entrypoint VSAM_AUTH_EP lt entry point gt entry point The entry point name of your security verification routine See also VSAM_AUTH_STRING below VSAM_AUTH_STRING Synonyms Include OUTASTR OUTDATAASTR This command is also compatible with VSE 9 gt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_AUTH_STRING parameter supplies a string of information to be passed to your security verification routine to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is AUTHORIZATION entrypoint string Chapter 9 Commands 129 VSAM_AUTH_STRING lt string gt string The string of information to be passed to your security verification routine See also VSAM_AUTH_EP above VSAM_BUFFERSPACE Synonyms Include ARCHBUFSPACE BUFSPACE BUFFERSPACE OUTBUFSPACE This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_BUFFERSPACE parameter defines the minimum space in bytes to be provided for buffers The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is BUFFERSPACE size VSAM_BUFFERSPACE lt buffer size gt buffer size Specifies the number of bytes to be provided for b
179. arning to code the ZIPPED_DSN and UNZIPPED_DSN commands SNAP_SYSOUT_CLASS Synonyms Include N A This command specifies the SYSOUT class to be used for SNAP dumps This feature is used only in conjunction with diagnostic features of PKZIP for MVS and may not necessarily be used by an end user of the product SNAP_SYSOUT_CLASS lt class gt class A one character class assigned for the output of a SNAP dump is the default STAGE_TAPE_ON_DISK Synonyms Include STAGE_TAPE_TO_DISK This command specifies that input from a sequential device be stored in a temporary dataset STAGE_TAPE ON DISK Y N Y Yes Processing occurs on disk rather than on tape N No Processing occurs on tape thus incurring significant processing degradation When reading a cartridge based archive the input can be stored in a temporary dataset with the STAGE_TAPE_ON_DISK command This occurs automatically when reading a 3420 reel to reel archive Should allocated temporary space be insufficient the temporary dataset is not used and processing continues with the tape Note that this will have an impact on elapsed processing time It is helpful to include FREE CLOSE in the DD statement in the JCL This frees up the tape once the copy of the data has been made If it is not included the tape must remain mounted for the duration of ZIP processing Warning If an ARCHTEMP DD is found in the JCL it will be over written
180. associated file This is different than the ARCHIVE_COMMENT which applies to the entire archive Following are valid ACTION VIEW options 78 VIEWBRIEF VIEWBRIEFCOMMENT VIEWBRIEFDATE VIEWBRIEFDATECOMMENT VIEWBRIEFDATEREVERSE VIEWBRIEFDATEREVERSECOMMENT VIEWBRIEFLENGTH VIEWBRIEFLENGTHCOMMENT VIEWBRIEFLENGTHREVERSE VIEWBRIEFLENGTHREVERSECOMMENT VIEWBRIEFNAME VIEWDETAILLENGTHREVERSECOMMENT VIEWDETAILNAME VIEWDETAILNAMECOMMENT VIEWDETAILNAMEREVERSE VIEWDETAILNAMEREVERSECOMMENT VIEWDETAILOFFSET VIEWDETAILOFFSETCOMMENT VIEWDETAILOFFSETREVERSE VIEWDETAILOFFSETREVERSECOMMENT VIEWDETAILPERCENT VIEWDETAILPERCENTCOMMENT PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 VIEWBRIEFNAMECOMMENT VIEWDETAILPERCENTREVERSE VIEWBRIEFNAMEREVERSE VIEWDETAILPERCENTREVERSECOMMENT VIEWBRIEFNAMEREVERSECOMMENT VIEWDETAILREVERSE VIEWBRIEFOFFSET VIEWDETAILREVERSECOMMENT VIEWBRIEFOFFSETCOMMENT VIEWDETAILSIZE VIEWBRIEFOFFSETREVERSE VIEWDETAILSIZECOMMENT VIEWBRIEFOFFSETREVERSECOMMENT VIEWDETAILSIZEREVERSE VIEWBRIEFPERCENT VIEWDETAILSIZEREVERSECOMMENT VIEWBRIEFPERCENTCOMMENT VIEWLENGTH VIEWBRIEFPERCENTREVERSE VIEWLENGTHCOMMENT VIEWBRIEFPERCENTREVERSECOMMENT VIEWLENGTHREVERSE VIEWBRIEFREVERSE VIEWLENGTHREVERSECOMMENT VIEWBRIEFREVERSECOMMENT VIEWNAME VIEWBRIEFSIZE VIEWNAMECOMMENT VIEWBRIEFSIZECOMMENT VIEWNAMEREVERSE VIEWBRIEFSIZEREVERSE VIEWNAMEREVERSECOMMENT VIEWBRIEFSIZEREVERSECOMMENT VIEWOFFSET VIEWCOMMENT VIEWOFFSETCOMMENT
181. ataset allocation arise TRACE_DYNALLOC 3 should be specified to see values used for individual files When issues concerning VSAM Cluster definitions arise TRACE_AMS 1 should be used to see control cards passed to IDCAMS 34 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Chapter 5 File Selection and Name Processing ZIP Processing File Selection This section discusses how file selection is performed for ZIP processing with PKZIP for MVS The primary commands that are used are discussed here along with overview notes and known restrictions It is important to keep in mind that ZIP file directory entries within a ZIP archive are defined in a system independent format The file directory entries within a ZIP archive are actually in a format compatible with UNIX systems and have been translated into the ASCII character set In addition the dataset level separators are typically set as the forward slash not the period as in MVS although this can be controlled through command actions in PKZIP for MVS Primary File Selection Inputs One of the initial ZIP processing phases involves selecting files to be compressed Candidate files are identified as input parameters are processed and as the old archive directory is read if one is provided As a result dataset selection is controlled by a combination of 3 input sources Selection Source Effective ACTION Processes Cataloged Datas
182. ault depends on the MVS file type and other situations as outlined below ZIPPED_DSN lt MVS name gt lt Archive name gt Chapter 9 Commands 149 MVS name This is one entry representing one or more MVS file names The maximum character length is 54 characters Spaces are not valid Wild characters may be used here for two purposes One the character is used to identify more than one file lt MVS name gt MYFILE NEW will represent MYFILE NEW1 MYFILE NEW2 MYFILE NEW3 and so on The second purpose is to identify what part of the lt MVS name gt is to be used in the lt Archive name gt A matching wild character in the lt Archive name gt indicates the corresponding part of the lt MVS name gt is duplicated in the lt Archive name gt See the table below for examples Archive name This is the format for the associated ZIP file name s The maximum character length is 80 characters Imbedded spaces are supported The entry contains the ZIP file component name and may contain wild characters and ignore characters Each wild character matches a wild character in the lt MVS name gt and copies those characters from the lt MVS name gt onto the ZIP archive name at the location Each ignore character matches with a wild character in the lt MVS name gt and does not copy those characters from the lt MVS name gt into the Zip archive name at the location See below See the table below fo
183. ber of directory blocks may be specified using the ARCHIVE_DIR_BLOCKS command The default of 56 is not used with ARCHIVE_DATACLASS Use ARCHIVE_DIR_BLOCKS in conjunction with an ARCHIVE_DSN when creating a new PDS ARCHIVE DIR BLOCKS lt dir blocks gt dir blocks This indicates the number of directory blocks for the new ZIP archive The default allocation is 56 blocks ARCHIVE_DSN Synonyms Include ARCHIVE ARCHIVE_DSNAME When used in PKZIP program processing The ARCHIVE_DSN command specifies the archive name to be read in and updated by PKZIP for MVS Either this command or the ARCHIVE_INDD command must be used to identify an archive ARCHIVE_INDD does not allow updating and is used in conjunction with ARCHIVE_OUTDD There is no default ARCHIVE_DSN lt archname gt archname This is the complete archive dataset name of the ZIP archive If the archive is a PDS archive the member name must be included here If archname exists 80 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 PKZIP for MVS will perform a SYSTEM ENQUE to lock out other users from accessing the archive PKZIP for MVS will create a temporary file s of compressed data as processing occurs Once complete the old archive is deleted and the temp file takes on the archive name creating an updated archive The updated archive will have allocation attributes from ARCH commands or their defaults instead of the previous a
184. ble is the parameters pass area MY PARM with the length being left up to the user This example is using the pass area of 30 bytes This Example is passing the parameter SHOW _SETTINGS If NOSYSIN is also passed SHOW _SETTINGS NOSYSIN PKZIP would not read other parameters from SYSIN This example it will read parameters from SYSIN VA E RR RR KR KR KR Rk E E define the PKZIP variable return code save area DECLARE MY RETURN_CODE FIXED BINARY 15 define PKZIP as an external variable with options DECLARE PKZIP ENTRY EXTERNAL PKZIP OPTIONS RETCODE ASSEMBLER define the area for the parameters that are passed to PKZIP The length is left to user DECLARE MY PARMS CHAR 30 VARYING DECLARE PLIRETV BUILTIN DISPLAY Invoking Pkzip Set calling paramters and call PKZIP MY_PARMS SHOW_SETTINGS Set the PARMS for PKZIP FETCH PKZIP Dynamically fetch PKZIP CALL PKZIP MY PARMS Call PKZIP passing the PARMS MY_RETURN_CODE PLIRETV save the Return code from PKZIP pe DISPLAY RETURNED FROM PKZIP RC MY_RETURN_CODE END Appendix C Invoking PKZIP PKUNZIP From a Program 193 CALLZIPR Sample REXX Source to Call PKZIP REXX A e e A e e e e e e is NAME PKZZIP PARMS PKZIPLoad The name of the current PKZIP Load data set JE ARGPARMS PKZIP passed parameters enc
185. brary to a sequential file and the resulting sequential file can be Archived Subsequently after extracting the unloaded version of the PDSE it can be reloaded with IEBCOPY GZIP GNU zip file processing has a number of restrictions as documented in Chapter 10 Dataset Alias entries can be used to select datasets however the true name will be used to process filename associations in the archive The Dataset Alias name is not retained Values for dynamic allocation requests by PKZIP for MVS may be added altered or removed by installation dependent storage management services for example DF SMS Allocation results may be different from those specified by PKZIP for MVS commands or default values PKZIP for MVS makes use of Access Method Services User I O Routines for SYSIN and SYSPRINT file requests OEM products and or Installation written routines that modify standard IBM processing for these exits should not be active during PKZIP processing The OS 390 dependent data types such as binary load modules may not be usable on other platforms That is PKZIP for MVS does not convert executable programs from one system platform to another 10 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Although it is possible for Archives to be appended to other Archives in a dataset during a ZIP process for example DISP MOD CATLG in MVS or using the UNIX append gt gt operator for files this is not recommended The resu
186. c ZPLIOO1I Registered Processor Type 7060 Processor Group 00 Serial Number 00052 ZPLIOO1I OS Level HBB7703 SP6 1 0 ARCHIVE_DSN MY ARCHIVE FILE ZIP OUTFILE_ UNIT SYSDA ZPAMO30I INPUT Archive opened MY ARCHIVE FILE ZIP ZPEX002I MY INPUT DATA SEQ ZPEX003I Extracted to MY INPUT DATA SEQ ZPMT002I PKZIP processing complete RC 00000000 0 Dec Notes for Decompressing a Dataset 26 To extract files from an archive you must call the PKUNZIP program The extracted dataset is created dynamically according to the stored file attributes if any or the OUTFILE DD attributes supplied in the job allocation In this case the dataset was recreated on a SYSDA volume Information required to create the dataset that is not provided by the stored file attributes or by the OUTFILE allocation may be defaulted by PKUNZIP By default PKUNZIP will try to extract every file that is compressed and stored inside the ZIP file or archive To extract just one file or several files you will need to explicitly state the files you wish to extract or decompress via file selection Wildcards can be used in the file selection to have PKUNZIP extract a suite of like datasets If the extracted dataset already exists then by default PKUNZIP will not overwrite it To overwrite a dataset or PDS member use the OUTFILE_OVERWRITE command To add new members to existing PDS s use the INSERT_MEMBER command Alternatively the extracted file can be
187. c command for each of these options Attributes held in the Central Directory are used by PKUNZIP Large File Considerations It is best when using the ZIP process for large files to use half track blocking for the ZIP Archive this is the default size employed by PKZIP for MVS This method provides the best performance and makes the most efficient use of storage space for both ZIP Archives and ZIP temporary files Usage of other block sizes will decrease the volume of data that can fit onto a single volume in addition to affecting performance levels 44 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 A temporary work file may be created during the updating or reconfiguring of a file in the ZIP Archive depending on file size and available storage This temporary file may or may not have the same storage attributes as the original file The temporary file holds the updated form of the file in order to allow for the reformatting of the new ZIP Archive To preserve the integrity of the original Archive in case of a failure the old Archive is preserved while a new Archive is being built Therefore there must be enough space allowed to accommodate the size of the old Archive the temporary file and the updated Archive Determining File Size Default space allocations may not be adequate in the compression of large files To calculate the space needed for the ZIP Archive and the temporary files the following proportions may be helpf
188. cessed ZIPPED_DSN DATA DAT 150 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 This would create the ZIP file MYFILE INPUT DAT Care must be taken when coding this command to achieve a desired result Examples of errant coding techniques follows Given the PDS MVS PDS MEMBER member the ZIP archive MVS PDS MEMBER TXT will be an invalid filename or Given the PDS IVS PDS MEMBER member V and a command of ZIPPED DSN MV PD TXT the ZIP archive PDS PDS MEMBER TXT will be an invalid filename When coding this command for new filename translation the SIMULATE command can be used in test runs to ensure that the desired results are being achieved without the processing time associated with compression and archiving The allowable number of ZIPPED_DSN commands is determined by each command s storage requirements of approximately 256 bytes The allowable number of wild characters is determined by the lt MVS name gt format Extra wild characters adjacent to other wild characters are not supported The maximum number of wild characters in the lt MVS name gt is 28 There must be a match of wild characters in the lt Archive name gt to the lt MVS name gt or unpredictable results may occur Any extra wild characters in the lt MVS name gt are ignored For example a null filename may result from ZIPPED_DSN whi
189. ch instructs all MVS DSN characters to be deleted Defaults for ZIPPED_ DSN If the ZIPPED_DSN command is not specified the default ZIP file name will depend on the MVS file type NonVSAM files e Periods for all dataset types and the left parenthesis associated with PDS and PDSE member formats will be converted to the active ZIPPED_DSN_SEPARATOR character The right parenthesis for member name designations will be ignored For example ARCHIVE MY TEMP ZIP ACTION UPDATE DEV IVP SEQ DEV PROJ SRC ASCIIUS ZPAM030I OUTPUT Archive opened MY TEMP ZIP ZPAM253I ADDED File DEV IVP SEQ ZPAM254I as DEV IVP SEQ Chapter 9 Commands 151 ZPAM255I DEFLATED 78 783 ZPAM253I ADDED File DEV PROJ SRC ASCIIUS ZPAM254I as DEV PROJ SRC ASCIIUS ZPAM2551 DEFLATED 62 61 Note that the command PATH N may change the expected path name and ZIPPED_DSN_SEPARATOR can create a file with the command s specified separators If the ZIPPED_DSN command is not specified verify that the path and separators are specified correctly VSAM Clusters for ZIPPED_DSN The ZIPPED_DSN specifications are also applied to the index and the data levels of file names which are stored as attributes within the archive Separate ZIPPED_DSN commands may not be applied to the component names The created DATA and INDEX names are appended with DATA and INDX respectively The MVS separator is used
190. ching The wild characters that can be specified are e to match any number of characters within one level e 2 to match a single character except a qualifier separation character lt MVS_hlq gt specifies the characters that are to be used to replace those specified in the first operand if any and prefixed to the remainder of the Archive filename A maximum of 54 characters may be specified and should match MVS dataset naming conventions Processing Notes Chapter 9 Commands 127 e If you are uncertain about the results that will be achieved by the use of UNZIPPED_DSN it is recommended that trial runs be performed with the SIMULATE command This will cause PKZIP MVS to issue standard extraction messages that contain the target DSN values without actually extracting the files This avoids excessive processing time and errant dataset creation when undesired filename results are experienced e The UNZIPPED_DSN command is not recommended when using NOHIERARCHY OUTDD or ZIPCUR commands as these commands can also change the output dataset name used in potentially conflicting ways e The UNZIPPED_DSN command is processed after the FILE_EXTENSION command has been used FILE_EXTENSION DROP causes the removal of the extension in the ZIP file name in which case the extension should not be used when specifying the Zipfile_path e When attempting to extract files to PDS members the command OUTFILE_DS
191. chive This 5 day grace period is designed in such a way that it will not cease to function on a weekend or the Monday following the 5 day grace period During this period you must contact PKWARE at pkcustomerservice pkware com to obtain licensing to allow use beyond the conditional period Running a Disaster Recovery Test There are no special procedures necessary in order for you to use PKZIP during a Disaster Recovery Test Because PKZIP licensing allows for such contingencies the user can perform the following process to have PKZIP run at the DR site with a RC 00 First copy the production image of PKZIP from the production system over to the Disaster Recovery system Once on the system simply run PKZIP from the CPU you want and PKZIP will run conditionally for 5 days with a RC 00 Again it is important to contact PKWARE pkcustomerservice pkware com to resolve the licensing conflict within this time frame if necessary Tailoring Site Specific Changes to the Defaults Module The configuration defaults module PKZIP LOAD ACZDFLT is provided with the product It is coded to allow for execution in a generic MVS environment However to make changes to the defaults you will need to modify the PKZIP INSTLIB ACZDFLT module YOU MUST MODIFY THIS MODULE BEFORE YOU PROCEED TO USE PKZIP It is recommended that the values defined in the module be reviewed before running in a production setting Upgrade note Installations suppres
192. cify the ZIP file to extract using an appropriate file selection Use a DD statement to specify the Tape dataset you are extracting to being sure to include DCB information Use the OUTFILE command to extract the ZIP file onto the appropriate Tape as specified in the DD statement Restriction Only one OUTDD statement can be used per job It is recommended that datasets be extracted to tape one at a time Managing a ZIP Archive on Tape PKZIP for MVS has the capability of reading or writing ZIP Archives on tape The ARCHIVE_INFILE and ARCHIVE_OUTFILE commands are used to specify the tape to be processed To Process Multiple Volume Tape Archives A Tape archive contains information at the end of the tape that is necessary for PKZIP for MVS processing PKZIP for MVS will scan the tape until it finds the information and then return to the beginning of the tape to begin processing Because this necessitates accessing the tape at least twice one of the following options should be considered to reduce the impact of the tape handling e Mount all the required tapes at once This can be done by specifying the unit count parameter on the DD statement keyword UNIT For example if two tape units are to be allocated the DD statement would read UNIT TAPE 2 thus insuring that both volumes of a 2 volume archive will be mounted e The UNIT parameter for any tape file must match the devices defined for the local system The s
193. cifying DATA_TYPE TEXT The selected file will be treated as a text file regardless of the Archive directory indicator for the file This can be used when the originating system is known to have ZIPPED an ASCII text file as binary To discover what file type exists in the Archive directory entry see the ACTION VIEW command When the PKUNZIP program extracts the selected file it first translates the character set and then it extracts records to the output file as determined by imbedded record delimiters See DATA_DELIMITER command The delimiters are not included in the extracted file If the output file is a fixed record length then records that exceed the record length will be truncated and records that are smaller than the record length will be filled with EBCDIC spaces hex 40 If no delimiters are imbedded in the selected file the command CRLF N should also be used This command directs the PKUNZIP program to not seek out record delimiters but instead use the maximum record size in creating the output when specifying DATA_TYPE DETECT The PKZIP Archive layout contains an indicator that reflects whether the file was ZIPPED as text PKZIP MVS honors that flag when DETECT is specified This is the default setting However there are cases Chapter 9 Commands 91 that DETECTX is recommended when TEXT data has been ZIPPED in an ASCII environment with a binary indication for example a workstation ZIP compatible product
194. command stream and must be upper case NOSYSIN DM ECHO NOECHO VERBOSE QUIET 7 Itis your responsibility to allocate and free DD statements referenced in the run request such as INFILE_DD 8 Output is written to SYSPRINT 9 Toload PKZIP PKUNZIP the load library must in the link list JOBLIB or STEPLIB One example of using a program to call PKZIP would be to set up a special setting in the parameters and to analyze return codes or to change the return The included sample Assembly program may be a good starting place to build such a pre processor Sample source programs and their JCL are available In the dataset pkzip mvs INSTLIB These samples demonstrate the dynamical calling of PKZIP by passing parameters and using SYSIN The following members are supplied in pkzip mvs INSTLIB 188 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 CALLASMJ CALLZIPA CALLCOBJ CALLZIPC CALLPLIJ CALLZIPP CALLREXJ CALLZIPR JCL to compile link and executes the Assembly sample CALLZIPA Sample Assembly source program to call PKZIP JCL to compile link and executes the COBOL sample CALLZIC Sample COBOL program source to call PKZIP JCL to compile link and executes the PL I sample CALLZIPP Sample PL I source program to call PKZIP JCL to run the REXX sample CALLZIPR Sample REXX source program to call PKZIP Appendix C Invoking PKZIP PKUNZIP From a Program 189 CALLZIPC Sample Assembly Source to
195. confidential See Section on Advanced Encryption Standard AES for more information to meet this government requirement for advanced encryption of sensitive data PKZIP for MVS Version 5 5 implements the Advanced Encryption Standard Decryption requires a key PKZIP for MVS Version 5 5 uses a multi layer key generation process based on a user specified password of up to 200 characters that creates a unique internal key for each file being processed In addition the same password will result in a different system generated key for each file PKZIP for MVS Version 5 5 implements the use of Cipher Block Chaining CBC to further enhance industry standard encryption algorithms This feature ensures that each block of data is uniquely modified further protecting the data from fraudulent access The following matrix illustrates cross product compatibility of encrypted data and general encryption options available on the operating systems supported by PKZIP More specifically 96 bit password encryption is compatible and can be ported to and from any of the platforms listed below Advanced password encryption is also available in a cross platform environment that supports the AES AES is the Government requirement for password and data encryption as of May 26 2002 requirement of 128 192 and 256 bit password encryption SECURITY Generic ZIP PKZIP PKZIP for PKZIP for PKZIP for PKZIP for PKZIP for TYPES Utilities for OS 4
196. create extra record s to accommodate for the duplicate characters for example LF When used in PKUNZIP program processing When decompressing a text file not binary the DATA_DELIMITER command specifies what characters to look for at the end of records except the last that serve as delimiters The delimiter is removed from the record when it is decompressed The last record of the file ends with the characters specified in the FILE_TERMINATOR command When decompressing a binary file the DATA_DELIMITER command is ignored DATA _ DELIMITER lt delim chars gt delim chars The delimiter characters to be appended There may be 0 4 characters specified in any combination Chapter 9 Commands 89 CR Appends an ASCII Carriage Return hex OD CZ Appends an ASCII Ctrl Z character hex 1A LF Appends an ASCII Line Feed character hex 0A No delimiters at all The default is CRLF if no DATA_DELIMITER command is specified Note Transfers of Microsoft Disk Operating System MS DOS records use a CRLF for a delimiter while UNIX records use a LF Default processing of records PKZIP for MVS will search for a range of delimiters when the DATA_DELIMITER command is not used They are CRLFCZ LFCRCZ CRLF LFCR CRCZ LFCZ CR and LF This default may be used unless special delimiter combinations were assigned during compression To assure correct location of records the same DATA_DELIMITER command use
197. d may be used with or without parameters All parameter fields are optional but if specified must be specified in the following order VIEW level sort REVERSE COMMENT Level This parameter specifies the amount and format of the information to be displayed Null If no level is specified a standard report of one line per file wrap lines may be inserted for the file name or comment will be displayed with columnar headings for the field values BRIEF Provides a minimum of information about the files selected for display DETAIL Provides a full set of technical details about the files selected for display Sort Determines the presentation sequence of information in the output report NAME Sort by filename only DATE Sort by date only PERCENT Sort by compression percentage only SIZE See Length LENGTH Sort by length of the uncompressed file only OFFSET Sort by order of occurrence within the ZIP archive first in first out This is the default sort sequence REVERSE This optional switch will display the files in the opposite order as specified For example a NAME sort will display the files in ascending order but if NAMEREVERSE is specified then the files will be in descending order according to the file name COMMENT This optional parameter specifies that if an internal comment is in the Archive Directory for the listed file s a separate line will list the comment information for its
198. d BLOCKS Allocation by blocks Note that the block size is specified in the OUTFILE_BLKSIZE command KB also KILOBYTES Allocation by Kilobytes for the ICF catalog environment only MB also MEGABYTES Allocation by Megabytes for the ICF catalog environment only Note Both the primary and secondary extents are allocated at 10 allocation units unless changed by the VSAM_SPACE_PRIMARY or the VSAM_SPACE_SECONDARY commands This command specification can be overridden at the data level by the VSAM_DATA_SPACE_TYPE command At the data level the corresponding cluster information is not recognized OUTFILE_STORCLASS Synonyms Include OUTSCLASS This command pertains to DF SMS allocation of new files when doing PKUNZIP processing If you specify these classes they will be passed to DF SMS when dataset allocation occurs OUTFILE STORCLASS lt SMS Storage Class gt See IBM s DF SMS manuals for further information about this parameter OUTFILE_UNIT Synonyms Include OUTUNIT For a newly extracted dataset the generic units for the archive can be specified using the OUTFILE_UNIT command OUTFILE UNIT lt units gt unitname This is an 8 character field specifying the name of the generic unit to which the output dataset is to be allocated SYSDA This is the default specification OUTFILE_VOLUMES Synonyms Include OUTVOL For a newly extracted dataset the volume s is specified using the O
199. d if a COMPRESSION_LEVEL STORE command was issued initially CRLF Synonyms Include NOCRLF Cross Platform Compatible command VSE MVS OS 400 UNIX and Windows 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command determines whether special delimiters or terminators are inserted when a file is being extracted from a ZIP archive CRLF Y N C Y YES Insert CR carriage control LF line feed or CZ Ctrl Z as appropriate N NO Do nat insert CR LF or CZ C COMPATIBILITY Changes the way PKZIP MVS processes the last record in a file When extracting a text file from a ZIP file that contains no internal delimiters or terminators of CR LF or CZ you may use CRLF N so that the PKUNZIP program creates fixed record lengths for the output The maximum record length of the extracted dataset determines the output record length The last record of the output is filled with EBCDIC spaces Hex 40 if needed FILE_TERMINATOR and DATA_DELIMITER may be also be used and the PKUNZIP program will search for default delimiters See also DATA_TYPE TEXT When used in PKZIP program processing CRLF Y normally places the DATA_DELIMITER character s after every record including the last one before conditionally adding the FILE_TERMINATOR character s Chapter 9 Commands 87 CRLF C specifies that the last record should not have the DATA_DELIMITER charac
200. d in compression should be used to decompress as well DATA_STORAGE Synonyms Include CACHEMEMORY Cache memory may be specified with the DATA_STORAGE command in order to increase processing speed This command specifies the total number of bytes to be allocated for caching The default is zero 0 no caching is performed when this command is not specified DATA_STORAGE lt bytes gt bytes This specifies the total number of bytes assigned for caches in PKZIP for MVS Where lt bytes gt may range from 64000 to 2 1 The unit is specified only in bytes and with no commas therefore to specify a cache memory of 0 30Mb use DATA_STORAGE 300000 A larger file may be processed in less time by specifying a larger cache memory A larger cache memory would increase virtual memory for compression operations that may decrease the necessary number of disk accesses This would reduce I O time and therefore improve compression performance time Warning Be aware of your system s storage requirements before specifying very large amounts of cache memory for example 1 Gbyte or 1000000000 Claiming too large a cache memory when there is insufficient storage and or Page Datasets can create serious problems It is suggested that one should verify this capability with the proper systems management personnel before attempting a command of this magnitude PKZIP for MVS can use multiple caches during processing which can vary t
201. d in confidence for the purpose only for which it is supplied It must not be reproduced in whole or in part or used for tendering purposes except under an agreement or with the consent in writing of PKWARE of Ohio Inc and then only on condition that this notice is included in any such reproduction No information as to the contents or subject matter of this document or any part thereof either directly or indirectly arising there from shall be given or communicated in any manner whatsoever to a third party being an individual firm or company or any employee thereof without the prior consent in writing of PKWARE of Ohio Inc Copyright 2003 PKWARE of Ohio Inc All rights reserved ii PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Preface The PKZIP family of products consists of high performance data compression software The archives resulting from compression by the PKZIP program can be transported or transmitted to other operating system platforms where they will undergo decompression by the PKUNZIP program or an acceptable substitute About this Manual This manual provides the information needed to use PKZIP for MVS in an operational environment It is assumed that anyone using this manual has a good understanding of JCL and dataset processing Note that the contents of this manual applies to the following operating systems e MVS ESA 4 2 and above e OS 390 all releases e z OS all releases e Chapter 1 An Intro
202. d they will be translated into the EBCDIC equivalent and be imbedded in the output file Although it is possible for fixed length records to be properly aligned in an output file without CR LF by using input and output files with identical record lengths care must be taken when using CRLF N because DATA_DELIMITER is the only explicit mechanism available to determine record lengths for text files At the time of UNZIP file extraction PKZIP for MVS will change text data from ASCII to EBCDIC by using a translation table During installation several translation tables are available and the customizing process selects one of the translation tables as default Additional translation tables may be created through the customizing procedure It should also be noted that during UNZIP processing if the defined CR LF character sequence for example x 0DOA is not found in the scan of the first buffer of data the PKUNZIP program will attempt to locate a valid record terminator character to use throughout the extraction of that file Note Unpredictable results may occur if a mix of the control characters X OA X OD or X 1A are found in the input stream PKZIP will use the first occurrence of these characters when automatic detection is used For example if a ZIP Archive had been brought from a standard UNIX platform the record delimiter would have been saved as x 0A UNZIP processsing will dynamically re define th
203. data translation and record delimiter processing is done which follows DATA_TYPE detection The buffering is done for performance reasons to avoid Close Open Re read overhead However sufficient virtual storage 31 bit region must be available to temporarily hold the specified quantity or storage capacity issues may arise Note that in UNZIP processing with DETECTX Record count is changed to a maximum setting of 64K Since the data is being scanned for ASCII characters before record processing is determined a record count is not applicable The amount of data scanned for DETECTX is also limited to the amount of data returned by the decompression engine typically a maximum of 64K and will be dynamically rounded down as needed DATATYPE_DETECT_TABLE Synonyms Include N A This command specifies the table of characters used to assess whether a byte is text or binary The default table name is DETECTXT DATATYPE DETECT TABLE lt tablename gt DETECTXT tablename This is a tablename of characters used to assess whether a byte is text or binary DETECTXT This is the default table as shipped with the product The specified TRANSLATE and TEST table is used to detect binary data within data records when DATA_TYPE DETECT is specified for ZIP processing 92 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 The table is used as a character lookup table for each byte scanned through DATATYPE_SCAN_DEPTH The binary value o
204. delimit the result will be XXX PE RATE Given the archive MDB TYPE RATE and a command of UNZIPPED DSN XXX note use of wildcard for high level qualifier in oldname the result will be XXX TYPE Given the archive MDB TYPE and a command of UNZIPPED DSN note delimiter in oldname the result will be XXX RATE High Level Prefixing 126 UNZIPPED_DSN lt MVS_hlq gt DB YPE XXX PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Given the archive MDB TYPE and a command of ZIPPED DS a limiter in new name the result will be EW MDB TYPE or acommand of ZIPPED DS EW delimiter in new name the result will be EWMDB TYPE High Level Removal UNZIPPED_DSN lt Zipfile_path gt Given the archive MDB TYPE RATE and a command of UNZIPPED_DSN the result will be DB TYPE with the teen Complete Replacement UNZIPPED_DSN lt MVS_hiq gt and a command of UNZIPPED DSN NE ER DATA the result will be EW VER DATA Parameter Usage lt Zipfile_path gt defines the high level qualifier characters of the input ZIP file name that are to be substituted by the lt MVS_HLQ gt This value can be up to 80 characters long and may specify wild characters to assist in the mat
205. designated files all by default are to be copied from one archive to another when running program PKZIP Dataset name selections are accomplished the same as they are with ACTION DELETE defined previously When no names are specified all files within the input archive will be copied to the target No action will be taken if the target archive is the same as the source archive Use of ARCHIVE_DSN in conjunction with COPY will cause an implicit deletion of all files not selected from the designated archive This can be a more efficient method of deleting files from an Archive instead of listing them all with DELETE PKZIP will not allow an implicit deletion of all files within an archive when using COPY When ARCHIVE_INFILE is used in conjunction with COPY PKZIP will allow the creation of an empty target archive when using COPY and none of the requested files match the input archive DELETE Specifies that the file s selected by the lt dataset name gt command be deleted from an existing ZIP archive This action will result in the creation of a new archive minus the deleted files Use ARCHIVE_DSN or a combination of ARCHIVE_INFILE and ARCHIVE_OUTFILE along with the ACTION DELETE to create the new ZIP archive The DELETE command will force the creation of a new ZIP archive minus the deleted files EXTRACT Specifies that items or files are looked for within the archive brought out and put into an MVS dataset EXTRA
206. detail throughout this chapter with a summary of the available commands given below PKZIP for MVS can perform various actions in conjunction with the use of the following commands and modifiers ACTION ADD COPY DELETE EXTRACT FRESHEN UPDATE VIEW ACTION ADD is the default action for ZIP processing and ACTION EXTRACT is the default for UNZIP if none of the above actions are specified The actions ADD COPY DELETE FRESHEN and UPDATE all make logical changes to an archive while EXTRACT and VIEW only read an existing archive Each of the actions requires a ZIP archive to process so the following commands must always be specified ARCHIVE_DSN lt ZIP dataset name gt ARCHIVE_INFILE dd_name For details on how to input commands for processing by PKZIP for MVS for example SYSIN PARM parameters etc refer to Command Details Command Syntax Command strings and filenames are identified with delimiters of either a blank or semi colon Non blank characters found within a command buffer that are not identified as a command or comment will be treated as a filename selection e Comments are currently supported when Column1 of an input buffer is an asterisk Commands are identified by a hyphen either in the first column of a non continued line or immediately following a blank or semi colon Unpredictable results will occur when unidentified characters are found in the input stream dependi
207. ds upload it to a dataset or member Remember to perform an ASCII or TEXT transfer to convert the data from ASCII to EBCDIC modify the JCL and submit The complete COPYCART JCL can also be found in APPENDIX D and in INSTLIB Chapter 3 Installation Licensing and Configuration 15 Initializing the License Evaluation Period License generation for a trial of the product allowing full use is a simple process of obtaining a key from the Sales Division Once this process is completed PKZIP for MVS will allow access to all options for a period of 30 days At some time during this process you must contact PKWARE to obtain licensing to allow use beyond the initial period For Licensing please contact the Sales Division at 937 847 2374 or email PKSALES PKWARE COM For Technical Support assistance please contact the Product Services Division at 937 847 2687 or go to http Awww pkzip com support When you receive the license control card information from PKWARE you will build the license dataset using the build license program There is a sample job stream in member LICUPDAT in the Installation Dataset INSTLIB By executing this job stream the LICENSE dataset will be updated and a report will be produced that will reflect the state of PKZIP for MVS at your location Show System Information To display hardware and software information at your location run the sample job stream in member LICSHSYS in the Installation Dataset pkzip mvs I
208. duction to PKZIP for MVS provides a general description of the PKZIP product which is applicable to all supported platforms This chapter also describes the MVS specific features of the PKZIP for MVS product and provides a simple description of how the PKZIP for MVS product is used to provide compression and decompression of datasets e Chapter 2 Provides more detailed examples of how specific file types should be processed by PKZIP for MVS This chapter also details the new features and functions for PKZIP for MVS Release 5 5 e Chapter 3 Provides detailed information and guidance for customizing and fine tuning PKZIP specifically to your needs In addition to the installation setup this chapter explains licensing of PKZIP for MVS and provides you with the information to tailor your system configuration requirements e Chapter 4 Provides all of the general getting started information for invoking PKZIP and PKUNZIP This chapter explains the details associated with compression decompression restrictions migration and an overview of PKZIP processing e Chapter 5 Provides a summary of the ZIP file processing procedures that include filtering selection requests and the basic essentials for running PKZIP and PKUNZIP e Chapter 6 Explains ZIP files formats text or binary files attributes and file size considerations e Chapter 7 Provides information about the types of files that are supported by PKZIP for MVS such as sequenti
209. e 10 See Input Output Series See Application System 400 IVP See Installation Verification Procedure JCL Job Control Language is a command language for mainframes and minicomputers used for launching applications JES2 or JES3 See Job Entry Subsystem shown below Job Entry Subsystem JES A System 370 type licensed program that receives jobs into the system and processes all output data produced by the jobs Commonly known as JES2 JES3 or POWER Glossary 205 Julian Date A date format that contains the year in positions 1 and 2 and the day in positions 3 through 5 The day is represented as 1 through 366 right adjusted with zeros in the unused high order positions For example the Julian date for April 6 1987 is 87096 Kanji Characters originating from the Chinese characters used in the Japanese written language Keyed Sequence An order in which records are retrieved based on the contents of key fields in records For example a bank name and address file might be in order and keyed by the account number Keyword 1 A mnemonic abbreviation that identifies a parameter in a command 2 A user defined word used as one of the search values to identify a document during a search operation 3 In COBOL a reserved word that is required by the syntax of a COBOL statement or entry 4 In DDS a name that identifies a function 5 In REXX a symbol reserved for use by the language processor in a certain c
210. e DATA_DELIMITER value for the remainder of that file This is also useful if multiple ZIP Files are contained within the same Archive and have differing record delimiters Situations may arise in unique platform interchanges or when working with text files from different countries when the default translation table is not adequate You may select any available translation table by using the TRANSLATE_TABLE_DATA command Chapter 6 ZIP Files 43 Note The PKZIP for MVS INSTLIB contains sample JCL and source members to assist in creating customized translate tables PKZIP for MVS extracts text records stored in the ZIP Archive by examining the data for record delimiter and file terminator indicators Using these indicators PKZIP for MVS aligns records in accordance with the target file attributes Data Format Binary Records Binary data is stored in the ZIP Archive in its original format Binary data may be graphics or numbers that are already in computer format therefore no translation is done The length of binary records in UNZIP processing is determined in one of two ways e Fixed length records PKZIP for MVS will automatically fill the available block according to the allocation specifications e Binary records of variable length a Record Descriptor Word RDW will be inserted via the SAVE_LRECL Y command An indicator is tracked in the Archive directory that instructs UNZIP processing to automatic
211. e allocation the generic units for the archive can be specified using the ARCHIVE_UNIT command The default should a unit be required is the installation default typically SYSDA ARCHIVE UNIT unitname SYSDA unitname This is an 8 character field specifying the name of the generic unit to which the archive is to be allocated SYSDA This is the default specification For new ZIP archives that are members of a PDS the PKZIP for MVS DF SMS command should specify the PDS class and the non DF SMS command should specify the PDS volume or unit of the allocation ARCHIVE_VOLUMES Synonyms Include ARCHVOL For a new or updated ZIP archive allocation the volume s is specified using the ARCHIVE_VOLUMES command ARCHIVE VOLUMES lt volname gt lt volname gt lt volname gt Chapter 9 Commands 85 volname This is a 217 byte field specifying the name of the volume s onto which the new or updated ZIP archive is allocated There may be up to 31 volume names specified with this command For an archive that is a new member of a new PDS the first lt volname gt will only be used For a VSAM archive the volumes are specified at the Cluster Level ATTRIB_COMPATIBILITY Synonyms Include ATTRCOMPAT ATTRIB_COMPAT ATTRIBUTE_COMPATIBILITY This parameter governs the type of extended attributes that are stored in the Archive PKZIP for MVS Version 5 5 provides compatible attributes with PKZIP for VSE
212. e an error message or go on to further processing FILE BUSY WAITTIME lt HHMMSSTH gt HHMMSSTH HH Hours MM Minutes SS Seconds T Tenths of a second H Hundredths of a second 00100000 10 minutes is the default 96 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 FILE_EXTENSION Synonyms Include CNVEXT Cross Platform Compatible command VSE MVS OS 400 UNIX and Windows 9 gt lt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems When a file is extracted and the archive name contains an extension the FILE_EXTENSION command specifies what to do with the extension There are three options DROP the default SUFFIX or NAMEFILE FILE EXTENSION DROP SUFFIX NAMEFILE DROP This is the extension which will drop the last data level of the Archive File Given the file FIRST RATE DATES TEST the PDS will be FIRST RATE DATES SUFFIX This is the extension to the last data level note that any generated name longer than 8 characters will be truncated to 8 characters Given the file FIRST RATE DATES TEST the PDS will be FIRST RATE DATESTES NAMEFILE This is the extension into a data level Given the file T TE ESPA and a command of the file will be T RA
213. e output dataset within the archive should not be used The status of the dataset is determined once the process completes and therefore will not be determined if an error is encountered ARCHIVE_RECFM Synonyms Include ARCHTYPE For a new or updated ZIP archive the record format may be specified using the ARCHIVE_RECFM command The record specification may be one of four types with U Undefined as the default ARCHIVE_RECFM U F FB FBS U Undefined records default note also that this default is ignored if an associated SMS command of ARCHIVE_DATACLASS is used F Fixed records FB Fixed Block records FBS Fixed Block Standard records An undefined specification U will cause any ARCHIVE_LRECL specifications to be ignored Similarly an unblocked file specification will cause ARCHIVE_BLKSIZE to be ignored ARCHIVE_SPACE_PRIMARY Synonyms Include ARCHPRIMARY For a new or updated ZIP archive the number of allocation units in the primary extent is specified using the ARCHIVE_SPACE_PRIMARY command The default is not used if ARCHIVE_DATACLASS is specified ARCHIVE SPACE PRIMARY lt allocation units gt allocation units This is an 8 character field specifying the number of allocation units for the primary extent of the new or updated ZIP archive 00000010 Ten cylinders is the default Allocation units are automatically released for a sequential archive ARCHIVE_SPACE_RLSE Synonym
214. e such as COBOL ZIPAPI can be dynamically or statically called in any addressing mode Restrictions ZIPAPI is not re entrant and should never be called from a subsystem environment such as CICS IMS or VTAM Calling ZIPAPI consists of three parameters 1 ZIPPARM Control block Function C Compress E Expand Source length required to compress Target length provided by ZIPAPI CRC provided by compress required for Expand Return code 2 Source Address required 3 Target Address required Invoking ZIPAPI in Assembler ZIPAPIM COMPRESS SRC EXPDATAG SRCLEN EXPSIZE TGT CMPDATAG Macro Function Source Addr Source Length Target Addr Macro invocation ZIPAPIM Function COMPRESS SRC Source Address 4 bytes SRCLEN Source Length 4 bytes TGT Target Address 4 bytes Result of call Compressed data written to address in CMPDATAQ The following fields are updated in ZIPPARM lst parm of CALL ZIP_TARGET_LEN length of compressed data ZIP_CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check of input data ZIP_RETCODE Return Code see explanation of return codes ZIPAPIM EXPAND SRC CMPDATA TGT EXPDATA CRC ZIPCRC Chapter 12 Using the Application Programming Interface APT 171 Macro Funct Source Addr Target Addr CRC Macro invocation ZIPAPIM Function EXPAND SRC Source Address 4 bytes TGT Target Address 4 bytes CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check 4 bytes Result of call
215. e to a program to indicate the results of an operation by that program The value may also be generated by the program and passed back to the operator Report Program Generator RPG A programming language used on Series and mainframes for writing application programs for business data processing requirements Rijindael The combined name of the two researchers that developed the Advanced Encryption Standard AES for the US Government Dr Joan Daemen and Dr Vincent Rijmen RPG See Report Program Generator shown above SBCS See Single Byte Character Set SEQ See Sequential Dataset Sequential Dataset A sequential dataset holds a single file of records which are organized on the basis of their successive physical positions such as on magnetic tape Single Byte Character Set SBCS A coded character set in which each character is represented by a one byte code point A one byte code point allows representation of up to 256 characters Languages that are based on an alphabet such as the Latin alphabet as contrasted with languages that are based on ideographic characters are usually represented by a single byte coded character set For example the Spanish language can be represented by a single byte coded character set Also see the Double Byte Character Set DBCS Source File A file of programming code that has not yet been compiled into machine language A source file can be created by the specification of FILETYPE SRC on the
216. ed in an execution A table is built from all of the commands found and is scanned for a match against a candidate file for selection The file will be excluded if ANY of the masks is a match Note that there is no default for this command nor can one be specified in the ACZDFLT module This is a run time only command although it may be specified through the PARMLIB DD or EXEC parms including a parm string from a calling program in addition to SYSIN Example Assume that PDS SYS1 PARMLIB contains members CLOCK01 CLOCK02 CLOCK11 and CLOCK13 If the following commands were issued for PKZIP SYS1 PARMLIB CLOCK EXCLUDE SYS1 PARMLIB 11 Member CLOCK11 would be excluded from the ZIP process while the other members would be processed EXTRACT_PREVIEW Synonyms Include PREVIEW When the contents of a large archived file is unknown it may be useful to extract a small portion of the file for the purpose of previewing the data The EXTRACT_PREVIEW nnnnnnnn command limits the number of records to extract and can save a considerable amout of time in assessing data content EXTRACT_ PREVIEW lt nnnnnnnn gt The parameter value specifies the maximum number of records to extract If the value is either O or not supplied then the entire file is extracted FILE_BUSY_WAITTIME Synonyms Include N A This command specifies how long PKZIP for MVS should wait while continually retrying before it will terminate and giv
217. ed in the DD statement UNZIPPED_DSN Specifies exactly what files are to receive the extracted data This file is determined in the DD statement but the member name may be affected with the UNZIPPED_DSN command in operation OUTFILE_DIR_BLOCKS Synonyms Include OUTDIRBLKS OUTFILE_DIRBLKS This command specifies the number of directory blocks to be used when a PKUNZIP process requires that a partitioned dataset PDS is to be created When OUTFILE_DSNTYPE is PDS or extended attributes are used to create the output file then OUTFILE_DIR_BLOCKS can be used to specify or override the number of directory blocks to be allocated Chapter 9 Commands 105 OUTFILE DIR BLOCKS lt blocks gt blocks This is an 8 character field specifying the number of directory blocks to be allocated for a partitioned dataset 00000010 Ten directory blocks is the default OUTFILE_DSNTYPE Synonyms Include OUTFILE_DSORG OUT_DSORG MAKEPDS MAKEPDSE MAKELIBRARY MAKESEQ MAKEVSAM MAKEESDS The OUTFILE_DSNTYPE command determines the type of output file to be created This command overrides any stored file attributes OUTFILE DSNTYPE SEQ PDS PO PDSE LIBRARY VSAM If the modifier is SEQ The extracted file will be a sequential dataset Given the ZIP file MY DATA SOURCE ACCO the extracted file MY DATA SOURCE ACCO will be If the modifier is PDS PDSE PO or LIBRARY The ext
218. efine a REPLICATE parameter for a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is REPLICATE NOREPLICATE VSAM_REPLICATE Y N VSAM_REUSE Synonyms Include ARCHREUSE ARCHNOREUSE ARCHDATARUS ARCHDATANRUS OUTREUSE OUTNOREUSE OUTDATARUS OUTDATANRUS OUTINDXRUS OUTINDXNRUS This command is also compatible with VSE e gt lt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_REUSE parameter defines whether the newly defined file can be opened repeatedly as a new file The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is REUSE NOREUSE VSAM_REUSE Y N Y YES Specifies that REUSE be passed to the DEFINE CLUSTER command N NO Specifies that NOREUSE be passed to the DEFINE CLUSTER command VSAM_SHAREOPTIONS Synonyms Include ARCHSHR ARCHDATASHR OUTSHR OUTDATASHR OUTINDXSHR VSAM_SHROPTS VSAM_SHROPT This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems VSAM_SHAREOPTIONS valuel value2 The VSAM_SHAREOPTIONS parameter defines how a file can be shared within or between systems The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is SHAREOPTIONS value1 value2 Crossregion Specifies the level of sharing among regions 146 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Crosssystem Specifies the level of sharing among systems VSAM_SPACE_PRIMARY Synonyms
219. efore placed in the ZIP file A hex character of 2F is the default character 152 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Note Use of a separator character other than the default should be done with consideration of the targeted PKUNZIP system Unexpected results may occur during an extract if the filename does not adhere to the target system s file naming standards Given the PDS XXX YYY ZZZ member not specified using the default value of the ZIP archive XXX YYY ZZZ will be Given the PDS XXX YYY 222 member and a command of EPARATOR the ZIP archive XXXSYYYSZZZ will be Chapter 9 Commands 153 Chapter 10 Processing with GZIP What is GZIP GNU Zip is a different standard for handling compressed file data in an Archive Support for the GZIP standard can be found in various utilities for many platforms This format is not compatible with PKZIP for MVS archives however PKZIP for MVS provides limited support for GZIP archives Information regarding RFC processes for information interchange with regard to GZIP can be found at www fags org rfcs RFC 1951 is the specification that describes DEFLATE compressed data format that is to be used with GZIP archives PKZIP MVS creates a compression stream that is compatible with this format RFC 1952 describes the GZIP Archive format specifications Differences from PKZIP MVS Archives include e All GZI
220. egrity from compression through extraction An Archive can exist in three possible states during processing They are described as old Archive temporary dataset and new Archive An explanation of the functions of each of these is described in the sections below Many older PKZIP products were modeled after the disk operating system DOS based PKZIP products which had an archive limit of 16 383 files The ZIP Archive specifications allow up to 65 535 files based on a 2 byte binary counter in the Directory An Archive that is created by PKZIP for MVS 5 5 with greater than 16 383 files may not be able to be processed by older releases of PKZIP for MVS or ZIP products written by other vendors The actual number of files that can be processed by PKZIP for MVS is limited by local system resources such as allowable Region Size A ZIP Archive is transferable between platforms for example files that are compressed by PKZIP for MVS may be extracted by PKZIP on a different platform maintaining identical data MVS Archives can be held in a variety of formats sequential dataset on tape or disk PDS or PDSE members or a VSAM Cluster ESDS An Archive file is designated to PKZIP for MVS by a control card of either ARCHIVE_DSN dsname or ARCHIVE_INFILE ddname Sequential dataset Archives may be held in Undefined U Variable V VB or Fixed F FB FBS formats PDS and PDSE member Archives may be held in Undefined
221. ensed program that is as the primary operating system for an iSeries system OS 400 See Operating System 400 shown above Output Information or data received from a computer that is shown on a display printed on the printer communicated or stored on disk diskette or tape Packed Decimal Format A decimal value in which each byte within a field represents two numeric digits except the far right byte which contains one digit in bits 0 through 3 and the sign in bits 4 through 7 For all other bytes bits 0 through 3 represent one digit bits 4 through 7 represent one digit For example the decimal value 123 is represented as 0001 0010 0011 1111 or 123F in hexadecimal Parameter 1 A value supplied to a command or program that is used either as input or to control the actions of the command or program 2 In COBOL a variable or a constant that is used to pass values between calling and called programs 3 In the Integrated Language Environment ILE an identifier that defines the types of arguments that are passed to a called procedure 4 In REXX information entered with a command name to define the data on which a command processor operates and to control the execution of the command 5 In DB2 UDB for iSeries SQL the keywords and values that further define SQL precompiler commands and SQL statements Also see keyword Glossary 207 Parameter List A list of values in a calling program that corresponds exactly to a list
222. ents for dynamic calls to IDCAMS PKZIP for MVS makes use of Access Method Services User I O Routines for SYSIN and SYSPRINT file requests OEM products and or Installation written routines that modify standard IBM processing for these exits should not be active for PKZIP processing A sample JOB to demonstrate a ZIP and UNZIP of a VSAM KSDS to a VSAM Archive can be found in pkzip mvs INSTLIB IVPVSAM 50 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Compressing a VSAM File The cluster name is used when selecting a VSAM file for compression Attempting to use only the data or index components of the file would most likely result in an unusable file As with sequential and PDS files either INFILE with JCL or file selection statements may be used to identify VSAM files for processing VSAM files often contain a mixture of text and binary data Therefore unless it is necessary to translate the data to ASCII both the DATA_TYPE BINARY and SAVE_LRECL commands should be used During ZIP processing PKZIP for MVS will determine the type of VSAM file requested from the system catalog Through the use of ATTRIB commands this information can be retained in the ZIP Archive for use during UNZIP processing to reconstruct the cluster VIEWDETAIL of a KSDS in an Archive The following VIEWDETAIL shows the ZIP result of a KSDS file ZPAM012I ZPAM013I ZPAM001I ZPAM002I ZPAM003I ZPAMO04I ZPAMOO5I ZPAMOO6I ZPAMOO7I Z
223. equivalent for this command is FOR days 136 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 VSAM_FOR lt days gt Note that specification of either the VSAM_TO or VSAM_FOR commands could prevent an old ZIP archive from being deleted during an update if the old archive had an active retention period VSAM_FREESPACE_CA Synonyms Include ARCHFREECA OUTFREECA This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_FREESPACE_CA command provides the ability to define the CA percent parameter for a key sequenced VSAM cluster VSAM_FREESPACE CA lt ca percent gt ca percent Specifies the percentage of control area that is to be left empty VSAM_FREESPACE Cl Synonyms Include ARCHFREECI This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_FREESPACE_Cl command provides the ability to define the Cl percent parameter for a VSAM key sequenced cluster VSAM_FREESPACE CI lt ci percent gt ci percent Specifies the percentage of control interval that is to be left empty VSAM_IMBED Synonyms Include OUTIMBED OUTNOIMBED This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_IMBED command provides the ability to define an IMBED parameter for
224. er Chapter 9 Commands 133 VSAM_DATA_PRIMARY Synonyms Include ARCHDATAPRI OUTDATAPRI This command is also compatible with VSE 9 gt lt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_DATA_PRIMARY command provides the ability to define the primary value for space allocation in the DATA component of a VSAM cluster Note that this command is used in conjunction with VSAM_DATA_SPACE_TYPE The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is CYLINDERS primary TRACKS primary or RECORDS primary VSAM_DATA PRIMARY lt primary gt primary Specifies the number of units to be allocated cylinders tracks records kilobytes or megabytes VSAM_DATA_SECONDARY Synonyms Include ARCHDATASEC OUTDATASEC This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_DATA_SECONDARY command provides the ability to define the secondary value for space allocation in the DATA component of a VSAM cluster Note that this command is used in conjunction with VSAM_DATA_SPACE_TYPE The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is CYLINDERS secondary TRACKS secondary or RECORDS secondary VSAM_ DATA SECONDARY lt secondary gt secondary Specifies the number of units to be allocated cylinders tracks records kilobytes or megabytes VSAM_DATA_SPACE_TYPE Synonyms Include ARCHDATA
225. er Data and Index components currently set both the data and index attributes and ignore the Cluster level component These may in future set the Cluster level option only Commands that may change in this way are shown in the following table For these commands it is recommended that the ARCHDATA and ARCHINDX or OUTDATA and OUTINDX options be used PKUNZIP Command Comments ARCHEEXT Is effectively the same as setting both ARCHDATAEEXT and ARCHINDXEEXT ARCHOWNER Is effectively the same as setting both ARCHDATAOWNER and ARCHINDXOWNER OUTEEXT Is effectively the same as setting both OUTDATAEEXT and OUTINDXEEXT OUTOWNER Is effectively the same as setting both OUTDATAOWNER and OUTINDXOWNER When processing Tape datasets without a Tape license PKZIP and PKUNZIP may request that a Tape be mounted prior to checking that the product is not actually licensed to process the Tape In this circumstance the Tape mount must be satisfied before PKZIP for MVS processing will proceed even when this processing will just inform you that it is not possible to process the Tape PDS members containing positioning information for example Load members with Overlay sections are not supported In certain circumstances these might be processed with unpredictable results PDSE program objects are not currently supported in native format IEBCOPY should first be used to offload the PDSE Li
226. er performance The use of this method requires that the size of the temporary Archive be equal to or larger than the Archive e As temporary storage for file control information including SORT work files When a high volume of dataset names is encountered during catalog filename selection and Archive directory parsing informational records may be written to work files for processing according to the memory controls provided in the job Additionally these temporary files are used for sort merge processing for filename matching New ZIP Archive When ZIP processing begins PKZIP MVS creates a new ZIP Archive that is the modified or after version of the old Archive The modified name of the old Archive and specified allocation information of the old Archive is automatically transferred to the new Archive After the update process completes the old Archive is deleted If the new output Archive allocation fails PKZIP for MVS will terminate leaving the old input Archive intact Temporarily the new ZIP Archive will keep the same name as the old ZIP Archive as named in the ARCHIVE command except that the last part of the dataset name will be replaced by a unique 8 character name If the new Archive is a member of a PDS or PDSE this unique name acts as the member name 60 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Chapter 9 Commands Commands given to the PKZIP for MVS programs are described in
227. er products providing PKZIP archive support and thereby restricts its cross platform usefulness GZIP should be used when compressing a single large dataset such as a file likely to exceed the 4Gb limit or 2Gb where the target system s implementation of PKZIP does not support files in excess of 2Gb 154 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 PKZIP MVS Implementation Notes for GZIP The DEFLATE compression algorithm used in GZIP is similar to the compression logic used in PKZIP for MVS archives The archive format is compatible with GZIP processes running on other platforms although extensions provided by PKZIP for MVS may not be supported by other utilities The standard GZIP archive format maintains a header entry at the beginning that describes the name of the file and a timestamp A CRC integrity value is also maintained however this value is stored at the end of the file along with the original size of the input file GZIP Restrictions The PKZIP MVS implementation for GZIP is restricted to 1 file within an Archive For this reason only the ADD Action for a new archive is supported Attempting to FRESHEN an existing file within an archive adding additional files or deleting a file from an archive should not be attempted Only the first file in a GZIP archive from another platform will be processed by UNZIP processing For this reason when creating GZIP archives on other platforms with MVS as
228. er3 For example mydata testing temp firstrun secondrun When a single dataset level is specified either as a dataset or a PDS member and if SELECT_FROM_PDS is present the associated PDS is identified SELECT_FROM_PDS is not present then the single level will be identified as a high level qualifier Wildcard A method to specify several datasets by using one name Special characters and replace part or all of the name and operate as wild cards Wildcards may not be used in the highest dataset level of the dataset name 74 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 The more general the wildcard specifications the longer the file search To save time be as specific as possible in selecting dataset names A question mark is used to allow all occurrences of letters or characters in that position within a dataset level MBS ABC would identify all datasets that have one character before ABC in its dataset level For example MBS 1ABC MBS 2ABC MBS MABC MBS ABC would include datasets that have two wildcard characters before ABC in the dataset level For example MBS 10ABC MBS XXABC MBS 1JABC is used to allow all occurrences of names or partial names in that position It may represent zero or more characters within the level JEH SUB represents all datasets of any second level and a third level of SUB datasets For example JEH BVC SUB JEH TRIAL SUB JEH UNVTEST SUB JEH A
229. es cross references between separately compiled object modules and then assigns final storage addresses to create a single load module Little ENDIAN A binary data format in which the least signifcant bit would be on the left LZ See Lempel Ziv LZ Magnetic Tape Unit See Tape Drive 206 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Member Different groupings of data within one database file such as members within a partitioned dataset MVS Multiple Virtual Storage is the most commonly used operating system on IBM mainframes other operating systems are VM and DOS VSE New ZIP Archive A New ZIP archive is the archive created by a compression program when either an old ZIP archive is updated or when files are compressed and no ZIP archive currently exists It may be thought of as the receiving archive Also see Old ZIP Archive shown below NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology is a part of the U S Department of Commerce formerly called the National Bureau of Standards that defines standards for voice data and video transmissions encryption and other kinds of technology Null Value A parameter which has no value assigned Old ZIP Archive An Old ZIP archive is an existing archive which is opened by a compression program to be updated or for its contents to be extracted lt may be thought of as the sending archive Also see New ZIP Archive Operating System 400 OS 400 An IBM lic
230. ess Method Services PKZIP for MVS invokes this utility to locate cataloged files define VSAM clusters and handle Delete Rename processing for an updated Archive IEBGENER IEBGENER is called to open the PANVALET input stream according to the DDNAME_SYSIN specification in the active ACZDFLT module and copy the data The temporary file will be dynamically allocated with the TEMP_SPACE_TYPE settings Chapter 2 PKZIP MVS 5 5 13 Chapter 3 Installation Licensing and Configuration Installation Overview The installation of PKZIP for MVS is accomplished by following the instructions as summarized below e Selecting the media to be used in installing PKZIP for MVS Version 5 5 e Installation from Downloaded File or CD e Installation from Tape e Review the README TXT file for recent information updates e Evaluate System Requirements e Edit the supplied job control JCL with appropriate parameter changes for your data center e Review the Installation License and Configuration chapter in this manual and proceed accordingly e Run the Installation Verification jobs and test product features by modifying the sample JCL supplied in PKZIP MVS INSTLIB Begin using the product within any constraints posed by the licensing Details of these summarized instructions may be found below Type of Media Distribution for Installation The PKZIP for MVS may be received and installed from a variety of media
231. et name command requests ADD UPDATE INFILE command JCL DD requests ADD UPDATE Input ZIP Archive files UPDATE FRESHEN Dataset names found with the above inputs are combined into a single list of candidate files to be processed in the compression phase A dataset will be selected only once The following sections describe aspects of file selection from each of the input sources Cataloged Dataset Name Filter Requests When requesting a file or set of files for ZIP processing by dataset name the result is a standard search of the system catalog structure to determine eligible file names Both NONVSAM and VSAM CLUSTER entries will be used to identify candidates When dataset name masking is requested multiple dataset names may be identified from the system catalog Also see RECURSE_LEVELS and VSAM Exclusion Filters When requesting datasets for ZIP processing via the catalog it may be desirable to filter out categories of files In addition to the dataset name masking characters and PKZIP for MVS provides the following commands to limit cataloged file selections EXCLUDE dsname mask This command is used to avoid selecting datasets based on the file name Multiple EXCLUDE commands may be specified for an individual ZIP call Chapter 5 File Selection and Name Processing 35 SELECT_DSN_ALIAS N This command is used to avoid selecting datasets based on a catalog ALIAS definition SE
232. ew or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_INDEX_AUTH_EP Supplies the entry point of a user security verification routine to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_INDEX_AUTH_STRING Supplies a string of information to be passed to your security verification routine to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_INDEX_CISIZE Specifies the CONTROLINTERVALSIZE parameter to the INDEX component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_INDEX_CODE Supplies a code name for the cluster or component to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_INDEX_CONTROLPW Specifies the CONTROLPW parameter to the index component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_INDEX_EXCEPTIONEXIT Specifies the EXCEPTIONEXIT parameter to the index component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 COMMAND DESCRIPTION PKZIP PKUNZIP VSAM_INDEX_FILE
233. f each data byte is used to locate a position in the table If the table position is x 00 then that byte is considered to be BINARY If the table position is NONZERO then the byte is counted as TEXT The actual value in the table is not important but the locations have been filled in with the equivalent offset for ease of editing the comments reflect the character value where possible although some bytes such as CR LF are simply indicated with a comment of This table may be changed copied and re assembled to adjust for data dependencies The table used loaded as a load module is specified in DATATYPE_DETECT_TABLE and may be specified either in the defaults module or by command Seemembers in INSTLIB ASMDETXT and DETECTXT DATATYPE_TEXT_PERCENT Synonyms Include N A This command specifies the percentage of the sample that must meet the text criteria before it will be considered to be TEXT DATATYPE_ TEXT PERCENT lt percent gt percent This is the percentage from 1 100 is required 97 is the default If the entire file is read before DATATYPE_DETECT_DEPTH is reached then the percentage will be computed according to the number of bytes read For example if DATATYPE_TEXT_PERCENT 97 was specified with DATATYPE_DETECT_DEPTH 64K then 03 64 1024 1966 rounded down Once 1967 binary characters are found then the entire DEPTH cannot meet 97 text so the scan is terminated and the
234. fied in accordance with directions provided by the Systems Programmer responsible for setting up the product and maintaining its licensing options It will be used to allocate the pkzipmvs LICENSE dataset during execution See Appendix A Licensing Requirements for more information LICENSE_HLO lt hl1v1 gt hivi High level qualifier used for allocation PKZIP MVS is the default LMOD_SUPPORT Synonyms Include N A This is an MVS command only 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command determines whether PKZIP for MVS processing will dynamically turn on the commands of DATA_TYPE BINARY SAVE_LRECL and SAVE_FILE_ATTRIBUTES for PDS members that have been detected as Load Modules These modules will then be reconstructed during UnZip processing This feature allows text based non load module files to be zipped during a single pass along with load libraries One might use this feature to process a PDS containing both load modules and text files in a single pass LMOD_SUPPORT Y N Chapter 9 Commands 101 Y YES Turn on LMOD_SUPPORT support Zip processing will dynamically turn on SAVE_LRECL and DATA_TYPE BINARY for PDS members detected as being load modules N NO Do not turn on LMOD_SUPPORT support See DATA_TYPE BINARY SAVE_FILE_ATTRIBUTES and SAVE_LRECL for additional information LOGGING LEVEL Synonyms Include VERBOSE
235. fies a translation table to be used with file information such as comments file names and control information of a ZIP archive TRANSLATION_MODE Reserved for future use UNZIPPED_DSN Specifies a different high level qualifier for an extracted dataset VSAM Specifies whether VSAM files should be used or ignored when selecting files for compression and using wildcards VSAM_ACCOUNT Specifies the accounting information to be provided to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_ATTEMPTS Specifies the number of password attempts that are permitted to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_AUTH_EP Supplies the entry point of a user security verification routine to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_AUTH_STRING Supplies a string of information to be passed to your security verification routine to Access Methods Services during a DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_BUFFERSPACE Specifies the BUFFERSPACE parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive
236. file is marked as BINARY Given the percentage above 97 if a file has 100 records each containing 80 bytes of text with 2 bytes of additional termination information total 82 bytes then this file would pass as TEXT 100 82 8200 03 246 Thus 246 bytes of binary data would be required to mark this file as BINARY but there are only 200 DDNAME_PARMLIB Synonyms Include N A This command specifies the name of the JCL DD statement used to read the preset commands which are read before the SYSIN member DDNAME_PARMLIB lt ddname gt ddname This is the DDname of the preset parameters member PARMLEB This is the default DDname DDNAME_SYSIN Synonyms Include N A This command specifies the name of the JCL DD statement used to identify the SYSIN member It can go into the defaults module to specify which DDname to open to read job level commands DDNAME_SYSIN lt ddname gt ddname This is the DDname of the SYSIN member SYSIN This is the default DDname Chapter 9 Commands 93 DDNAME_SYSPRINT Synonyms Include N A This command specifies the name of the JCL DD statement used to identify where messages will be written DDNAME_SYSPRINT lt ddname gt ddname This is the DDname of the SYSPRINT member SYSPRINT This is the default DDname DDNAME_ZPSORTIN Synonyms Include N A This command specifies the name of the JCL DD statement used for sorting directory informat
237. fix appended to all unquoted dataset names as the high level qualifier If NOPREFIX is specified in the TSO PROFILE then the value of this field is ignored Lowest Acceptable RC This field controls the display of the generated output of a foreground execution If the return code of the execution is greater than the number entered in this field then the output is automatically displayed after the run Sysprint Allocation This information is used to set the default size for the SYSPRINT output file Job Card This field contains the default job card that will be used in all batch jobs generated by the PKZIP MVS ISPF interface Defaults Options ZD and UD As explained previously PKZIP MVS defaults are provided at installation time These are reflected in the table displayed by options ZD and UD Option ZD will display the defaults in place for ZIP processing and option UD will display the UNZIP defaults 158 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 When either option ZD or UD is selected the defaults are displayed in a scrollable table An example is shown below The defaults can be changed and will override the installed defaults for the remainder of this ISPF PKZIP for MVS session or until a LOAD or RESET command is entered Use the CANCEL command to return to the calling function without processing the changes All changes made prior to the cancel will remain in effect until RESET or until the ISPF session is ter
238. for MVS will optionally save file type information during ZIP processing This information may be used by PKZIP compatible products in applicable environments for an equivalent reconstruction of the file during UNZIP processing Licensing Note that separate file handler licenses are required to process various types of datasets for example PDSEs Tape etc These licenses also apply to the types of datasets being used as archives For example the VSAM file handler license is required to read VSAM ZIP files and to create a VSAM archive See Appendix A Licensing Requirements for more details 46 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Sequential Files PDS or PDSE VSAM Files Magnetic Tapes Cartridges Members Supported e Undefined U Undefined U ESDS Same as sequential files Record e Fixed F FA Fixed F FA KSDS for standard label and Formats FB FM FBA FM FBA FBM RRDS non label tapes FBM FBS Variable V VA e Variable V VA VB VM VBA VB VM VBA VBM VS VBS VBM VS VBS Supported e Undefined U Undefined U ESDS See Magnetic ZIP Archive e Fixed F FB Fixed F FB Tapes Cartridge section Formats FBS Variable V VB later in chapter e Variable V VB File e File name File name Cluster JCL DD cards see DD Selection e File masks File masks name commands used with Methods e JCL DD cards JCL DD cards Path name sequential files e ALIAS Path File masks File names limited to ZIP Na
239. formation Interchange 200 ANSI 200 APAR 200 API 171 175 201 Appendix A Licensing Requirements 174 Appendix B Sample Jobstreams 178 Appendix C Invoking PKZIP PKUNZIP from a Program 188 Appendix D 3480 3490 Installation JCL COPYCART 195 Application Programming Interface 201 Application Programming Interface API 171 Application System 400 iSeries 201 Applying a License Key or Authorization Code 17 ARCH 149 ARCHBLKSIZ 79 ARCHBUFSPACE 130 ARCHCATALOG 130 ARCHCISIZE 131 ARCHCISZ 131 ARCHDATACISIZE 132 ARCHDATACISZ 132 ARCHDATAEEXT 132 212 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide ARCHDATAFILE 133 ARCHDATANAME 133 ARCHDATANORD 133 ARCHDATANRUS 146 ARCHDATANWCK 149 ARCHDATAORD 133 ARCHDATAOWNER 144 ARCHDATAPRI 134 ARCHDATARUS 146 ARCHDATASEC 134 ARCHDATASHR 146 ARCHDATASPACE 134 ARCHDATAVOL 135 ARCHDCLASS 80 ARCHDIRBLKS 80 ARCHEEXT 136 ARCHERASE 135 ARCHFILE 136 ARCHFOR 136 148 ARCHFREECA 137 ARCHFREECI 137 ARCHIFILE 82 ARCHINDD 82 ARCHINFILE 82 Archive 201 ARCHIVE 80 Archive Name 161 166 ARCHIVE_BLKSIZE 62 79 ARCHIVE_COMMENT 63 79 ARCHIVE _DATACLASS 63 80 ARCHIVE _DIR_BLOCKS 63 80 ARCHIVE_DIRBLKS 80 ARCHIVE_DSN 63 80 ARCHIVE_DSNAME 80 ARCHIVE_DSORG 63 81 ARCHIVE_IFILE 82 ARCHIVE_INDD 82 ARCHIVE_INFILE 63
240. fy sort options Chapter 11 Using the ISPF Interface 161 Sort Field This field is used to specify which display fields to sort on Enter a D N O P or S to sort on date file name offset percent compressed and compressed size respectively Sort Order Specify A for ascending or D for descending Processing Mode Specifying a F in this field will run the view job as a foreground task Specifying a B will build JCL for a batch job The JCL will be displayed so it can reviewed and or modified before submission Only the foreground task will display the output on the panels To exit the VIEW operation and return to the main menu press PF3 Help for the VIEW function can be obtained by pressing PF1 Pressing PF3 on any of the information display panels will return to the main VIEW panel PKZIP for MVS 5 5 View Archive Row 1 to 7 of 48 Command SCROLL gt CSR Name of Archive PKZIP TEST ZIP Primary commands LOCATE to position list or SORT to sort list Enter line command or for list of valid line commands Press PF1 for HELP Cmd File Name Zipped Zipped Unzipped Comp Type Volume s Message Date Time Size Size Ratio PKZIP TEST PDS DELCSI 1 24 2001 10 42 456 3281 86 TEXT TSO002 _ PKZIP TEST PDS DELLINK 1 24 2001 10 42 8010 85855 90 TEXT TSO002 _ PKZIP TEST PDS DELNUC 1 24 2001 10 42 8010 85855 90 TEXT TSO002 _ PKZIP TEST PDS DELNVSM 1 24 2001 10 42 36
241. fying the master password Chapter 9 Commands 143 VSAM_MGMTCLASS Synonyms Include N A yy gt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command pertains to DF SMS allocation of new files when doing PKUNZIP processing If you specify these classes they will be passed to DF SMS when dataset allocation occurs VSAM_MGMTCLASS lt SMS Management Class gt See IBM s DF SMS manuals for further information about this parameter VSAM_MODEL Synonyms Include ARCHMODEL ARCHIVE_MODEL OUTMODEL This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command specifies that a catalog entry of a previously defined cluster is to be used as the model for a new archive The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is MODEL entryname VSAM_ MODEL lt entryname gt entryname This is a 44 character entry used to specify the model VSAM_ORDERED Synonyms Include N A This command is also compatible with VSE 9 gt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_ORDERED command provides the ability to define an ORDERED parameter for a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is ORDERED UNORDERED VSAM_ORDERED lt ORDERED UNORDERED gt ORDERED Specifies the volumes are to be used in the order in which they were listed
242. g environments for example Load Modules and when specifying DATA_TYPE TEXT A compressed text file is stored as ASCII unless otherwise specified with TRANSLATE_TABLE_DATA and stored with the specified delimiters DATA_DELIMITER and terminator FILE_TERMINATOR Note that the translation defaults and delimiter and terminator defaults of a stored text file from PKZIP for MVS make the file compatible with compressed files on other platforms As a result compressed text files may be extracted onto other platforms and when specifying DATA_TYPE DETECT or DATA_TYPE DETECTX PKZIP MVS will attempt to dynamically determine whether the data should be translated into TEXT format A portion of the file see DATATYPE_DETECT_DEPTH is examined using the tailorable DETECTXT translation table see DATATYPE_DETECT_TABLE and compared to the value specified in DATATYPE_TEXT_PERCENT When used in PKUNZIP program processing when specifying DATA_TYPE BINARY If the raw format of the data is desired regardless of whether the originating system ZIPPED the file as TEXT use this command Binary processing will not attempt to resolve record delimiters As a result the data will be streamed into records according to the file allocation specifications Note that when using PKZIP MVS to create binary files that are targetted for another PKZIP MVS system SAVE_LRECL Y can be specified to preserve record lengths when spe
243. g or end of a unit of data Device A piece of equipment that is used with the computer A device does not generally interact directly with the system but is controlled by a controller Direct Access A file access method allowing reading and writing of records in an arbitrary order Contrast with keyed access and sequential access DOS The Disk Operating System is an older operating system that used a manual disk swapping method to store manipulate and retrieve data Double byte Character Set DBCS A set of characters in which each character is represented by 2 bytes Languages such as Japanese Chinese and Korean which contain more symbols than can be represented by 256 code points require double byte character sets Because each character requires 2 bytes the typing displaying and printing of DBCS characters requires hardware and programs that support DBCS Four double byte character sets are supported by the system Japanese Korean Simplified Chinese and Traditional Chinese See also the Single Byte Character Set SBCS Glossary 203 Dump In problem analysis and resolution to write at a particular instant all or part of the contents of main or auxiliary storage onto another data medium such as tape printer or spool for the purpose of protecting the data or collecting error information DYNALLOC See Dynamic Allocation shown below Dynamic Allocation Dynamic Allocation DYNALLOC is a facility utilizing the SVC99 fu
244. gement control blocks are held and the amount of storage than can be used for compression control tables MULTI_THREAD_LIMIT Specifies the number of subtasks to be used in compressing datasets bs NOSYSIN Specifies the SYSIN dataset is not opened for commands s gt ON_FILE_ACCESS_ERROR Specifies the action to take when an access error has occurred a ON_FILE_IO_ ERROR Specifies the action to take when an I O error has occurred e gt OUTDATAUSCL This command is supported only in the PKZIP VSE product OUTFILE_BLKSIZE Specifies the block size for a newly extracted dataset OUTFILE_DATACLASS Specifies the DF SMS data class for a newly extracted dataset bd OUTFILE_DD Specifies what file s are to contain the extracted data by identifying a DD statement OUTFILE_DIR_BLOCKS Specifies the directory block amount for a newly extracted dataset OUTFILE_DSNTYPE Determines the type of output file to be created gt OUTFILE_LRECL Specifies the logical record length for a newly extracted dataset 7 OUTFILE_MGMTCLASS Specifies the DF SMS management class to be used for a newly extracted dataset e OUTFILE_OVERWRITE Specifies overwrite of an existing file or member within a PDS gt OUTFILE_PDS_ENQ Specifies the level of disposition that will be used for a PDS or PDSE when processing an EXTRACT request Chapter 9 Commands 65 66
245. gnations PKZIP for MVS will report VSAM error and reason code information when these types of events occur To Overwrite a Current VSAM File When extracting a compressed file to an existing VSAM file it may be desirable to overwrite the existing file By using the combined commands of OVERWRITE and VSAM_REUSE the compressed file will replace the contents of the current file File attributes will not be changed when processing a file overwrite so you must assure the compatibility of the compressed file with the file being overwritten 52 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Note In accordance with IBM s rules for REUSABLE clusters the target cluster must have been defined with the REUSE attribute otherwise the open for the file will terminate with the message ZPFM071E VSAM OPEN Error 000000E8 for File ddname DA vsam_cluster_name ACTION EXTRACT OVERWRITE VSAM_REUSE Y filename to be restored To Restore a Compressed VSAM File PKZIP for MVS will retain the attributes of a VSAM cluster in the ZIP Archive unless otherwise specified Upon extraction the file attributes are used to recreate the VSAM file if there is not already an existing file File attributes can be overridden during extraction by use of commands beginning with VSAM_ VSAM_DATA_ and VSAM_INDEX_ as appropriate To Create a New VSAM File A VSAM file can be created from a ZIP file even though the fi
246. gt volser Specifies a one to six character volume serial number VSAM_DATACLASS Synonyms Include N A g gt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command pertains to DF SMS allocation of new files when doing PKUNZIP processing If you specify these classes they will be passed to DF SMS when dataset allocation occurs VSAM_DATACLASS lt SMS Data Class gt See IBM s DF SMS manuals for further information about this parameter VSAM_DUPLICATE_ERROR Synonyms Include OUTDUPLICATES FAILONDUPKEYS IGNOREDUPKEYS This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems When extracting a file to a new VSAM keyed cluster this command specifies the action to be taken if a duplicate key is detected VSAM_ DUPLICATE ERROR FAIL IGNORE FAIL Indicates that processing will be aborted if a duplicate key is encountered IGNORE Indicates that processing will continue if a duplicate key is encountered VSAM_ERASE Synonyms Include ARCHERASE ARCHNOERASE This command is also compatible with VSE Chapter 9 Commands 135 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_ERASE parameter defines that the data component that is being defined be erased when the cluster is deleted The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is ERASE N
247. gth 10 Key Position 4 Ordered UNORDERED Avg Record Size 80 Max Record Size 100 Recovery Speed RECOVERY Replicate NREPL Spanned NONSPANNED Name PKZIP TEST KSDS DATA Type Space CYL Primary Space 5 Secondary Space 2 Buffer Space 37376 CI Size 18432 Reuse Share REUSE Options 1 3 Volume TSOOO1 Name PKZIP TEST KSDS INDEX Type Space TRK Primary Space 6 Secondary Space 3 Chapter 7 File Processing 51 ZPAM333I VSAM Index CI Size 512 ZPAM333I VSAM Index Reuse REUSE ZPAM333I VSAM Index Share Options 1 3 ZPAM333I VSAM Index Volume TSO001 Extracting Data into a VSAM File It is helpful before extracting data from a ZIP Archive to be aware of what file name and file attributes are being stored for the compressed file VIEWDETAIL may be used on the Archive to verify the information Unless SAVE_FILE_ATTRIBUTES NONE is specified the PKZIP program will save the cluster definition information in the Archive Directory When the PKUNZIP program is run to dynamically recreate the file during EXTRACT processing it will use the stored file characteristics to define the cluster unless overridden in the control cards This includes volume information so Archives being transferred from one system to another or being restored from an older environment may require VSAM_DATA_VOLUMES override commands to avoid allocation problems to non existent volumes Care must be taken when defining
248. guage commands CPU The Central Processing Unit or processor in the computer is the hardware that allows the computer to process CRC See Cyclic Redundancy Check Cryptography 1 A method of protecting data Cryptographic services include data encryption and message authentication 2 In cryptographic software the transformation of data to conceal its meaning secret code 3 The transformation of data to conceal its information content to prevent its undetected modification or to prevent its unauthorized use Customer Information Control System CICS An IBM licensed program that enables transactions entered at remote workstations to be processed concurrently by user written application programs The licensed program includes functions for building using and maintaining databases and forcommunicating with CICS programs on other operating systems Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC A Cyclic Redundancy Check is a number derived from a block of data and stored or transmitted with the data in order to detect any errors in transmission This can also be used to check the contents of a ZIP archive Itis similar in nature to a checksum A CRC may be calculated by adding words or bytes of the 202 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 data Once the data arrives at the receiving computer a calculation and comparison is made to the value originally transmitted If the calculated values are different a transmission error is
249. haracters are assigned an internal numeric code within the range of 0 255 hexadecimal 00 FF Although most of the same characters for example A Z a z 0 9 are contained in the EBCDIC and ASCII character sets different code assignments are used for each To preserve cross platform compatibility of files containing only text characters the DATA_TYPE TEXT or DATA_TYPE DETECT commands should be used This will direct PKZIP for MVS to translate EBCDIC characters into the ASCII character set which is the standard set used by PKZIP compatible products The DATA_TYPE BINARY command is used to direct PKZIP for MVS to bypass EBCDIC to ASCII character translation This feature is useful when the file contains non text data Warning Binary fields may generate what appear to be record delimited characters Therefore TEXT should not be used if binary data is present Note that a custom TRANSLATETABLE_DATA table can be built to change control characters X OD 25 EBCDIC to blanks such as graphics or internal numeric representations for example packed or binary numeric data or if text based data is to be extracted only to other EBCDIC based platforms All data within a file is treated the same during ZIP processing in accordance with the DATA_TYPE TEXT and DATA_TYPE BINARY commands Care should be taken when zipping files that may contain both text and binary data Use of the DATA_TYPE TEXT command when binary data exis
250. he actual amount of virtual memory that is used The amount is affected by the number and size of the files being processed DATA_TYPE Synonyms Include DETECT BINARY TEXT DETECTX This command specifies that files for compression are either binary text or detectable If the modifier is BINARY then no translation will be performed on the files If the modifier is TEXT then files selected for compression are text files and will be translated from EBCDIC to ASCII before compression If neither of these are specified the program will make a determination DETECT based on the existing data type The program will read in a portion of the data evaluate it and determine the appropriate process DATA_TYPE DETECT BINARY TEXT DETECTX 90 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 If you know the file type you will save processing time by specifying DATA_TYPE BINARY DATA_TYPE TEXT or DATA_TYPE BINARY with SAVE_LRECL Y When used in PKZIP program processing and when specifying DATA_TYPE BINARY No translation of the data will be performed and record terminators will not be inserted A binary file contains no delimiters between records and should only be used when the target system for UNZIP will be able to handle the EBCDIC format Variable length files should be processed with the addition of the SAVE_LRECL Y command This is commonly used when exchanging files between Systems 390 operatin
251. he character s to be stored or recognized at the end of the last record of a file gt gt GDGALL_SUPPORT Specifies whether all levels of a Generation Data Group GDG are to be retrieved and included in e the archive GZIP Specifies that the output archive will be created in GZIP format s GZIP_SUFFIX Specifies the name to be used as the last level of the filename when there is no valid GZIP filename e HIERARCHY Specifies that the full dataset component hierarchy should be used when converting a filename between ZIP archive format and MVS format PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 COMMAND DESCRIPTION PKZIP PKUNZIP INFILE Specifies what file s to compress by identifying a DD statement e INSERT_MEMBER Used to add a member to an existing PDS KEY_PROTECT_LEVEL Strength of key protection for advanced encrypted archives bd LICENSE_HLQ Specifies the high level qualifier to be used in locating the License Control Dataset gt e LMOD_SUPPORT Sets DATA_TYPE BINARY SAVE_FILE_ATTRIBUTES and SAVE_LRECL 7 commands on to allow simultaneous processing of load modules with text files ina PDS LOGGING_LEVEL Specifies the level or quantity of messages output to SYSPRINT Di MEMORY_MODEL Specifies where file management control blocks are held gt MULTI_THREAD_LIMIT Specifies where file mana
252. he datasets are individually identified in separate dataset definitions NOSYSIN Synonyms Include NOSYSIPT NOSYSIN The SYSIN dataset will not be opened if NOSYSIN is specified in the PARM parameter or in the Configuration file The command has no effect if placed within the SYSIN dataset This command is useful when calling the PKZIP program from another program The SYSIN passed to the calling program will not be effected by the PKZIP program processing in this situation See Invoking PKZIP for MVS Services ON_FILE_ACCESS_ERROR Synonyms Include FILESELERR When used in PKZIP program processing If an access problem occurs during the ZIP processing of an input file or a temporary archive the ON_FILE_ACCESS_ERROR command specifies whether to terminate processing or ignore the error and continue The default is to allow for compatibility ON_FILE ACCESS ERROR STOP TERMINATE TOLERATE IGNORE WARNONBUSY WARNIFBUSY STOP Processing halts when an access error is detected TERMINATE Processing halts when an access error is detected TOLERATE Processing continues with the next file Error return codes and messages of the problem files are produced IGNORE Processing continues with the next file Error return codes and messages of the problem files are produced WARNIFBUSY Processing continues with the next file and the busy files are reported as a warning This is an option
253. hod eliminates the repeating or redundant data replacing it with representative information that will be used when restoring the data An example of a simple data compression technique is the Run Length Encoding method This applies to redundant data where a repeating character such as the run is simply represented as a count or value such as the length The compressed form is the repeated character with its count Example B2222EHHHHHHHHH Compressed B 42E 9H However to perform a thorough compression operation more advanced algorithms and enhanced techniques are required PKZIP for MVS uses just such methods to achieve maximum results ZIP Archives PKZIP for MVS stores compressed data files into ZIP archives There is no limit to the number of archives you may create e A ZIP archive refers to any valid ZIP format file created by a PKZIP 2 x compatible product e Each archive can store up to 65 535 files e Files up to 4 gigabytes in size can be compressed into a standard PKZIP Archive See Chapter 10 Processing with GZIP For information about compressing files larger than 4 gigabytes e Each archive may contain up to 4 gigabytes of compressed data e For each file in the archive the following information is stored with the compressed data Chapter 1 An Introduction to PKZIP MVS 1 e Filename e File directory date and time e File s initial CRC value See Cyclic Redundancy Check e Method of compression u
254. hough the default specification for GZIP processing is to handle data as BINARY PKZIP MVS will use the DATA_TYPE command with DETECT or TEXT processing Chapter 10 Processing with GZIP 155 Although MULTI_THREAD_LIMIT is ignored for GZIP processing because only 1 file can be compressed multi tasking is still performed for input file reads data compression and archive file writes to maximize processing throughput Although the GZIP standard does not support directory levels in the filename many products including PKZIP MVS support this as an extension Although the format of the timestamp in the archive is in UNIX format and is by specification to be UTC PKZIP MVS will honor the TIMESTAMP command Processing GZIP Archives In general a GZIP archive must be processed only in GZIP mode and with only one GZIP member When creating a GZIP Archive specify GZIP in the command stream or use a defaults module with the GZIP value set UNZIP processing in PKZIP for MVS will automatically detect the GZIP header and process it accordingly If zipping a file for transport to another platform that does not support the extensions provided by PKZIP for MVS then commands should be used to nullify those extensions for example NOATTRIB NOPATH 156 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Chapter 11 Using the ISPF Interface Getting Started with the ISPF Interface When the PKZIP for MVS
255. hree different passwords Password PASSWORD or password If the password is being input from JCL take note that the JCL editor may capitalize all the letters of the password May be 1 200 characters in length This is not stored in the ZIP archive and as a result care must be taken to keep passwords secure and accessible by some other source Different passwords may be used for various files within a ZIP archive although only one password may be specified per run Password translation is done from EBCDIC to ASCII using the TRANSLATE_TABLE_FILEINFO When cross platform exchanges are done with encrypted Archives care should be taken to use characters that will be acceptable to both platforms with the translate table in use PATH Synonyms Include NOPATH The PATH command determines how an MVS filename is converted to a ZIP archive format PATH Y IN When using PATH Y When converting a filename from MVS format to ZIP archive format the PATH Y command is specified so that all of the dataset levels are used in the archive name PATH Y is the default Given the PDS PROJECT DEPT SOURCE TEST member the ZIP internal PROJECT DEPT SOURCE TEST filename will be Chapter 9 Commands 113 Given the PDS SYS1 PARMLIB dataset that contains member CLOCK00 and a command of PATH Y the ZIP internal sYs1 PARMLIB CLOCKOO filename for that member will be When
256. iate to the BODY section of the panel definition P PKZIP for MVS 5 5 ISPF Add the following line to the PROC section P CMD SPKZSTART Replace the P with whatever main menu option you added in the BODY section of the panel definition The user will notice that the PKZSTART exec has an argument passed to it The argument CEXEC causes the libraries containing the compiled REXX routines to be allocated The user will gain significant increases in performance by using these libraries If your operating system release or any other reason might prevent you from using the compiled REXX then call PKZSTART with the argument of EXEC and the normal interpreted REXX libraries will be used PKZSTART is the initial exec that starts the interface and it also allocates the necessary ISPF application libraries Consequently it must be modified to reflect the installed library names as it was documented in the previous section 20 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Chapter 4 Getting Started with PKZIP for MVS PKZIP for MVS is a broad flexible product on the MVS ESA OS 390 and z OS platforms allowing for compression decompression and encryption of files It is fully compliant with other PKZIP 2 x compatible compression products running on other operating systems However if you are licensed for PKZIP for MVS 5 5 Advanced Encryption this feature is only compatible with other PKWARE products enabled fo
257. ides certain ready to use translation tables commonly used in an OS 390 environment These tables are provided as is and are not supported as part of PKZIP for MVS 1t is your responsibility to ensure that data translation mapping satisfies their requirements More information can be found in the FAQ at http www pkzip com EURO EURO Language EBCDIC ASCII ASCII EBCDIC ASCII ASCII Table Table Code Code Code Code Code CODE Name Name Page Page Page Set ID Set ID Set ID ASCII EURO German TRTEBAI Spanish TRTEJA Portuguese TRTEIA tain 280 eso ese ec an Al TRTEGAA TRTEGA Danish 277 eso ess EE AA Al TRIEEAATRIEEA Norwegian 277 eso ess EE aa Al TRTEEAA TRIEEA Swedish 278 eso ess er aa Al TRTEFAATRIEFA Finnish te eso j ese foer f oaa Al RTEA TRTEFAI French 297 850 858 EM Al TRTEMAA TRTEMAI TRANSLATE_TABLE_FILEINFO Synonyms Include FTRAN Cross Platform Compatible command VSE MVS OS 400 UNIX and Windows Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The TRANSLATE_TABLE_FILEINFO command specifies a translation table to be used with file information such as comments file names andpassword usage for an encrypted file The default is ASCIIUS if this command is not specified TRANSLATE TABLE FILEINFO lt trantable gt trantable This is a name of a loadable translation table that is supplied with the produc
258. iers during the process 38 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Process Command Description ZIP ZIPPED_DSN Allows the transformation of the MVS DSN to an internal ZIP Filename ZIP PATH Specifies whether the higher level qualifiers should be stored as a directory pathname in the ZIP Filename UNZIP HIERARCHY Determines what should be done with the hi level qualifiers directory path structure of the ZIP Filename during the conversion process UNZIP FILE_EXTENSION Specifies what should be done with a low level extension such as TXT during an EXTRACT request ZIP 8 UNZIP SIMULATE Y Provides a means of running a simulation to determine what the resulting names will be Essentials for running PKZIP and PKUNZIP PKZIP can perform various actions according to one of the following commands ADD COPY DELETE FRESHEN UPDATE VIEW The actions are described below ADD is the default action if none of the above actions are specified Command Description ADD Used to add files that are not already present into a new or existing ZIP archive COPY Used to copy a subset of an archive to a new archive DELETE Used to delete selected files from an existing ZIP archive FRESHEN Used to update existing files in an existing ZIP archive UPDATE Used to add new files to or update existing files in an existing
259. ill provide protection for jobs using DISP OLD When another job holds the dataset with DISP OLD the PKZIP program will fail to obtain an allocation to the dataset If the PKZIP program is updating the dataset and another job starts with DISP OLD in its JCL that job will wait until the PKZIP program closes and frees the file If the PKZIP program is updating the dataset and another job or user attempts a dynamic allocation with DISP OLD that allocation request will fail 3 The operating system may provide update protection for two different jobs attempting DISP SHR updates For example If an IEBCOPY update is being performed against a PDS with DISP SHR and PKZIP is running with OUTFILE_PDS_ENQ SHR the PKZIP program may experience a system abend 213 30 when attempting to open the PDS directory This is the way the system provides PDS directory integrity Likewise if the PKZIP program already has the PDS PDSE open for output the same IEBCOPY step in the other job would receive the 213 30 abend OUTFILE_RECFM Synonyms Include OUTTYPE The OUTFILE_RECFM command specifies the record format of the records in a newly extracted dataset If not specified the information is taken from the attributes stored in the ZIP archive OUTFILE_RECFM U F FA FB FBA FBM FBS FM V VA VB VBA VBM VM U Undefined records F Fixed records FA Fixed records with ISO ANSI control characters FB Fixed Block records note also that th
260. in 31 bit virtual storage When either SMALL or MEDIUM is specified the file descriptor information is spilled to a set of work files to be sorted merged and selected Note that file descriptors are built for both files existing in the input archive and new files to be selected so the aggregate count must be managed Approximate sizes for each file descriptor are as follows e VSAM 2 5K e Sequential 800 bytes Chapter 2 PKZIP MVS 5 5 11 e PDS PDSE 800 bytes for base dataset 224 bytes per member e DATA_STORAGE MAX xM controls the amount of 31 bit virtual storage used to hold transient compressed data When the amount of storage specified is exceeded the data is processed through work files controlled by the TEMP_ suite of commands e MULTI_THREAD_LIMIT number specifies the number of concurrent subtask sets to run for ZIP or UNZIP processing When a count greater than 1 is used additional copies of modules work areas and buffers are allocated to handle the processing Reserved DDNAMEs The following DDNAMES are reserved for use by PKZIP for MVS ARCHTEMP used for STAGE_TAPE_TO_DISK y PKSPRINT alternate SYSPRINT DD name when directed to a file ZPDIRIN used when processing requires input Archive file descriptors to be spilled to work file ZPDIRSRT used when processing requires input Archive file descriptors to be sorted in a work file ZPFILIN used when input file descriptors requires
261. ion associated with VIEW processing This should not need to be changed unless the name conflicts with other JCL allocation used in the same job step DDNAME_ZPSORTIN lt ddname gt ddname This is the DDname to use for SORTIN ZPSRTIN This is the default DDname Note The value specified for TEMP_UNIT is used to allocate a temporary work file with this DD DDNAME_ZPSORTOUT Synonyms Include This command specifies the name of the JCL DD statement used for sorting directory information associated with ACTION VIEW processing This should not need to be changed unless the name conflicts with other JCL allocation used in the same job step DDNAME_ZPSORTOUT lt ddname gt ddname This is the DDname to use for SORTOUT ZPSRTOUT This is the default DDname ECHO Synonyms Include NOECHO Commands used for the PKZIP and PKUNZIP programs are put into the output message dataset when ECHO Y is specified This is the default setting ECHO Y N Y YES Log all output messages to SYSOUT N NO Do not log output messages to SYSOUT 94 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 One would use ECHO Y if the ECHO N command had previously been used either in the configuration module or through the JCL to suppress output messages Then the commands that are output begin with the ECHO Y command itself Since the ECHO command is processed before it is activated errors in this li
262. is default is ignored if an associated SMS command of OUTFILE_DATACLASS is used FBA Fixed Block records with ISO ANSI control characters FBM Fixed Block records with Machine control characters FBS Fixed Block Standard records FM Fixed records with Machine control characters V Variable records VA Variable records with ISO ANSI control characters 108 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 VB Variable Block records VBA Variable Block records with ISO ANSI control characters VBM Variable Block records with Machine control characters VM Variable records with Machine control characters An undefined specification U will cause any OUTFILE_LRECL specifications to be ignored Similarly any of the unblocked specifications will cause OUTFILE_BLKSIZE specifications to be ignored OUTFILE_SPACE_ PRIMARY Synonyms Include OUTPRIMARY This command specifies the number of allocation units in the primary extent to be allocated to a newly extracted dataset The default is not used if OUTFILE_DATACLASS is specified OUTFILE SPACE PRIMARY lt allocation units gt allocation units This an 8 character field specifying the number of allocation units for the primary extent allocation 00000010 Ten is the default OUTFILE_SPACE_RLSE Synonyms Include OUTFILE_RLSE OUTFILE_RELEASE OUTFILE_SPACE_RELEASE OUTRLSE OUTNORLSE This command indicates that when a new file is c
263. is used to create the Archive when specifying DATA_TYPE DETECTX On some platforms for example workstations some ZIP utilities do not set the TEXT indicator although the data was ASCII text In this situation DETECTX is recommended so that PKZIP MVS will attempt to dynamically determine whether the data should be translated into EBCDIC TEXT format A portion of the file see DATATYPE_DETECT_DEPTH is examined using the tailorable DETECTXT translation table see DATATYPE_DETECT_TABLE and compared to the value specified in DATATYPE_TEXT_PERCENT Note that the detection depth will be limited in size to the first internal buffer being extracted This will typically be less than 64k DATATYPE_DETECT_DEPTH Synonyms Include DATATYPE_SCAN_DEPTH DETECT_DEPTH This command specifies the distance that a file is scanned before making a determination as to whether it is binary or text It can be specified as a number of records 1000R or as a size in bytes 64000 Kilobytes 64K or Megabytes 4M DATATYPE DETECT DEPTH lt amt gt amt amount in records 1000R amount in bytes 64000 amount in kilobytes 64K 8K is the default amount in megabytes 4M It is important to note that the amount of data specified in this parameter will be buffered in virtual storage during the text binary translation period and before the data is directed to the compression algorithms Compression cannot be performed until
264. ish To accomodate those special characters Extended ASCII has additional characters 128 255 Only the first 128 characters in the ASCII character set are standard on all systems Others may be different for a given language set It may be necessary to create a different translation tables see Translation Table to create standard translation between ASCII and other character sets American National Standards Institute ANSI An organization sponsored by the Computer and Business Equipment Manufacturers Association for establishing voluntary industry standards ANSI See American National Standards Institute shown above APAR See Authorized Program Analysis Report 200 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 API See Application Programming Interface Application Programming Interface An interface between the operating system or systems related program that allows an application program written in a high level language to use specific data or services of the operating system or the program The API also allows you to develop an application program written in a high level language to access PKZIPxxx data and or functions of the PKZIPxxx system Application System 400 iSeries One of a family of general purpose systems with a single operating system Operating System 400 that provides application portability across all models Archive 1 The act of transferring files from the computer into a long term storage med
265. ium Archived files are often compressed to save space 2 An individual file or group of files which must be extracted and decompressed in order to be used 3 A file stored on a computer network which can be retrieved by a file transfer program FTP or other means 4 The PKZIP file that holds the compressed zipped datafile ASCII See American Standard Code for Information Interchange Authorized Program Analysis Report APAR A request for correction of a defect in a current release of an IBM supplied program Bandwidth The capacity of a communications line normally expressed in bits per second bps A lack of bandwidth is one of the prime motivations for compression software Batch Job A predefined group of processing actions submitted to the system to be performed with little or no interaction between you and the system This is in contrast to an Interactive Job Big ENDIAN A binary data format in which the most significant bit comes first Binary File A file that contains codes that are not part of the ASCII character set Binary files can use all 256 possible values for each byte in the file Bit A contraction of binary digit Either of the binary digits 0 or 1 Compare with byte Block 1 A group of records that are recorded or processed as a unit 2 A set of adjacent records stored as a unit on a disk diskette or magnetic tape Byte 1 The smallest unit of storage that can be addressed directly 2 A grou
266. kk kkkkkkkk ZPLI200I THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED TO CUSTOMER 000012805 ZPLI200I CUSTOMER NAME PKWARE of Ohio Inc ZPLI2001 CPU model 2066 with 1 online ZPLI200I CPU serial number for CPU 0 is 01824A2066 1824A version code 00 ZPLI200I Service units per second per online CPU is 5612 07 ZPLI200I Approximate total MIPS SUs SEC 48 5 CPUs is 115 71 ZPLI200I Central Processing Complex CPC Node Descriptor CPC ND 002066 0B1 IBM 02 00000001824A ZPLI2001I CPC ID 00 Type 002066 Model 0B1 Manufacturer IBM Plant 02 Seq Num 00000001824A KKK KKK KKK ARA RARA RARA RARA RRA RARA EEE EEEE EEE EEEE RRA RAR RRA RARA ARA E E EEE EE E KKK K kk k k k k k k ZPLI200I COMPRESSION IS LICENSED ON THE FOLLOWING PROCESSORS ZPLI2001 SERIAL 2824A PROCESSOR TYPE 2066 VERSION 00 WITH AN EXPIRATION DATE OF 02 28 2400 ZPLI200I DECOMPRESSION IS LICENSED ON THE FOLLOWING PROCESSORS ZPLI200I SERIAL 2824A PROCESSOR TYPE 2066 VERSION 00 WITH AN EXPIRATION DATE OF 02 28 2400 ZPLI200I SEQUENTIAL FILE HANDLER IS LICENSED ON THE FOLLOWING PROCESSORS ZPLI200I SERIAL 2824A PROCESSOR TYPE 2066 VERSION 00 WITH AN EXPIRATION DATE OF 02 28 2400 llowing is a sample of the report with DEMO licensing ZPLI200I A LICENSE REPORT HAS BEEN REQUESTED ON 11 18 02 AT 5 25pm IN QZIP FPD LICENSE ZPLI200I For Technical Support assistance please contact Product Services Division ZPLI200I at 937 847 2687 or go to http www pkzip com support kkkkkk
267. kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkxk ZPAMO20I Length Method Size Ratio Date Time Name ZPAMO2Z LT 5 3 5 2 33 SS SoS SS a eS Se Se Se ZPAM0171 12 957 DEFLATE NORM 2 856 78 08 09 2001 11 14 SYS1 MYLIB ABEND ZPAM0171 6 315 DEFLATE NORM 1 462 77 08 09 2001 11 14 SYS1 MYLIB ACB ZPAM0171 2 543 DEFLATE NORM 433 83 08 09 2001 11 16 SYS1 MYLIB YREGS ZPAMOLST gt 2 3 3 O Bda SS ZPAMO19I 111 359 012 17 822 596 84 ZPMT002I PKZIP processing complete RC 00000000 0 Dec 182 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Example 6 View with Detail of an Archive JCL Used SAMVIEW3 JOB XXXX SAMVIEW3 CLASS B MSGCLASS 0 Js NOTIFY amp SYSUID REGION 8M J RRR RK KKK KKK IKK KKK KKK KK KK KK KH KK IK KK KK KK KK KKK KKK HK de k de ke de k AA AAA Sample job stream to do a VIEW with a DETAIL listing of the p J entries in PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE A request is also made to do a NAME which will do the listing in Data Set Name Ascending sequence g 7 3 e e He He e e He He He ke RRA e e He He e ke e e He He e e He III e e He He ke ke e e He k ke ke ke ke ke k k k k bi VIEW3 EXEC PGM PKZIP PARM ECHO STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN PKZIP MVS LOAD SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSABEND DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD bal ARCHIVE_DSN PKWARE MACLIB ARCHIVE ACTION VIEWDETAILNAME
268. kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk KkKKKKKKK ZPLI200I THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED TO CUSTOMER 000012805 AS A DEMO ZPLI200I CUSTOMER NAME PKWARE INC ZPLI200I CPU model 2066 with 1 online ZPLI200I CPU serial number for CPU 0 is 01824A2066 1824A version code 00 ZPLI200I Service units per second per online CPU is 5612 07 ZPLI200I Approximate total MIPS SUs SEC 48 5 CPUs is 115 71 ZPLI200I Central Processing Complex CPC Node Descriptor CPC ND 002066 0B1 IBM 02 00000001824A ZPLI2001I CPC ID 00 Type 002066 Model 0B1 Manufacturer IBM Plant 02 Seq Num 00000001824A KAKI KKK KK KKK RIKKI KI KKK KKK IKI IKK KKK RK KKK IKK IKK KKK RR KK AKI k k EKER kk kk kk kk kk KK kk kk kk K ke ke dede ke k dede k k kk KK kk k ZPLI200I COMPRESSION IS LICENSED ON THE FOLLOWING PROCESSORS ZPLI200I SERIAL 0824A PROCESSOR TYPE 2066 VERSION 00 WITH AN EXPIRATION DATE OF 12 01 2002 ZPLI200I DECOMPRESSION IS LICENSED ON THE FOLLOWING PROCESSORS ZPLI200I SERIAL 0824A PROCESSOR TYPE 2066 VERSION 00 WITH AN EXPIRATION DATE OF 12 01 2002 ZPLI200I SEQUENTIAL FILE HANDLER IS LICENSED ON THE FOLLOWING PROCESSORS ZPLI200I SERIAL 0824A PROCESSOR TYPE 2066 VERSION 00 WITH AN EXPIRATION DATE or 12 01 2002 KKK KI KK KI KK KI KK RI KK KI KK KI KK RIK KK IKK RI KK KI He e KI KK KI KK KI He e RI RARA RARA RARA AK kk kk kk KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK Show System Information To display
269. l control over the type of archive created and how they are created using the various ARCHIVE_ commands available PKZIP will compress datasets using a file selection Any command that does not begin with a is considered to be a file selection In the previous example we told PKZIP to compress the sequential dataset MY INPUT DATA SEQ You can specify a file for compression via a INFILE_DD statement if you prefer but a file selection has the advantage of wildcards For example to compress a specific group of files you could type MY INPUT DATA This file selection would inform PKZIP to compress every dataset that begins with the previous qualifying nodes PKZIP can compress up to 65 535 datasets or up to 4Gb of data Chapter 4 Getting Started with PKZIP MVS 23 To ensure cross platform compatibility all MVS dataset names are converted to the standard PKZIP UNIX format such as MY INPUT DATA SEQ When you unzip the file the conversion is reversed to recreate the original MVS name See NIASEP for more information about the character used to separate levels The compressed version of the sequential dataset is known as a ZIPPED or compressed file within the ZIP archive Viewing the Contents of an Archive The following example shows how to view the contents of a ZIP archive created in the previous example using PKZIP for MVS STPZIP EXEC PGM PKZIP STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN PKZIP MVS V55 LOAD SYSPRI
270. le was not originally a VSAM file or the file attributes were unknown By using the MAKEVSAM command along with any suitable VSAM_ commands a new VSAM file is created with the appropriate VSAM file attributes Using a combination of Archive File attributes the ACZDFLT module defaults and any SYSIN command overrides PKZIP for MVS will generate command input to IDCAMS similar to the example below DEF CL NAME PKZIP MVS IVP KSDS INDEXED BUFSP 37376 CISZ 18432 ERASE FSPC 33 10 NONSPANNED REUSE NOWRITECHECK RECSZ 80 100 SHR 1 3 VOL TS0001 NOIMBED NREPL RECOVERY KEYS 10 4 DATA NAME PKZIP MVS IVP KSDS DATA CYL 5 2 INDEX NAME PKZIP MVS IVP KSDS INDEX TRK 6 3 CISZ 512 Note PKZIP for MVS may default selected commands from the ACZDFLT module while IDCAMS may default some file attributes when they are not specified Managing a VSAM ZIP Archive A VSAM Zip Archive supports the ESDS format The ARCHDSORG VS command is used to create the Archive See pkzip mvs INSTLIB IVPVSAM for an example of creating a VSAM Archive Chapter 7 File Processing 53 Archive VSAM allocation specifications may be changed by using the ARCHIVE _ and VSAM_ commands The Access Method Services section of the IBM Manual on the DEFINE CLUSTER command may be consulted for more information To Update a VSAM ESDS ZIP Archive In order to update a VSAM ZIP
271. lem it is recommended that the load module be placed in a library by itself and that the file be extracted to a library with the same blocksize on the same device type or use the process described below Processing Entire Load Library If it is not necessary to select individual members for later extraction or if the library contains overlay segments or other specialized load modules an alternate method is recommended First unload the PDS to a sequential file format supported by PKZIP for MVS such as IEBCOPY or the TSO command TRANSMIT which can be run in batch Once this step is complete ZIP the sequential file using normal PKZIP for MVS processing On extraction PKZIP for MVS will recreate the sequential file which can then be reloaded to the PDS with the utility used previously Although this method entails an extra step it allows compression of the entire library and there are no restrictions placed on individual members of the library See pkzip mvs INSTLIB IVPVSPAN for a sample job stream C VSAM Files VSAM files are selected and allocated with the use of the IBM Access Method Services utility IDCAMS as described in the IBM Access Method Services manual A working knowledge of IDCAMS processing will enhance the effectiveness of managing VSAM datasets with PKZIP for MVS Control statements and input file characteristics are used by PKZIP for MVS to internally generate Access Method Services control statem
272. lion years old thus making the case that cracking a 128 bit AES key is nearly impossible with today s technology Monitoring Algorithm Security The National Institute of Standards and Technology NIST continues to follow developments in the cryptanalysis of Rijndael The AES is formally reevaluated every five years Plans for maintenance activities for the standard will be developed in the future with full consideration of all circumstances When Chapter 1 An Introduction to PKZIP MVS 5 an issue arises that requires immediate attention NIST will act expeditiously and consider all available alternatives What is the Life Expectancy of AES No one can be certain of how long the AES will remain secure However NIST s DES was the U S Government standard for almost twenty years before it was cracked by a massive parallel network computer attacks and special purpose DES cracking hardware The AES supports significantly larger key sizes than that of DES Barring any attacks against AES that are faster than key exhaustion and the advent of future advances in technology AES could remain secure well beyond twenty years Cross Platform Compatibility Cross platform compatibility provides PKZIP for MVS its ability to allow data to move between different computer operating environments PKZIP was intentionally designed for cross platform use Regardless of platform PKZIP for MVS archives are compatible with PKZIP for OS 400
273. llocation units for the secondary extent of the new or updated ZIP archive 00000010 Ten cylinders is the default VSAM_SPACE_TYPE Synonyms Include N A This command is also compatible with VSE Some values may not be restricted by the operating environment 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems For a new or updated ZIP archive the type of allocation units may be specified using the VSAM_SPACE_TYPE command Note the default is not used when VSAM_DATACLASS is specified The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is CYLINDERS TRACKS or RECORDS Chapter 9 Commands 147 VSAM_SPACE TYPE lt CYL KB REC MB TRK gt CYL also CYLS and CYLINDERS allocation by cylinders KB also KILOBYTES allocation by Kilobytes for the ICF catalog environment only MB also MEGABYTES allocation by Megabytes for the ICF catalog environment only REC also RECORDS allocation by records TRK also TRKS and TRACKS allocation by tracks This command specification can be overridden at the data level by the VSAM_DATA_SPACE_TYPE command At the data level the corresponding cluster information is not recognized VSAM_SPANNED Synonyms Include ARCHSPANNED ARCHNONSPANNED This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_SPANNED parameter defines whether the maximum length of a data
274. losed in quotes El gt xk k k kK kK kK CA eS PKZIP for MVS TM DATA COMPRESSION VERSION 5 5 COPYRIGHT 2003 PKWARE of Ohio INC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED hs pe This sample REXX program demonstrates the ability to call PKZIP or PKUNZIP from an application program as a dynamic call There are three main variables used in calling PKZIP First is the current PKZIP Load Library PKZIPLoad where PKZIP can be found The second variable is the parameter pass area CALLPARMS where the parameters for PKZIP are passed to PKZIP program This example uses an input argument to REXX to load the PARMS This Example is passing the parameter ECHO VERBOSE SHOW_SETTINGS ES If NOSYSIN is also passed SHOW _SETTINGS NOSYSIN PKZIP would not read other parameters from SYSIN This example will read parameters from SYSIN A A E E O O 40 ses seese seeks sSeeseseess aes ARG PKZIPLoad ARGPARMS display the passed parameters LINE REXX Sample to call PKZIP is starting SAY LEFT LINE 80 LINE REXX Sample PKZIP Load lib is PKZIPLoad SAY LEFT LINE 80 LINE REXX Sample parameters ARGPARMS SAY LEFT LINE 80 CALLPARMS Strip ARGPARMS B strip the quotes from PARMS If running from TSO other dataset will have to allocated ALLOC FI SYSPRINT DA SHR REUSE ALLOC FI SYSABEND DA SHR REUSE ALLOC
275. losed using PKUNZIP processing additional cylinders or tracks should be released from the allocation OUTFILE SPACE RLSE Y N Y YES The deallocated free space is released following compression This is the default action taken for sequential datasets N NO The deallocated free space is not released following compression This is the default action taken for partitioned datasets since the extra space may be needed by other members within the same PDS OUTFILE_SPACE SECONDARY Synonyms Include OUTSECONDARY This command specifies the number of allocation units in the secondary extent to be allocated to a newly extracted dataset The default is not used if OUTFILE_DATACLASS is specified OUTFILE SPACE SECONDARY lt allocation units gt allocation units This an 8 character field specifying the number of allocation units for the secondary extent allocation 0000010 Ten is the default Chapter 9 Commands 109 OUTFILE_SPACE_TYPE Synonyms Include OUTSPACE This command specifies the type of allocation units that are used at the allocation of a newly extracted dataset The allocation units may be one of five choices with CYL cylinders as the default Note that the default is not used when OUTFILE_DATACLASS is specified OUTFILE SPACE TYPE lt TRK CYL BLK MB KB gt TRK also TRKS and TRACKS Allocation by tracks CYL also CYLS and CYLINDERS Allocation by cylinders BLK also BLKS an
276. lt is that dead Archives will be carried along in the file and various ZIP products will read the file differently some look for the ZIP Archive directory structure from the beginning others from the end of the file PKZIP for MVS attempts to read the first archive found from the beginning of the file for performance reasons and to perfom an Archive integrity check If an inconsistency in the initial header structures exist a secondary search from the back of the archive will be attempted PKZIP for MVS will accept up to 64k of non Archive data at the end of the Archive file when searching for the end of the directory from the back This limit does not apply when the local directory structure is intact For more information regarding Data Formats see Chapter 6 Text or Binary for a discussion regarding special considerations when transferring files between different platform types PKZIP for MVS is designed to wrk with Archives and compression methods starting with the PKZIP 2 x standard Although the implode algorithm was used in PKZIP 1 x PKZIP for MVS 5 5 retains the ability to extract the older compression method s files Internal to the Zip Archive file dates are saved as a count of the number of years from 1980 Because only six bits are used to store this date a limit of 64 years 2 can be symbolized This representation will successfully allow dates to be shown through the year 2043 Environmental Execution C
277. luding name size and compression ratio This example demonstrates a standard view of the archive It displays information about the files in the archive including the original length of the file the compression method and the compressed file size PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 ACTION VIEWDETAIL One especially useful option is the ACTION VIEWDETAIL control card details including any file attributes stored for each file in the archive It displays the full technical STPZIP EXEC PGM PKZIP STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN PKZIP MVS V55 LOAD SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ARCHIVE_DSN MY ARCHIVE FILE ZIP ACTION VIEWDETAIL This step could give the following output ACTION VIEWDETAIL Chapter 4 Getting Started with PKZIP MVS ZPLIOO1I PKZIP for MVS TM Data Compression Version 5 5 09 06 02 13 16 Inc ZPLIOO1I PKZIP R is a registered trademark of PKWARE R ZPLIOO1I Registered Processor Type 7060 Processor Group 00 Serial Number 00052 ZPLIOO1I OS Level HBB7703 SP6 1 0 ARCHIVE DSN MY ARCHIVE FILE ZIP ZPAMO30I INPUT Archive opened MY ARCHIVE FILE ZIP ZPAM014I There are 1 file s in the input Archive ZPAMO12I ZIP comment PKZIP for MVS by PKWARE of Ohio Inc ZPAMOL3 IL k kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kkk kkk ZPAM001I Filename MY INPUT DATA SEQ ZPAMOO2I File type TEXT ZPAM003I Date Time 06 SEP 2002 11 54
278. ly you could incur problems The VSAM_INDEX_VOLUMES command provides the ability to define a VOLUMES parameter for the index component of a VSAM cluster Note that a maximum of 31 volumes are supported The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is VOLUMES volser VSAM_INDEX VOLUMES lt volser gt lt volser gt volser Specifies volume serial numbers sequenced by a blank VSAM_KEYS Synonyms Include OUTKEYS This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_KEYS command provides the ability to specify information about key fields for a VSAM key sequenced file ignored for entry sequenced or relative record files The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is KEYS length offset VSAM_ KEYS length offset length Defines the length of a key for a key sequenced file 255 byte maximum Offset Defines the offset of the key from the front of the data record VSAM_MASTERPW Synonyms Include OUTMASTERPW OUTDATAMRPW This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command specifies the master password to be passed to Access Methods Services for the definition or update of a VSAM cluster or component The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is MASTERPW password VSAM_MASTERPW lt pwd gt pwd This is an 8 character field speci
279. me JCL DD processing of cataloged cards tape files where mount authority is provided A Sequential Files In this chapter the term sequential file is defined as being an MVS NON VSAM dataset with DSORG PS This includes individual members of a GDG Note Spanned record support has been included to assist in handling IEBCOPY unloaded files This implies that you will ZIP the file with record length SAVE_LRECL Y and binary DATA_TYPE BINARY format Compressing Sequential Files Batch jobs may be submitted to process sequential files using JCL DD cards and or by file selection specifications via control statements The INFILE command is used to reference a dataset that is allocated to the job step via a JCL DD statement This directs PKZIP for MVS to place the specified file into the Archive Multiple INFILE control statements may be used in a single execution The files will be selected for processing in the order specified by INFILE not by the sequence of the JCL statements MYFILE DD DISP SHR DSN SYS1 PARMLIB CLOCK00 SYSIN DD ADD INFILE MYFILE Extracting Records into a Sequential File The OUTFILE command is used to reference a dataset for extraction into a sequential file format TARGET DD DISP NEW CATLG DSN userid MY SEQUENTIAL UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 1 1 DCB RECFM FB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 27920 SYSIN DD EXTRACT OUTFILE TARG
280. me length SAVE_LRECL Y should always be specified with Load modules Chapter 9 Commands 117 It may be the case that a particular platform does not support the SAVE_LRECL command and does not use stored record lengths in a binary file and therefore the file should be processed as straight DATA_TYPE BINARY otherwise formatting problems may be encountered with the data This command does not apply to files ZIPPED as TEXT SELECT_CATALOGED_ALIAS Synonyms Include ALIAS_NAME NOALIAS_NAME SELECT_DSN_ALIAS This parameter specifies whether ALIAS catalog entries are to be eligible for processing when performing a ZIP request for ACTION ADD or ACTION UPDATE SELECT_CATALOGED_ALIAS Y N Y YES alias catalog entries will be processed N NO alias catalog entries will not be processed This command specifies that if there is a dataset named XYZ that has an alias defined as ABC PKZIP for MVS processing will zip the XYZ dataset if ABC is requested It is an alternative way of asking for files SELECT_FROM_PDS Synonyms Include PDS_TARGET ZIPCUR When used in PKZIP program processing The SELECT_FROM_PDS command is used as a shortcut to specify the current higher level components which would apply to the files that follow in the command list It eliminates having to enter the higher level dataset components each time a different dataset is referenced SELECT FROM PDS lt PDS name gt MI o O
281. minated PKZIP for MVS 5 5 Zip Defaults Row 1 to 13 of 184 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE Make changes to option value s and Press ENTER and or enter command EXIT PF3 Return and process changes SAVE Save changes in data set RES ET Restore original defaults LOAD Load from a saved file CAN CEL Return DO NOT Process DISP Display Current Changes L OCATE Locate Option Select option for update 7 Option Name Option Value ACTION ADD ARCHIVE BLKSIZE DYNAMIC ARCHIVE COMMENT PKZIP for MVS by PKWARE of Ohio Inc ARCHIVE DATACLASS ARCHIVE _DIR_BLOCKS 52 ARCHIVE DSN ARCHIVE _DSORG PS ARCHIVE_INFILE ARCHIN ARCHIVE_LRECL DYNAMIC ARCHIVE_MGMTCLASS ARCHIVE_OUTFILE ARCHOUT ARCHIVE_RECFM U Use PF7 and PF8 or the UP and DOWN commands to scroll the table display Only the first 34 characters of an option value is displayed Ifthe option value exceeds 34 characters then a will be displayed at the end of those 34 characters indicating that the option value is longer than the display field The entire length of the field is maintained when the changes are processed Only the display is truncated Primary Commands Below are the commands that can be entered on the defaults panel CANCEL This command allows you to return from the default options display without generating and All changes made prior to the CANCEL command will remain To change them back to the original defaults use the RES
282. mpressing sequential datasets 26 Decompressing a Dataset 26 DECOMPRESSION 175 Defaults Options ZD and UD 158 Defaults Files 158 Defaults for ZIPPED_DSN 151 Defaults Module 18 158 Delete 164 DELETE 76 DELIM 89 Delimiter 203 DEMO 174 176 DETECT_DEPTH 92 DETECTX 90 Determining File Size 45 Device 203 Direct Access 203 Directory Blocks 166 DISASTER RECOVERY 174 DISP 159 Display Fields 165 Double byte Character Set DBCS 203 Dsorg 165 Dump 204 DYNALLOC 204 Dynamic Allocation 204 E E0 87 EBCDIC 160 204 ECHO 64 94 EN 87 Encryption 167 204 ENCRYPTION_METHOD 95 ENCRYTPION_METHOD 64 Enhancements for Secure Data 9 ENQ 204 Enqueue 204 PKMU V5R5000 ENTERPRISE 174 Environmental Execution Considerations 11 ES 87 ESDS 131 Essentials for running PKZIP and PKUNZIP 39 EX 87 Example VIEWDETAIL 25 Example 1 Zip PDS to an Archive 178 Example 2 Zip PDS to an Archive 179 Example 3 Zip VSAM KSDS to an Archive 180 Example 4 Summary View of a Dataset 181 Example 5 Summary View of a Dataset 182 Example 6 View with Detail of an Archive 183 Example 7 Unzip an Archive to PDS 185 Example 8 Unzip an Archive to PDS 186 Example 9 Unzip an Archive to VSAM KSDS 187 Examples extracting data 26 viewing archive contents 24 EXCLUDE dsname mask 64 95 Exclusion Filter 35 EXIT 159 Extended Attribute 204 Extended Binary Coded Decimal
283. n is the name of the module to use instead of ACZDFLT The ISPF interface has 2 options UD and ZD that allow you to see and set values for many of the commands This may be used as a reference when trying to determine which of the available command values are to be used The batch SHOW_SETTINGS command may aslo be helpful as a reference to command names and their default values Troubleshooting PKZIP for MVS Messages PKZIP for MVS writes messages to SYSPRINT or other output DD file as specified by the defaults module that indicate whether processing is successful Each message type is defined with a unique message ID starting with ZP see PKZIP for MVS Messages and Codes Guide for specific format information The volume of messages that are written to SYSPRINT are controlled by the command LOGGING_LEVEL Additional processing information will be displayed when VERBOSE is requested This does not affect the output of critical error messages which will be written regardless of the level requested Explanatory information regarding messages can also be found on line via the ISPF interface or by browsing the PKZIP MVS HELP members Chapter 4 Getting Started with PKZIP MVSTM 33 Debugging Controls When questions regarding which processing options are in effect SHOW_SETTINGS should be coded as the last SYSIN command or EXE PARM to display all final parameter values When isses concerning non VSAM d
284. n zipped size beginning with the largest enter SORT ZSIZE D Line Commands Once the list of files is displayed there are several line commands that may be entered They are entered in the left most field next to the desired file To execute the line commands press ENTER Multiple selections are allowed and will be processed in succession To select from a list of valid commands enter a P for the line command The panel below shows the View Line Commands ESSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSN e PKZIP for MVS 5 5 View Line Commands e e Command gt e e e e Data Set PKZIP MVS ZIP e e e e Action e e e e B Browse File PV Preview n Lines of File e e BB Browse Binary File D Delete File e e BT Browse Text File I Display File Information e e V View File X Extract File e e VB View Binary File XO Extract with Overwrite e e VT View Text File e e e e Select an action and press ENTER to process e e Press PF3 to return to data set list e e e DsssssSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSM You can select the desired action by typing a next to it The valid commands are BBrowse The selected file is extracted to a temporary file which is then displayed using ISPF browse This option does not work for UNIX files with lower case file names If the selected file is a VSAM file then the file is browsed as a sequential file BTBrowse Text
285. ncation SUPPRESS_DYNALLOC_MSGS Specifies that the dynamic allocation messages in job log be suppressed NODYNMSGS DATA_TYPE DETECTX Provides automatic detection and translation of ASCII text during UNZIP processing similar to DETECT for ZIP processing Default remains as DETECT Command Changes The default values for the following commands have been changed When assembling an existing installation defaults module ACZDFLT these values should be reviewed for applicability and adjusted as required Upgrade note Installations suppressing the SYSIN PDS member verification for performance reasons with PROC_OPT1 N available with 5 0 10 maintenance in ACZDFLT should change to CHECK_SYSIN_MEMBER N in the assembly of ACZDFLT PROC_OPT1 will no longer be used for this purpose in Release 5 5 and above Command Old Values New Values ARCHIVE_DIR_BLOCKS 10 56 ARCHIVE_SPACE_PRIMARY 100 10 ARCHIVE_SPACE_SECONDARY 100 10 ARCHIVE_SPACE_TYPE TRK CYL ARCHIVE_UNIT SYSALLDA SYSDA COMPRESSION_LEVEL NORMAL SUPERFAST MULTI_THREAD_LIMIT 1 3 OUTFILE_SPACE_TYPE TRK CYL OUTFILE_SPACE_PRIMARY 100 10 OUTFILE_SPACE_SECONDARY 100 10 OUTFILE_UNIT SYSALLDA SYSDA PASSWORD Increased Maximum length to 200 characters PARMLIB_DSNAME_ZIP NULLFILE PARMLIB_DSNAME_UNZIP NULLFILE PROCESS_ALIAS N Y S
286. nction which allows a program to directly access a dataset without the need for corresponding JCL statements EBCDIC See the Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code shown below Encryption The transformation of data into an unintelligible form so that the original data either cannot be obtained or can be obtained only by decryption ENQ See the Enqueue macro shown below Enqueue The Enqueue macro ENQ is used to restrict access to a resource so that only the appropriate number of users with the appropriate mode gain access to the resource at one time It is commonly used to lock a resource to prevent modifications from multiple sources to cancel out each other ESA Enterprise Systems Architecture is IBM enhancements for mainframe computers to increase virtual memory and manage it effeiciently Extended Attribute Information attached to an object that provides a detailed description about the object to an application system or user Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code EBCDIC The Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code a coded character set of 256 8 bit characters EBCDIC is similar in nature to ASCII code which is used on many other computers When ZIP programs compress a text file they translate data from EBCDIC to ASCII characters within a ZIP archive using a translation table FAQ The Frequently Asked Questions is a repository of the questions most commonly asked by a user community These ques
287. nd syntax In addition to the standard commands being passed as input options several shorthand Actions and Options are provided with this interface see the tables below Syntax ZIP lt action gt options lt Archive_name gt lt File names gt UNZIP lt action gt options lt Archive_name gt lt File_names gt Valid ZIP Actions a ACTION ADD d ACTION DELETE F ACTION FRESHEN yl ACTION UPDATE Y ACTION VIEW vbd ACTION VIEWDATE Ty ACTION VIEWNAME vo ACTION VIEWOFFSET Pp ACTION VIEWPERCENT ys ACTION VIEWSIZE vr ACTION VIEWREVERSE vrd ACTION VIEWDATEREVERSE vn ACTION VIEWNAMEREVERSE vro ACTION VIEWOFFSETREVERSE vrp ACTION VIEWPERCENTREVERSE vrS ACTION VIEWSIZEREVERSE vb ACTION VIEWBRIEF vbd ACTION VIEWBRIEFDATE vbn ACTION VIEWBRIEFNAME vbo ACTION VIEWBRIEFOFFSET bp ACTION VIEWBRIEFPERCENT _vbs ACTION VIEWBRIEFSIZE br ACTION VIEWBRIEFREVERSE _vbrd ACTION VIEWBRIEFDATEREVERSE vbrn ACTION VIEWBRIEFNAMEREVERSE 28 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 vbro ACTION VIEWBRIEFOFFSETREVERSE vbrp ACTION VIEWBRIEFPERCENTREVERSE vbrs ACTION VIEWBRIEFSI
288. nd to VIEW the archive and later process it for EXTRACTION you may save the time of re processing the tape volume s by specifying STAGE_TAPE_TO_DISK with an ARCHTEMP DD statement to direct the PKUNZIP program to create a disk copy of the archive for subsequent processing The disk Archive can then be used for the EXTRACT or further VIEWing with ISPF ARCHTEMP DD DSN permanent_dsn DISP NEW CATLG UNIT disk_device DD statement The sample JCL below demonstrates the creation of a ZIP Archive on tape followed by a step to view the cataloged tape dataset ZIPIT EXEC PGM PKZIP SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ARCHOUT DD DSN amp SYSUID TAPE ZIP DISP NEW CATLG 1 UNIT 3490 DEFER LABEL 1 SL DCB RECFM FB LRECL 32760 BLKSIZE 32760 SYSIN DD ARCHIVE_OUTFILE ARCHOUT ACTION ADD PKZIP MVS INSTLIB DATASEQ1 VIEWIT EXEC PGM PKUNZIP SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ARCHIVE amp SYSUID TAPE ZIP ACTION VIEW To Extract Data From a Tape Based Archive A tape based archive can be specified via ARCHIVE_INFILE along with necessary DCB information on the associated DD statement for a Non label dataset or with ARCHIVE for a cataloged Standard label dataset Performance note Processing a tape based Archive may be faster when specifying STAGE_TAPE_TO_DISK Y The reasons for this are as follows Chapter 7 File Processing 57 The architecture of a ZIP
289. nd used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_INDEX_UPDATEPW Specifies the UPDATEPW parameter to the index component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_INDEX_VOLUMES Specifies the VOLUMES parameter to the index component of an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_KEYS Specifies the KEYS parameter for an IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_MASTERPW Specifies the MASTERPW parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_MGMTCLASS Specifies the DF SMS management class to be used for the creation of a new or update of an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_MODEL Specifies the MODEL parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive VSAM_ORDERED Specifies the ORDERED parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update an existing VSAM defined ZIP Archive Chapter 9 Commands 71 72 COMMAND DESCRIPTION PKZIP PKUNZIP VSAM_OWNER Specifies the OWNER parameter to the IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command used to create a new or update
290. ne would not appear in the output message dataset ENCRYPTION_METHOD Synonyms Include AES128 AES192 AES256 Cross Platform Compatible command MVS OS 400 UNIX and Windows 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems When a ZIP action is requested to save a file in an Archive and a password is provided PKZIP for MVS will use an encryption method to protect the data This command value specifies which algorithm is to be employed Standard This algorithm is the original algorithm used in PKZIP 2 x products and is compatible with other PKZIP 2 04g products that support standard encryption This is the default value for the product unless the installation defaults module has been tailored differently AES128 A PKZIP exclusive implementation of the AES 128 bit key algorithm also known as Rijndael will be used AES192 A PKZIP exclusive implementation of the AES 192 bit key algorithm also known as Rijndael will be used AES256 A PKZIP exclusive implementation of the AES 256 bit key algorithm also known as Rijndael will be used Usage Notes e This algorithm is part of the Strong Encryption Suite provided by PKWARE Inc e PKUNZIP will automatically detect which encryption method was specified during the ZIP process and operate accordingly e During a PKZIP ZIP run only 1 encryption method may be specified and that method will be used for each file operated on
291. ng on their location in the command structure e Command names will be accepted in mixed case e Command values which have specifically listed options will be translated to upper case for comparison such as mixed case allowed e Only selected commands values which are free form in nature for example MVS file names will be translated to upper case Others for example internal ZIP filenames will retain case sensitivity Filename selections are case sensitive Chapter 9 Commands 61 File Selections vs Commands A PKZIP for MVS command is defined by placing a hyphen character in front of a valid command string If no character is found at the start of a sequence of characters the characters are interpreted to be part of a file selection for ZIP or UNZIP processing If no file selection is specified for ZIP processing then the PKZIP program will assume that there are no files to be added or updated and will output an error message whereas the PKUNZIP program will assume that ALL files in the Archive are to be processed SS Y SUID When specifying dataset names in commands or filename specifications within the command input stream the reserved word amp SYSUID may be used to represent the 1 7 character user name that the operating system supplies in the Address Space Control Block extension for the execution PKZIP for MVS will perform the substitution in the command string before continuing
292. nly the Local Directory both directories or neither directory SAVE_LRECL Compress Decompress a binary file with variable record lengths gt SELECT_CATALOGED_ALIAS Specifies whether aliases are to be supported at time of zipping gt SELECT_FROM_PDS Specifies a PDS dataset from which PKZIP MVS can obtain members to match user selection e id parameters that do not match any other dataset SELECT_TAPE Specifies whether tape files are to be retrieved and included in the archive bd SET_ERROR_RC Specifies a firm return code to be passed to the system when an error has been detected e gt SHOW_SETTINGS Displays all current command settings A A SIMULATE Simulates file selection processes but does not perform actual data manipulation for the files gt selected SNAP_SYSOUT_CLASS Specifies the SYSOUT class to be used for SNAP dumps reserved for future use gt STAGE_TAPE_ON_DISK Specifies input from a sequential device be stored in a temporary dataset STRIP_CHAR Specifies an ending character to be removed from the end of each record before it is zipped SUPPRESS_DYNALLOC_MSGS Specifies that the dynamic allocation messages in job log be suppressed bd s SYSPRINT_DCB Specifies the DCB record format to be used for SYSPRINT listings SYSPRINT_SYSOUT_CLASS Specifies the JES SYSOUT class that will be used for the SYSPRINT listing TAPETODISK Specifies that cartridge based archives should be
293. not be appropriate OUTFILE_DATACLASS Synonyms Include OUTDCLASS This command pertains to DF SMS allocation of new files when doing PKUNZIP processing If you specify these classes they will be passed to DF SMS when dataset allocation occurs OUTFILE DATACLASS lt SMS Data Class gt See IBM s DF SMS manuals for further information about this parameter OUTFILE_DD Synonyms Include OUTDD OFILE OUTFILE OUT_FILE The OUTFILE_DD command identifies the DD statement that further describes the dataset into which the files are to be extracted OUTFILE DD lt ddname gt ddname This is the DD statement in the JCL that identifies the dataset to which files are extracted When using OUTFILE_DD allocation and attribute information should be provided in the JCL for the output file Multiple OUTFILE_DD commands may not be used Other UNZIP commands are related to the function of OUTFILE_DD and may not be needed when OUTFILE_DD is used They are the following FILE_EXTENSION Specifies DROP SUFFIX or NAMEFILE to tell what to do with file extensions when extracting The DD statement will determine the name of the output file OUTFILE_SPACE_RLSE Specifies what to do with free space allocation This will already be determined in the DD statement OUTFILE_LRECL OUTFILE_BLKSIZE and OUTFILE_RECFM Specifies record length block size and file type respectively This will already be determin
294. nterface 157 USIZE 163 UTC 210 V V 165 Valid UNZIP Actions 29 Valid ZIP Actions 28 Valid ZIP Options 29 Variable Length 210 VB 165 VERBOSE 102 View 165 VIEW 76 View Archive Option V 161 View Binary 165 View Text 165 View Type 161 View Typed Password 167 View with Detail of an Archive 183 VIEWDETAIL Display 55 VIEWDETAIL of a KSDS in an Archive 51 Viewing the Contents of an Archive 24 Virtual Storage Access Method 210 Volume 165 211 Volume Label 211 Volume List 160 Volume Table of Contents VTOC 211 PKMU V5R5000 VSAM 68 128 211 VSAM Clusters for ZIPPED_DSN 151 152 VSAM FILE HANDLER 175 VSAM Files 50 VSAM_ACCOUNT 68 129 VSAM_ATTEMPTS 68 129 VSAM_AUTH_EP 68 129 VSAM_AUTH_STRING 68 129 VSAM_BUFFERSPACE 68 130 VSAM_CATALOG 69 130 VSAM_CISIZE 69 131 VSAM_CLUSTER_TYPE 69 131 VSAM_CODE 69 131 VSAM_CONTROLPW 69 132 VSAM_DATA_CISIZE 69 132 VSAM_DATA_EXCEPTIONEXIT 69 132 VSAM_DATA_ FILE 69 133 VSAM_DATA_NAME 69 133 VSAM_DATA_ORDERED 69 133 VSAM_DATA_PRIMARY 69 134 VSAM_DATA_SECONDARY 69 134 VSAM_DATA_SPACE_TYPE 69 134 VSAM_DATA_VOLUMES 69 135 VSAM_DATACLASS 69 135 VSAM_DUPLICATE_ERROR 70 135 VSAM_ERASE 70 135 VSAM_EXCEPTIONEXIT 70 136 VSAM_FILE 70 136 VSAM_FOR 70 136 VSAM_FREESPACE_CA 70 137 VSAM_FREESPACE_Cl 70 137 VSAM_IMBED 70 137 VSAM_INDEX_ATTEMPTS 70 137 VSAM_INDEX_AUTH_EP 70 138
295. o 165 COMPRESSION_LEVEL 63 87 Conditional Use 177 Configuration Option C 158 Configuration File 202 Configuration Manager 31 Configuration Manager Development Managing Control Statements 33 Contact PKWARE Option A 170 Contents vii Control Language CL Program 202 Control Statement Definitions 33 Conventions Used iv COPY 76 Copying a Tape Based Archive to a Disk File 54 Could DES Cracker like hardware break an AES Creation Date 166 CRLF 63 87 Cross Platform Compatibility 6 Cryptography 202 Current Use License 175 Customer Information Control System CICS 202 Cyclic Redundancy Check 2 166 Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC 202 Cylinder 203 D D 164 Data Compression 1 203 Data Encryption 4 Data Format Binary Records 44 Data Format Text Records 43 Data Formats Text or Binary 42 Data Integrity 203 Data Set Filter 161 Data Set Name 160 DATA_DELIMITER 64 89 DATA_STORAGE 64 90 DATA_TYPE 64 90 Alias 10 Dataset Aliases 10 dataset name 62 74 214 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide DATATYPE_DETECT_DEPTH 92 DATATYPE_DETECT_TABLE 92 DATATYPE_SCAN_DEPTH 92 DATATYPE_TEXT_PERCENT 93 DATE 163 Date Time Zipped 165 DBCS 203 DD Statements 49 DDNAME_PARMLIB 64 93 DDNAME_QZSORTIN 64 DDNAME_QZSORTOUT 64 DDNAME_SYSIN 64 93 DDNAME_SYSPRINT 64 94 DDNAME_ZPSORTIN 94 DDNAME_ZPSORTOUT 94 Debugging Controls 34 Deco
296. obname JOBxxxxx sysinfo SYSIN When performing a PKZIP operation against an existing Archive the DCB attributes LRECL BLKSIZE will now be retained in the new Archive unless explicitly overridden with new command values Note When performing an EXTRACT of such a file OUTFILE_ space allocation and volume information must be provided through the defaults module or command input stream since JES2 DD statements do not carry space attributes Input ZIP Archive Files During an ACTION FRESHEN or ACTION UPDATE request files contained within the old ZIP Archive are added to the candidate list Names as previously stored are used to search the system catalog for viability any file names not found in the system catalog remain in the ZIP Archive During an ACTION COPY only files within the input Archive are candidates for copying to the new Archive which must be unique from the input Archive File Selection Processing Notes Files are not normally opened during the file selection phase of processing in order to streamline performance However some file characteristics are gathered for non tape files at this time PDS and PDSE datasets are opened so that their directory information can be reviewed and members identified for selection 36 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 amp SYSUID may be used in cataloged dataset selection requests Multiple components of PKZIP for MVS are used to process File Selec
297. of PKZIP MVS INSTLIB modify the ASMDFLT JCL member per your JCL Standards and submit the job to assemble PKZIP MVS INSTLIB ACZDFLT into PKZIP MVS LOAD For every execution of ZIP and UNZIP PKZIP will refer to this assembled ACZDFLT module in your LOAD library Inputs User inputs to PKZIP for MVS can come from various sources and formats as described in the following tables User Input Sources MVS ACZDFLT or other customized defaults modules The installation defaults module which is provided at installation time or modified and re assembled by the systems programmer responsible for installation changes Installation Configuration File A list of commands can be defined in a sequential file or PDS member This file can either be dynamically allocated file name defined in ACZDFLT or explicitly allocated through the PARMLIB DD statement IISYSIN DD A batch started task or TSO user may provide this DD statement to input control statements EXEC PGM PARM A batch job or started task can pass a subset of parameters through the execution PARM statement API Call Parm When calling PKZIP for MVS from an application program this set of parameters acts like EXEC PARM above Processing Order of Control Statements In general after the loading of the defaults module ACZDFLT control statements are read sequentially from the various sources in the order below 1
298. of the data records of a variable length file The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is RECORDSIZE average maximum VSAM_RECORDSIZE lt average gt lt maximum gt lt average gt This is the average length in bytes of each record lt maximum This is the maximum length of any record The default for this command is 4000 4000 It is suggested lt average gt lt maximum gt for PKZIP MVS processing since full length records are written in the process Also a larger value for both parameters will improve PKZIP MVS performance VSAM_RECOVERY_OPT Synonyms Include OUTRECOVERY OUTSPEED This command is also compatible with VSE 9 gt Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_RECOVERY_OPT command provides the ability to define a SPEED or RECOVERY parameter for a VSAM cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is RECOVERY SPEED Chapter 9 Commands 145 VSAM_RECOVERY OPT recovery speed recovery Specifies that the data component control areas are written with records that indicate an end of file indicator speed Specifies that the data component control areas are not preformatted VSAM_REPLICATE Synonyms Include OUTREPLICATE OUTNOREPLICATE This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_REPLICATE command provides the ability to d
299. onsiderations Region Size and Storage Usage REGION space and 24 31 bit storage requirements Older versions of PKZIP v2 x would always use work files to translate and then compress data before it was added to an archive file Using these work files very little REGION space was needed to run a job since this space was used to handle the processing once the REGION had been consumed Note that this situation can create a substantial amount of I O PKZIP for MVS Version 5 5 increases the REGION requirement to 6M The purpose behind this requirement is to increase speed and reduce I O However if you run out of virtual storage then temporary files must be used to hold work space information MEMORY_MODEL MEDIUM or SMALL will give PKZIP the outlet that it needs to handle the condition PKZIP processing attempts to keep file management control information and compressed data in 31 bit virtual storage to maximize performance In the event that 31 bit storage is constrained by combinations of installation restrictions high file volumes and high data volumes the following commands may be used to reduce 31 bit storage requirements for a given run e DATA_STORAGE e MULTI_THREAD_LIMIT e MEMORY_MODEL SMALL MEDIUM LARGE controls where file management control blocks are held such as control blocks describing an archive file with its attributes When MEMORY_MODEL LARGE is specified or defaulted all PKZIP control blocks are held
300. ontained in the Alternate Index D Magnetic Tapes and Cartridges PKZIP for MVS can process cataloged tape files using file names as specified in the table at the beginning of this chapter or DD command When an output file or a non label tape file is defined by the DD command it must include DCB information on the DD statement Copying a Tape Based Archive to a Disk File To enhance performance PKZIP for MVS can use a temporary dataset as an interim measure when reading a ZIP Archive from an existing cartridge or tape based archive governed by the STAGE_TAPE_ON_DISK Y command This will be the normal method for reading a Tape 3420 TEMP commands are used to specify the size and format of the temporary dataset If default size options are chosen or if the ZIP Archive is very large it is possible that the temporary dataset may not be large enough for the entire ZIP Archive This situation would produce x37 abend errors and the temporary dataset would be invalidated causing PKZIP for MVS to process the file directly Note Specifically refers to Magnetic Tape 3420 style or Magnetic Cartridge 3480 3490 style Unless differentiated in the context the information in this chapter refers to both tape and cartridge The ARCHTEMP DD is used for this procedure Normally PKZIP for MVS will dynamically allocate this file however it is possible to allocate the DD statement directly in the JCL to provide man
301. ontext Keywords include the names of the instructions and ELSE END OTHERWISE THEN and WHEN 6 In query management one of the predefined words associated with a query command 7 A name that identifies a parameter used in an SQL statement Also see parameter Label 1 The name of a file on a diskette or tape 2 An identifier within a command or program statement generally used for branching 3 In Interactive Source Debugger a place in a source program that you can choose to display again 4 In REXX a clause that consists of a single symbol followed by a colon 5 In RPG a symbolic name that represents a specific location in a program A label can serve as the destination point for one or more branching operations 6 In DB2 UDB for Series SQL a way of attaching text to columns tables and packages 7 In Backup Recovery and Media Services an external identifier for media A label includes information about volume serial identifier creation date expiration date location and container identifier Lempel Ziv LZ A technique for compressing data This technique replaces some character strings which occur repeatedly within the data with codes The encoded character strings are then kept in a common dictionary which is created as the data is being sent License Authorization Code LAC The inserted code that is needed to unlock an Series licensed program Linkage Editor A system related program that resolv
302. or a sequential file 2 for a PDS file 3 for a VSAM archive and 4 for a PDS extended archive The default is a sequential file More Attributes When the archive file entered above is a new file and this field is set to Y then a panel is displayed where additional allocation specifications for the archive file can be entered File to Compress This field is used to specify what file s are to be compressed and added to the archive file A fully qualified name can be entered or standard wildcards can be used to select multiple files See Chapter 5 File Selection and Name Processing for rules on file selection Zipped DSN This field is used to give the compressed file a new name in the archive file It generates a ZIPPED_DSN command That command is fully explained in Chapter 9 Commands Encryption A Y in this field indicates that the file to be compressed should be encrypted This will cause a panel to be displayed requesting that you enter a 1 200 character password to be associated with the compressed file This field is initialized to an N View Typed Password Enter a Y or N A Y indicates that the password will be displayed while you enter it This field is initialized to N Format This field indicates the file type of the file to be compressed Valid entries are B for binary T for text D for detect and BV for binary variable The value entered will be used to cons
303. or severe errors SET_ERROR_RC lt nbr gt nbr Return code to be passed to the system SHOW_SETTINGS Synonyms Include SS This command which causes current command settings to be displayed in the output at the point in the input that the SHOW_SETTINGS command is invoked Since command settings may come from the Execute Parm the Parmlib Configuration File or from SYSIN the use of the SHOW_SETTINGS command is useful in showing the combined effect of all sources leading up to the request SHOW_SETTINGS No parameter is required Note This command does not override or interrupt the processing request in effect for the run ACTION If a standalone report is desired without attempting ZIP UNZIP Archive processing use the command sequence SS PATCH REPORT SIMULATE Synonyms Include N A This command runs file selection processes for ACTION ADD ACTION EXTRACT ACTION FRESHEN and ACTION UPDATE but does not perform actual data manipulations for the files selected or for the output archive Compression and Decompression algorithms will be bypassed The input archive will be opened and read for directory information STAGE_TAPE_ON_DISK will also be acted upon when specified or required SIMULATE Y N Y YES Simulation of the file selection processes will occur Chapter 9 Commands 119 N NO Full processing file processing will occur Note This command is helpful when le
304. orary ZIP dataset See IBM s DF SMS manuals for further information about this parameter TEMP_RECFM Synonyms Include TEMPTYPE TEMP_RECFM U F FB The command specifies the record format of a temporary PKZIP MVS dataset 122 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 U Undefined record format F Fixed record format FB Fixed block record format TEMP_SPACE_PRIMARY Synonyms Include TEMPPRI TEMPPRIMARY TEMP_SPACE PRIMARY lt allocation units gt allocation units Specifies the number of allocation units for the primary extent of the temporary ZIP dataset Default is the same as ARCHIVE_SPACE_PRIMARY TEMP_SPACE_ SECONDARY Synonyms Include TEMPSEC TEMPSECONDARY TEMP_SPACE SECONDARY lt allocation units gt allocation units This is the size of the secondary extent in allocation units for the temporary ZIP dataset Default is the same as ARCHIVE_SPACE_SECONDARY TEMP_SPACE_TYPE Synonyms Include TEMPSPACE TEMP SPACE TYPE TRK CYL BLK TRK Tracks CYL Cylinders BLK Blocks with the size specified in the TEMP_BLKSIZE command TEMP_STORCLASS Synonyms Include TEMPSCLASS TEMP_STORCLASS lt storclass gt Use this command to specify or override value for temporary work File allocation requests in a DF SMS controlled environment storclass This is the DF SMS storage class requested in placing the temporary ZIP dataset
305. ord size of the file in bytes Block Size Block size of the file in bytes Primary Space Amount of primary space allocation Chapter 11 Using the ISPF Interface 165 Secondary Space Amount of secondary space allocation Allocation Units BLKS TRKS or CYLS Directory Blocks Number of directory blocks allocated Creation Date Date the file was created Last Referenced Date Date the file was last referenced Compression Method Method used to compress the file Cyclic Redundancy Check A 32 bit field used to insure integrity of the file This field is calculated during compression It is re calculated when the file is decompressed and that value is checked against the original value Compressed by Program used to compress file Needed to Extract Version needed to extract the file Zip Option Z This option is used when a file or multiple files are to be compressed and added to a zip archive You must enter the name of a zip archive This file can be a new file or an existing file Additionally you must indicate what file s to compress indicate the name of the files in the archive and select the desired processing options The initial panel displayed when this option is selected is shown below PKZIP for MVS 5 5 Zip Command gt Archive File Information File Name PKZIP MVS ZIP File Type 5 1 SEQ 2 PDS 3 VSAM 4 PDSE More Attributes N Y Yes N Take Defaults Zip file
306. p of 8 adjacent bits In the EBCDIC ASCII coding system 1byte can represent a character In the double byte coding system 2 bytes represent a character Glossary 201 CBC Cipher Block Chaining refers to a method of encryption of blocks of data that involves an initialization vector that is put together with the first block of data and the encryption key This method of encryption makes sure that each block of data thereafter is uniquely modified further protecting the data from fraudulent access CICS See Customer Information Control System COBOL See Common Business Oriented Language shown below Code Page A specification of code points for each graphic character set or for a collection of graphic character sets Within a given code page a code point can have only one specific meaning A code page is also sometimes known as a code set Common Business Oriented Language COBOL A high level programming language based on English that is used primarily for commercial data processing Command Line The blank line on a display console where commands option numbers or selections can be entered Configuration File 1 A file that specifies the way a program functions 2 In PKZIP the file that contains the default values needed for the system to run These can usually be respecified to meet local user requirements Control Language CL Program A program that is created from source statements consisting entirely of control lan
307. quence or PS or by relative record number RR The datasets are managed by the IDCAMS utility program and is used by commands and macros from within application programs VTOC See Volume Table of Contents Volume A storage device that can be taken off the system as an individual unit for example magnetic tape disk or diskette Volume Label A standard tape or cartridge contains a VOL1 label as the first record of the tape 80 bytes with VOL1 beginning in the first position The label is used to identify the tape volume and its owner Volume Table of Contents VTOC An area on a disk or diskette that contains descriptions for example location size and other characteristics of the files libraries and folders that exist on the disk or diskette VSAM See Virtual Storage Access Method ZIP Archive A ZIP archive is used to refer to a single dataset that contains a number of files compressed into a much smaller physical space by PKZIP software Glossary 211 Index INSTLIC 18 amp amp SYSUID 62 A A 164 About this Manual iii Absolute Path Name 200 Access Method 200 Access Method Services 13 ACTION 62 76 ACTION VIEWDETAIL 25 Activating the ISPF Interface 19 ACZDFLT 18 ADD 76 Advanced Options 167 AES Key Sizes 5 ALIAS_NAME 118 ALIASMEMBER 115 Allocation Units 166 Alternate Index 200 American National Standards Institute 200 American Standard Code for In
308. r ZIPPED_DSN examples lt MVS file gt lt MVS name gt lt Archive name gt ZIP File name results MVS SEQ INFO MVS SEQ INFO ZIP INF ZIP INF MVS SEQ INFO MVS SEQ INFO ZIP EXT ZIP EXT MVS PDS MEM1 MVS PDS ZIP LIB ZIP LIB MEM1 MVS PDS MEM2 Allow to default ZIP LIB MEM2 MVS PDS MEMN MEMN DAT MVS PDS DAT MVS PDS MEMN FC DAT MVS PDS MEMN DAT MVS PDS MEMN PDS INFO MVS MEMN INFO MVS PDS MEMN INF MEMN INF MVS SEQ INFO INFO MVS SEQ MVS SEQ INFO DATA INF SEQ INF More than one ZIPPED_DSN command may be used in one execution to match various input output combinations File names are converted based on the order of occurrence of ZIPPED_DSN commands In the following example the file MYFILE INPUT DAT would be processed by the second ZIPPED_DSN command MYFILE INPUT DAT ZIPPED_DSN IN ZIPPED DSN INPUT DAT here the file is processed ZIPPED_DSN DATA DAT ZPAM2531 ADDED File MYFILE INPUT DAT ZPAM2541 as MYFILE INPUT DAT TXT ZPAM2551 DEFLATED 62 61 This would create the ZIP file MYFILE INPUT DAT Notes for ZIPPED_DSN File names are converted based on the order of occurrence of ZIPPED_DSN commands For example the file MYFILE INPUT DAT would be processed by the second ZIPPED_DSN command in the following example ZIPPED_DSN IN ZIPPED_DSN INPUT DAT here the file is pro
309. r the Configuration File CONFIG DD is also supported for compatibility with PKZIP for MVS 2 61 and below Making Changes to the Defaults Within the ACZDFLT s member there is a minimum of one variable that needs to coincide with your installation s PKZIP high level qualifier This variable is the LICENSE_HLQ parameter PKZIP accesses your PKZIP MVS LICENSE dataset during every execution of ZIP or UNZIP and providing your installation s high level qualifier for the LICENSE_HLQ parameter tells PKZIP where to find it KKK KK KK IK KK KK KK RK KK IKK KKK RK RARA kk kk kk k k kok k k kk kk kk MCZDFLTS TYPE CSECT LICENSE HLQ PKZIP MVS KICK KK KK KK KK IK KK KK KK KK k k k k k k kk kk kk kk kk kk kk IK RK KK kkkkkkkkkkkk Remember that the PKZIP MVS INSTLIB ACZDFLT is a configuration member Therefore besides providing the high level qualifier for your installation you can re establish new defaults for PKZIP and PKUNZIP processing Below is an example of other parameters that can be coded Chapter 4 Getting Started with PKZIP MVSTM 31 MCZDFLTS TYPE CSECT LICENSE _HLQO PKZIP MVS PARMLIB DSNAME ZIP NULLFILE PARMLIB DSNAME UNZIP NULLFILE ARCHIVE _UNIT SYSDA TEMP _UNIT SYSDA COMPRESSION _LEVEL SUPERFAST CRLF C kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk FF FH E E kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Bottom of Data e kdd ddk RRR RK Assembling Your Changes After editing the ASMDFLT member
310. r this feature Because the PKZIP9 standard for text data storage is ASCII PKZIP for MVS facilitates conversion between the ASCII and EBCDIC character sets Therefore compressed text files can be transferred between IBM mainframe environments and systems using either character set Some of these platforms include DOS Windows UNIX OS 400 and PKZIP In addition to PKZIP archive format support PKZIP for MVS can also produce and manipulate GNU GZIP format archives Additional information on this subject can be found in Chapter 10 Processing with GZIP Introduction to PKZIP for MVS PKZIP for MVS consists of two separate executable programs 1 PKZIP providing compression of datasets into an archive 2 PKUNZIP providing decompression of datasets from an archive To use either of these programs you must specify e Commands which tell PKZIP or PKUNZIP what processing they are to perform and how they are to do it Commands are identified by a preceding hyphen For example ARCHIVE_DSN is the command that designates the dataset name for the ZIP Archive containing compressed data e File selections which identify the files to be compressed into an archive PKZIP or decompressed from an archive PKUNZIP File selections are distinguished from commands because they are not preceded by a hyphen e These commands and file selections can be specified in a number of ways The most common way which is the
311. racted file will be a partitioned dataset The member name comes from the lowest level of the source dataset name If the PDS receiving the file already exists you must specify INSERT_MEMBER Y or OUTFILE_OVERWRITE Y to determine what to do with the additional PDS file Given the ZIP file MY DATA SOURCE ACCOUNTS D the extracted member MY DATA SOURCE ACCOUNTS will be If the modifier is VSAM The extracted file will be a VSAM file 106 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Given the ZIP file MY DATA SOURCE ACCOUNTS the extracted cluster PTA SOURCE ACCOUNT name will be OUTFILE_LRECL Synonyms Include OUTLRL This command specifies the logical record length to be used for a new output file It does not override an existing record length that is specified in JCL or for a dataset that already exists OUTFILE LRECL lt length gt length This is an 8 character field specifying the logical record length 00000080 Eighty is the default record length OUTFILE_MGMTCLASS Synonyms Include OUTMCLASS This command pertains to DF SMS allocation of new files when doing PKUNZIP processing If you specify these classes they will be passed to DF SMS when dataset allocation occurs OUTFILE MGMTCLASS lt SMS Management Class gt See IBM s DF SMS manuals for further information about this parameter OUTFILE_OVERWRITE Synonyms Include OVE
312. rather than the active value of ZIPPED_DSN_ SEPARATOR ACTION ADD ARCHIVE_DSN MAS TEMP ZIP ARCHIVE_DSORG PS ACTION UPDATE MAS TEST KSDS ZIPPED_DSN MAS KSDS MAS NEWLVL KSDS ZPAM030I OUTPUT Archive opened MAS TEMP ZIP ZPAM253I ADDED File MAS TEST KSDS ZPAM2541 as MAS NEWLVL KSDS ZPAM2551 DEFLATED 91 913 Resulting values ACTION VIEWDETAIL ZPAM001I Filename MAS NEWLVL KSDS ZPAM332I VSAM Data Name MAS NEWLVL KSDS DATA ZPAM333I VSAM Index Name MAS NEWLVL KSDS INDEX ZIPPED_DSN_SEPARATOR Synonyms Include NIASEP To specify the separator to be used in the created ZIP archive name ZIPPED_DSN_SEPARATOR command is used The default is or Hex 2F to conform to PKZIP Specifications which provides for cross platform compatibility This creates a file name where each MVS qualifier is converted to a directory name For example period separators are changed to the specified separator character ZIPPED_DSN_ SEPARATOR lt sepchar gt sepchar This is the character to be used as a separator between components in the ZIP file name It may be coded in one of two formats EBCDIC Display Character Where the character is a single EBCDIC character This will be translated with the TRANSLATE_TABLE_FILEINFO table to ASCII before used in the ZIP file A P is the default character X Hex Where the actual ASCII character is specified in hex and is not translated b
313. rchive s allocation Note The temporary file s may require as large an allocation as the archive itself Use the TEMP commands to specify sufficient allocation Ifthe archive came from another platform the created dataset must be created on MVS as sequential or as a PDS member with type U F or FB records Generate this dataset with a block size of at least 4000 bytes for best processing PKZIP for MVS will create the archive with the lt archive name gt If this is to be a first member of a PDS use ARCHIVE_DIR_BLOCKS to specify the allocation of directory blocks or use the default When used in PKUNZIP program processing The ARCHIVE_DSN command specifies the archive name to be read in or viewed by the PKUNZIP program Note Either this command or the ARCHIVE_INDD command must be used to identify an archive There is no default ARCHIVE_DSN lt archname gt archname This is the complete dataset name of the ZIP archive PKZIP for MVS will perform a SYSTEM ENQUE to lock out other users from using the archive ARCHIVE_DSORG Synonyms Include ARCHDSORG For a new or updated ZIP archive the dataset organization is specified using the ARCHIVE_DSORG command The command may specify one of four organizations with Sequential the default Note with the exception of VSAM files PKZIP for MVS can determine the dataset organization by the dataset name in the ARCHIVE_DSN command ARCHIVE_
314. record can be greater than the control interval size The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is SPANNED NONSPANNED VSAM_SPANNED Y N Y YES The IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command equivalent is SPANNED N NO The IDCAMS DEFINE CLUSTER command equivalent is NONSPANNED VSAM_STORCLASS Synonyms Include N A 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems This command pertains to DF SMS allocation of new files when doing PKUNZIP processing If you specify these classes they will be passed to DF SMS when dataset allocation occurs VSAM_STORCLASS lt SMS Storage Class gt See IBM s DF SMS manuals for further information about this parameter VSAM_TO Synonyms Include ARCHFOR ARCHTO OUTFOR OUTTO This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_TO parameter defines the retention date for the cluster The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is TO date VSAM_TO lt date gt 148 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 date Specifies the date until which the cluster is to be retained Note The specification of either the VSAM_TO or VSAM_FOR commands could prevent an old ZIP archive from being deleted during an update if the old archive had an active retention period VSAM_UPDATEPW Synonyms Include OUTUPDATEPW OUTDATAUPDPW This command
315. ror and continue ON_FILE IO ERROR STOP TERMINATE TOLERATE IGNORE STOP Processing halts when an I O error is detected TERMINATE Processing halts when an I O error is detected TOLERATE Processing continues with other files following an I O error IGNORE Processing continues with other files following an I O error In either case the PKUNZIP program will create a return code and error message s indicating the problem Note This is different from a similar command ON_FILE_ACCESS_ ERROR which refers to file errors during access after the file is extracted OUTFILE_BLKSIZE Synonyms Include OUTBLKSIZ OUTBLKSIZE The OUTFILE_BLKSIZE command specifies a block size to be used when extracting a new dataset but not for a dataset with an unblocked format 104 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 OUTFILE BLKSIZE lt block size gt block size The block size to be used for a newly extracted dataset If the block size is not specified by this command the size is taken from the information stored in the archive If neither is available a default size of 6160 bytes is set assuming that an OUTFILE_DATACLASS was not specified in which case the default is not used A value of zero will cause the PKUNZIP program to calculate a block size for sequential or PDS files However do not use a value of zero for undefined files OUTFILE_RECFM U as the resulting calculated block size may
316. s PKZIP for MVS executes on MVS ESA and higher PKZIP for MVS runs in AMODE 31 and primarily uses storage above the 16 Mb line However certain operating system control blocks and system services require virtual storage below the 16 Mb line The amount of virtual storage available within each of these areas of an address space will limit the use of some performance options for example multi tasking and temporary files in storage and capabilities Offers customizable defaults during installation Multiple defaults modules may be created for use in a variety of application needs Allows for the use of pre defined command files saved in a place selected by the user or system s administrator These can be referenced by multiple jobs or users thus eliminating the need for individual JCL command streams or used in combination with individual job inputs to provide a consistent set of processing controls Various features of PKZIP for MVS are individually licensed see Appendix A Licensing Requirements Chapter 1 An Introduction to PKZIP MVS 3 Data Encryption PKZIP for MVS Version 5 5 can encrypt data for security control and provide a password lockout for extracting data Varying security levels are available with 96 128 192 and 256 bit encryption with two encryption algorithms As of July 1 2001 the US Government mandated through the Gramm Leach Bliley Act that customer information must be encrypted to keep it
317. s Include ARCHIVE_RLSE ARCHIVE_RELEASE ARCHIVE_SPACE_RELEASE ARCHRLSE NOARCHRLSE ARCHNORLSE This command specifies whether free space should be released when a ZIP archive is deallocated ARCHIVE_SPACE_RLSE Y N Y YES The deallocated free space is released following compression This is the default action taken for sequential datasets Chapter 9 Commands 83 N NO The deallocated free space is not released following compression This is the default action taken for partitioned datasets ARCHIVE_SPACE_SECONDARY Synonyms Include ARCHSECONDARY For a new or updated ZIP archive the number of allocation units in the secondary extent is specified using the ARCHIVE_SPACE_SECONDARY command If specified the data unit number must not be 0 The default is not used if ARCHIVE_DATACLASS is specified allocation units This is an 8 character field specifying the number of allocation units for the secondary extent of the new or updated ZIP archive 00000010 Ten cylinders is the default ARCHIVE_SPACE_TYPE Synonyms Include ARCHSPACE For a new or updated ZIP archive the type of allocation units may be specified using the ARCHIVE_SPACE_TYPE command Note the default is not used when ARCHIVE_DATACLASS is specified ARCHIVE SPACE TYPE lt TRK CYL BLK MB KB gt TRK also TRKS and TRACKS Allocation by tracks CYL also CYLS and CYLINDERS Allocation by cylinders BLK also BLKS and
318. s used when the file comes from another platform and or has incomplete attributes VBView Binary Same as the browse command above except this will generate a DATA_TYPE BINARY command for the extract to the temporary file This is used when the file comes from another platform and or has incomplete attributes XExtract The selected file is extracted from the archive file XOExtract with overwrite The selected file is extracted from the archive file and will overwrite an existing file with the same name Same as the X command except the OUTFILE_OVERWRITE Y command is generated Note Each time a zipped file is selected for browsing or viewing a temporary file is created Depending on the size of the unzipped file the temporary file may be quite large If you are running under SMS control SMS will attempt to find the necessary space for the large file and your terminal will be locked during that period of time Display Fields There are several fields of information displayed for each file in the archive Each field is explained in detail below File Name The file name field contains the name s of the file s contained in the archive This name can contain both upper and lower case letters This is the only field that is repeated on each display panel Ifa is displayed immediately in front of the file name this indicates that that file is encrypted and any operation on that file will require a password
319. se Text 164 BT 164 BUFFERSPACE 130 BUFSPACE 130 Byte 201 Cc CACHEMEMORY 90 CALLMODE 63 86 CANCEL 159 CAPACITY 174 CATALOG 130 Cataloged Dataset Name and INFILE Request Restrictions 37 Cataloged Dataset Name Filter Requests 35 Changing Default Options 160 Chapter 1 An Introduction to PKZIP 1 Chapter 1 An Introduction to PKZIP MVS 1 Chapter 10 Processing with GZIP 154 Chapter 11 Using the ISPF Interface 157 Chapter 12 Using the Application Programming Interface API 171 Chapter 2 PKZIP for MVS 5 5 Release Information 7 Chapter 3 Installation Licensing and Configuration 14 Chapter 4 Getting Started with PKZIP for MVS 21 Chapter 5 File Selection and Name Processing 35 Chapter 6 ZIP Files 42 Chapter 7 File Processing 46 Chapter 8 ZIP Archives 59 Chapter 9 Commands 61 CHECK_SYSIN_MEMBER 63 86 CICS 202 CISIZE 131 CLI 175 CNVEXT 97 COBOL 202 Code Page 202 Command Changes 8 Command Details 74 Command Icon Legend 76 Command Line 202 Command Syntax 61 Commands 61 Common Business Oriented Language COBOL 202 Index 213 Compress and Store all of a User s Files into Their Own Archive 30 Compressed by 166 Compressing a Dataset 23 Compressing a VSAM File 51 Compressing Data from Tape 55 Compressing Sequential Files 47 COMPRESSION 175 Compression Method 166 Compression Rati
320. sed e PKZIP for MVS Version required for file extraction e File size uncompressed e File size compressed e Some files may contain the following additional information e The version of PKZIP for MVS that created the file e File attributes e Any comment about the file e A comment about the archive e Platform specific attributes see Cross Platform Compatibility Cyclic Redundancy Check Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC is a method used to check the integrity of the data file when it is restored from the ZIP archive While a file is compressed a PKZIP for MVS algorithm computes a 32 bit hexadecimal value for its data That CRC value is stored with the file in the ZIP archive The data in the file is extracted PKZIP for MVS processes it again by the same algorithm to produce a second CRC value Note that if the data is the same as its previous state the same CRC value will be produced The two CRC values are compared and if the extracted value does not match the initial stored value the integrity of the file is in question and PKZIP for MVS reports the results It is possible that the data was corrupted within the ZIP Archive during file transfer operations Features Distinctive to PKZIP for MVS Features distinctive to the z OS OS 390 and MVS ESA operating environments include the following Process execution from ISPF Panels as a TSO command processor from a user s program for example ASSEMBLER COBOL
321. sewhere and cannot be opened the command PARMLIB_FILE_WAIT_MAX indicates the maximum amount of time PKZIP for MVS will wait for the file to become available before abnormally ending the job The default setting is five minutes PARMLIB_ FILE WAIT MAX lt HHMMSSTH gt HHMMSSTH HH Hours MM Minutes SS Seconds T Tenths of a second H Hundredths of a second 00050000 5 minutes is the default PARMLIB_FILE_WAIT_TIMER Synonyms Include N A If the file indicated by PARMLIB_DSNAME_ZIP or PARMLIB_DSNAME_UNZIP is in use elsewhere and cannot be opened the command PARMLIB_FILE_WAIT_TIMER is the polling time used during the wait process The default setting is five seconds PARMLIB_FILE WAIT TIMER lt HHMMSSTH gt HHMMSSTH HH Hours MM Minutes SS Seconds T Tenths of a second H Hundredths of a second 00000500 5 seconds is the default 112 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 PASSWORD Synonyms Include PASS PWD To encrypt a ZIP archive file the PASSWORD command is used to establish an associated password for that file PASSWORD lt userpw gt userpw This is your selected password needed for later decrypting the ZIP archive file The encrypted file will need this password for access for extraction The password Is case sensitive Capital and lower case letters should be just that The following passwords are considered t
322. sing the SYSIN PDS member verification for performance reasons with PROC_OPT1 N available with 5 0 10 maintenance and above in ACZDFLT should change to CHECK_SYSIN_MEMBER N in the assembly of ACZDFLT PROC_OPT1 will no longer be used for this purpose in Release 5 5 and above MCZDFLTS TYPE CSECT LICENSE _HLQO PKZIP MVS PARMLIB DSNAME ZIP NULLFILE PARMLIB DSNAME UNZIP NULLFILE Change this to reflect your installation FX gt Once you have at minimum modified the LICENSE_HLQ statement to reflect your installation you will need to assemble these changes via the ASMDFLT member in the PKZIP INSTLIB to assist in creating a customized defaults module You may modify the other values in this module or you may add to it At minimum the above three lines need to be modified or validated The table below represents the contents of the PKZIP for MVS defaults module This table explains in brief the default parameters of the ACZDFLT s member and their relevance LICENSE_HLQ The high level qualifiers of the xxx LICENSE dataset LICENSE_HLQ must be the same as the high level qualifier used 18 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 for the PKZIP for MVS installation The default qualifier is PKZIP MVS See also INSTLIC and LICxxxx members ARCHIVE_UNIT OUTFILE_UNIT TEMP_UNIT Device types to use during dynamic allocation request for non VSAM files
323. some non IBM storage management products RECALL TO ZIP Y N Y YES Recall a dataset using DFHSM Note that this specification may incur significant processing delays as DFHSM performs the recalls so that file attributes can be checked File attributes must be checked to insure that Partition Dataset information is all specified and characterized before file selection can occur N NO Bypass recall of DFHSM datasets RECURSE_ LEVELS Synonyms Include RECURSE NORECURSE During ZIP file selection with masking this specifies whether or not to use file names represented by wildcard specifications RECURSE_LEVELS Y N When specifying Y YES Additional dataset levels below the qualifiers specified are included in the match for a user specified dataset Chapter 9 Commands 115 the following datasets XXX YY Y would be found XXX YYY ZZ2 XXX YYY REF XXX YYY Z12 or the following datasets PAYROL would be found PAYROLL PAYROLL PAYROLL DE When specifying N NO Only the specified dataset levels from your file selection are used in the match for file selection the only dataset XXX YY Y found would be and would not be XXX YYY ZZZ XXX YYY REF XXX YYY Z12 or the only dataset ROL found would be and would not be PAYROL PAYROLL PAYROL PAYROLL DE
324. sorting ZPFILSRT used when input file descriptors require sorting ZIPCDS license control dataset The following DDNAMES are reserved but may be modified with a customized ACZDFLT module ARCHIN ARCHIVE_INFILE ARCHOUT ARCHIVE_OUTFILE PARMLIB DDNAME_PARMLIB SYSIN DDNAME_SYSIN SYSPRINT DDNAME_SYSPRINT ZPSRTIN DDNAME_ZPSORTIN ZPSRTOUT DDNAME_ZPSORTOUT SYSPRINT By default unless overriden in the ACZDFLT module with DDNAME_SYSPRINT SYSPRINT is used for PKZIP logging This does not conflict with utilities used internally unless the SYSPRINT is directed to a physical file Because utilities such as SORT may use a different set of DCB characteristics than PKZIP a change to PKSPRINT for sysout will occur See PKSPRINT 12 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 PKSPRINT IPKSPRINT is used when the SORT utility is internally invoked and the SYSPRINT DD statement is determined to be allocated as a non JES SYSOUT file If not already allocated to the jobstep PKZIP will dynamically allocate this DD to the SYSOUT value specified in SYSPRINT_SYSOUT_CLASS from the installation defaults module PKNODUMP If allocated to the job step before invoking PKZIP a SYSABEND DD will not be dynamically allocated Use of System Utilities SORT PKZIP for MVS uses the system SORT utility to manage Archive Directory entries during both match merge procedures and View processing Acc
325. ssued to control VSAM datasets TSO E Command Reference Documents the functions of the TRANSMIT and RECEIVE Command Facility used for the distribution and allocation of PKZIP for MVS installation libraries PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Contents PRERACE EAEE E EE E E IET nc ee aweitadies II ABOUT THIS MANUAL aceitei a a a ay eA eee III CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL copada IV RELATED PUBLICATIONS manamea cooled oe Vv RELATED IBM PUBLICATIONS tii it diia ias Vv CONTENTS ocn d Vil CHAPTER 1 AN INTRODUCTION TO PKZIP FOR MVS 0 cccscccssesseseeeeseeeseneeeneees 1 AN INTRODUCTION TO PZA a ino 1 DATA COMPRESSION ated adi ini nd el od a nooo 1 ZIP ARCHIVES castas ndo cad do des o e dad dw ek eek hele sy oh da de dd e Ady oe dd 1 CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECK a narra 2 FEATURES DISTINCTIVE TO PKZIP FOR MVS ccccccccccecccececeeseeeseeecseeeseuuseueeeeauseueeeeeseeees 2 DATA ENCRYPTION 2 ct A E dl a tn tt tai 4 AES Key SIZES 242d nani ene nih eit i ik hl it bs ik Dd nd Dd ed ade 5 Could DES Cracker like hardware break an AES key cnn 5 M itoring Algorithm Security s cece ces crescacscce snes crest eeaeee seeseresuecberenuecsaresuecberedetcsetesetexe 5 What is the Life Expectancy of AES ccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeneeeeeseees 6 GROSS PLATFORM COMPATIBILITY li za cs 6 CHAPTER 2 PKZIP FOR MVS 5 5 RELEASE INFORMATION 00sceseseseseeees 7 RE
326. st in identifying and translating text based files This is useful when the originating ZIP platform typically a workstation does not set the text indicator for the file in the Archive 42 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Data Format Text Records In the context of ZIP Archives a text file is one that is stored in the ASCII format A text file contains records of data each separated by a delimiter to signify the end of the record Note An EBCDIC file containing text information such as source code can be stored in its original format by using DATA_TYPE BINARY but it is not considered to be a text file within the ZIP architecture PKZIP for MVS uses the default delimiter CR LF x 0D0A at the end of each text record You may choose to use a different delimiter by using the DATA_DELIMITER command or other characters as specified in the command set At the end of each ZIP d file is a file terminator The default file terminator for PKZIP for MVS is Ctrl Z x 1A This file terminator can be changed by using the FILE_TERMINATOR command Note The last record will have the data delimiter followed by the file terminator If it is desired that the ZIPPED file contain no data delimiters you may specify CRLF N or DATA_DELIMITER If CR LF is specified on ZIP but CRLF N is specified on UNZIP then PKZIP for MVS will treat the x 0D0A as data characters an
327. stallation Dataset INSTLIB By executing this job stream the LICENSE dataset will be updated and a report will be produced that will reflect the state of PKZIP MVS at your location Following is a sample of the output ZPLI200I CONTROL CARD INPUT TO THE LICENSE RECORD LICENSED BY PKWARE 11 22 02 FPD 55 X37C8901 104620127 PKWARE of Ohio INC DAYTON OHIO 23 RT1A2217 20020102 01052B70601B 12 RT1A1331 20020102 01462A903041 14 XXOP2217 20020102 01052B70601B 73 XZZX2217 20020102 01052B70601B 18 RT562217 20020102 01052B70601B Appendix A Licensing Requirements 175 89 1414C1EF 20020930 01052B70601B ZPLI200I THE LICENSE RECORD HAS BEEN UPDATED FOR PKZIP ON 01 08 01 AT 1 45pm FROM CPU SERIAL 01052B kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkk Reporting To report on the status of the license at your location run the sample job stream in member LICPRINT in the Installation Dataset pkzip mvs INSTLIB Following is a sample of the report with normal licensing F 176 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 O ZPLI200I A LICENSE REPORT HAS BEEN REQUESTED ON 11 19 02 AT 8 35am IN QZIP FPD LICENSE ZPLI200I For Technical Support assistance please contact Product Services Division ZPLI200I at 937 847 2687 or go to http www pkzip com support kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
328. sts are made VSAM files are supported at the CLUSTER level only Individual DATA and INDEX COMPONENT names should not be requested ZIP File Names The ZIP Archive architecture describes files in an internal format that is comparable to the UNIX file naming standards Each file is described within a ZIP Archive Central Directory entry and is represented in ASCII In addition the format carries an inherent directory sub directory format with as the directory separator character MVS dataset names are converted to the standard ZIP Archive file directory format before they are stored For example the dataset sYS1 PARMLIB CLOCK00 will appear in a ZIP Archive as SYS1 PARMLIB CLOCKOO In addition a browse of the file in HEX format would show the ASCII representation for the characters not EBCDIC The following commands are used to control the file names being saved and restored during ZIP and UNZIP processing See the appropriate command section later in this manual for more detail Summary of Commands Affecting ZIP Filename Process Command Description ZIP amp UNZIP TRANSLATE_TABLE FILEINFO EBCDIC lt gt ASCII translate table ZIP amp UNZIP ZIPPED_DSN_ SEPARATOR Default is and replaces In MVS DSNs as well as separating a member name UNZIP UNZIPPED_DSN Allows the transformation of the internal ZIP Filename to an MVS standard name and allows the replacement of qualif
329. t or customized by the installation Use this command when filenames are in an incompatible format with the target platform or when standard translation tables contain indecipherable characters from when the file was previously translated UNZIPPED_DSN Synonyms Include NOA HLQ UNZIPPED_DSNAME One or more UNZIPPED_DSN commands may be used to modify high level qualifiers when extracting files During filename transformation from Archive filename format to MVS dataset name format matching archive file high level qualifiers are replaced with an MVS high level qualifier specified in this command A generalized renaming process can be made by using wildcard specifications Chapter 9 Commands 125 The The basic format of the command is UNZIPPED DSN lt Zipfile path gt lt MVS_hlg gt Note Either of the fields may be blank but not both Note In previous versions of PKZIP for MVS the character was used to separate the two parameters This character is still supported but the is recommended as this is consistent with other commands and removes confusion about the use of the character in the Zip file name four possible functions performed by this command include High Level Replacement UNZIPPED_DSN lt Zipfile_path gt lt MVS_hlq gt Given the archive DB TYPE RATE MDB TY XXX r in newname P and a command of UNZIPPED_DSN note
330. tem Information 16 177 SHOW_SETTINGS 67 119 SIMULATE 67 119 Simulation Mode 167 SMM 102 SNAP_SYSOUT_CLASS 67 120 SORT 13 Sort Field 162 Sort Order 162 Sort Output 161 Source File 209 Spanned Record 210 Specific Changes 18 SS 119 STAGE_TAPE_ON_DISK 67 120 STAGE_TAPE_TO_DISK 120 STEPLIB DD 22 STRIP 120 STRIP_CHAR 67 120 Summary of Available Commands 62 Summary of Commands Affecting ZIP Filename 38 Summary View of a Dataset 181 182 SUPPRESS DYNALLOC_MSGS 67 121 SYSEXEC 20 SYSIN DD 22 SYSPRINT 12 Sysprint Allocation 158 SYSPRINT Browse Option S 167 SYSPRINT DD 22 SYSPRINT_DCB 121 SYSPRINT_DCB 67 SYSPRINT_SYSOUT_CLASS 67 121 SYSPROC 20 T Tailoring Site Specific Changes 18 Tape Cartridge 210 Tape Drive 210 Tape Volume 210 TAPETODISK 67 TASKS 67 TASKS 103 TEMP_BLKSIZE 67 122 TEMP_DATACLASS 67 122 Index 219 TEMP_MGMTCLASS 68 122 TEMP_RECFM 68 122 TEMP_SPACE_ PRIMARY 68 123 TEMP_SPACE_SECONDARY 68 123 TEMP_SPACE_TYPE 68 123 TEMP_STORCLASS 19 68 123 TEMP_UNIT 19 68 123 TEMP_VOLUMES 19 68 124 TEMPBLKSIZ 122 TEMPDCLASS 122 Temporary Dataset 60 TEMPPRI 123 TEMPPRIMARY 123 TEMPSCLASS 123 TEMPSEC 123 TEMPSECONDARY 123 TEMPSPACE 123 TEMPTYPE 122 TEMPUNIT 123 TERM 97 TEST 76 Test Library 210 Text 160 TEXT 90 Text Records
331. ters added after the last record of the file and should only have the FILE_TERMINATOR character s added Note CRLF Y NOEOFDELIM also performs this action If the default values for DATA_DELIMITER and FILE_TERMINATOR are taken the same output results will be seen with either CRLY Y standard or CRLF C The advantage of using CRLF C or CRLF Y NOEOFDELIM is that finer control of the last control characters in the file can be achieved through the FILE_TERMINATOR specifications When used in PKZUNZIP program processing CRLF C during an EXTRACT causes additional line control interpretation to be done when the DATA_DELIMITER and FILE_TERMINATOR characters specified do not accurately match the source file Use of CRLF C may cause records to be split when binary data within a text file is found to contain any of the typical line control characters ACZDFLT MCZDFLTS macro When CRLF C is used in the MCZDFLTS macro and FILE_TERMINATOR is not specified the default for FILE_TERMINATOR will be set to CRLFCZ x 0D0A1A instead of the standard default of CZ x 1A This will yield equivalent ZIP results when CRLF Y is specified with its defaults FILE_TERMINATOR may be specified along with CRLF C to ZIP a file resulting in no control characters at the end of the file If both CRLF C and FILE_TERMINATOR CZ are specified then FILE_TERMINATOR 0DOA1A will be substituted
332. tform information command compatibility and a 2 icon indicates that you should proceed with extreme caution and double check that the information provided works with your platform It is important that you double check a command before using it Icons Description O This icon specifies what platforms use this command This command is not compatible with UNIX MVS OS 400 and Windows Q This icon is a warning and it instructs 7S you to read the information and proceed with caution ACTION Synonyms Include ADD COPY DELETE EXTRACT FRESHEN PATCH_REPORT TEST UPDATE VIEW The ACTION command is used to add copy delete extract freshen update or view files in a ZIP archive It may also be used to view a patch report ACTION ADD COPY DELETE EXTRACT FRESHEN PATCH_REPORT TEST UPDATE VIEW 76 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 ADD Specifies the addition of a file s to a ZIP archive using the method as specified in COMPRESSION_METHOD If a file already exists in the archive with the same name the addition will be disallowed and an UPDATE modifier will be required Use ARCHIVE_DSN or a combination of ARCHIVE_INFILE and ARCHIVE_OUTFILE along with the ACTION ADD to create the new ZIP archive The ADD command will force the creation of a new ZIP archive ADD is the default action for the PKZIP program COPY Specifies that
333. tion are generally posted on the company web site and updated periodically Fixed Length A dataset or data definition characteristic in which all of the records are the same length See also Variable Length GDG Generation Data Groups GMT See Greenwich mean time shown below or Universal Time Coordinated UTC 204 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 GNU A recursive acronym for the name of the Free Software Foundation s freely distributable replacement for UNIX Greenwich mean time GMT A synonym for Universal Time Coordinated UTC which is the mean solar time of the meridian of Greenwich England and is the prime basis of standard time throughout the world GZIP GZIP also known as GNU zip is a compression utility designed to use a different standard for handling compressed file data in an Archive Host The controlling or highest level system in a data communications configuration for example an iSeries system is the host system for the work stations connected to it ICF Integrated Catalog Facility I O See Input Output shown below IDCAMS The utility program used by IBM s Access Method Services to create and manage VSAM datasets Input Output 1 0 Data provided to the computer or data resulting from computer processing Installation Verification Procedure IVP A sample application script or jobstream provided to verify successful installation of a product may be either software or hardwar
334. tion requests Various informational messages can be obtained from these internal components by turning on various logging and trace elements in the command stream PDS member name selection can be requested through INFILE command parameters associated JCL DD member reference or Dataset name pa rameters e When an INFILE JCL DD specification is used and a member name is coded in the JCL it overrides any INFILE command parameters Only the member requested in the JCL will be added to the selection list e Dataset name command requests that also contain member request masks act in a cumulative fashion All members from a PDS matching the requested masks will be added to the candidate member list e When both INFILE and Dataset Name command requests are made with member names the multiple requests are merged into a cumulative list and only one copy of the member is processed e Because member name selections can also be placed on Dataset name masked requests such as more than one dataset is identified via a masked name combinations of requests may result in different member selection criteria for different datasets e Member selection requests are compiled into an internal table which is later used to match against the list of members available from the PDS PDS members will be selected in alphanumeric order Cataloged Dataset Name and INFILE Request Restrictions Cataloged dataset command requests must begin with a fully q
335. tional to Error conditions PKZIP for MVS intercepts many of the Dynamic Allocation return code conditions and provides its own reporting according to the dataset request being performed SUPPRESS_DYNALLOC is the default which limits the operating system to reporting Error conditions as the operating system defines error If additional dynamic allocation information is needed for problem determination purposes the PKZIP for MVS technical support staff will provide additional commands that will provide tracing of Dynamic Allocation activities Note An ACZDFLT setting of TRACE_DYNALLOC 0 can be used to make this the default SYSPRINT_DCB Synonyms Include N A This command can only be entered through ACZDFLT or as an EXEC parameter The SYSPRINT DCB attributes can be customized SYSPRINT_DCB FB132 FBA121 FBA133 FA121 FB132 SYSPRINT DCB attributes will be fixed block 132 no ASA FBA121 SYSPRINT DCB attributes will be fixed block 121 with ASA FBA133 SYSPRINT DCB attributes will be fixed block 133 with ASA FA121 SYSPRINT DCB attributes will be fixed 121 with ASA The ASA control character character in column 1 will be a blank SYSPRINT_SYSOUT_CLASS Synonyms Include N A This command specifies the SYSOUT class to be used for SYSPRINT messages when a SYSPRINT allocation is not provided for the job session SYSPRINT_SYSOUT_CLASS lt class gt Chapter 9 Commands 121
336. to STOP or TOLERATE Without STOP or TOLERATE specified busy files will be skipped Chapter 9 Commands 103 WARNONBUSY Same as WARNIFBUSY Note This is different from a similar command ON_FILE_IO_ERROR which refers to file errors during a read ON_FILE_IO_ ERROR Synonyms Include FILEPROCERR When used in PKZIP program processing If an I O problem occurs during ZIP processing of an input file or a temporary archive the ON_FILE_IO_ ERROR command specifies whether to terminate processing or ignore the error and continue ON_FILE IO ERROR STOP TERMINATE TOLERATE IGNORE STOP Processing halts when an I O error is detected TERMINATE Processing halts when an I O error is detected TOLERATE Processing continues with other files Should all files receive errors the archive may be empty as no file processing occurred IGNORE Processing continues with other files Should all files receive errors the archive may be empty as no file processing occurred In either case the PKZIP program will create a return code and error message s indicating the problem Note This is different from a similar command ON_FILE_ACCESS_ ERROR which refers to file errors during access before the file is read When used in PKUNZIP program processing If an I O problem occurs during ZIP processing of an output file the ON_FILE_lO ERROR command specifies whether to terminate processing or ignore the er
337. truct a DATA_TYPE command If the value entered is BV then a SAVE_LRECL Y command is also generated More Files If more file selection entries are desired enter a Y in this field Another panel will be displayed where up to 10 additional file specifications can be entered Simulation Mode Specifying a Y in this field will run the compress job in simulation mode A SIMULATE Y command is added to the input stream This allows file selection and renaming operations to be verified before files are actually written No file s are actually added to the archive file Zip Function This field will determine the type of ACTION command that will be generated Valid entries are A for ACTION ADD F for ACTION FRESHEN U for ACTION UPDATE and D for ACTION DELETE Processing Mode Specifying a F in this field will run the compress as a foreground task Specifying a B will build JCL for a batch job The JCL will be displayed so it can reviewed and or modified before submission The job is submitted by the TSO SUBMIT command Advanced Options Specifying a Y in this field will display the current defaults for zip processing and allow them to be changed and included as commands in this extract This is the same process described for Option ZD earlier As the options are changed they are flagged with the string Adv Options This field is initialized to a N After all the fields ha
338. ts within the file will produce unpredictable results for fields containing binary data DATA_TYPE BINARY should be used to preserve data integrity however this means that text data will not be translated into the ASCII format by UNZIP processing in a cross platform environment An advanced feature DATA_TYPE DETECT is provided for ZIP processing which instructs PKZIP for MVS to read a portion of data from the input file in accordance with the DATATYPE_DETECT_DEPTH value and scan it for non translatable text characters using the active text translation table If the number of translatable text characters as specified by the DATATYPE_DETECT_TABLE meets or exceeds the percentage specified by DATATYPE_TEXT_PERCENT the file will be treated as DATA_TYPE TEXT Otherwise it will be treated as if DATA_TYPE BINARY has been used Note One exception to this is X 00 or the NULL terminator character which is commonly used in C language The NULL character will be allowed within the files If it is unknown whether a file in the ZIP Archive is text or binary you may use the ACTION VIEWDETAIL command to examine the file attributes It is possible for members of the same PDS or PDSE to be treated differently when DATA_TYPE DETECT is used because of a varying mix of data Each member is treated as an independent file during ZIP processing An advanced feature DATA_TYPE DETECTX is provided for UNZIP processing to assi
339. ual control over 54 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 the allocation of the staging file In addition the ARCHTEMP file may be allocated as a permanent dataset Using these techniques the following additional benefits can be obtained The permanently staged archive may be used as a backup copy for example maintain GDGs of the Archive in a before picture Retain the disk based archive for subsequent processing runs More information may be found in the command section on STAGE_TAPE_ON_DISK Compressing Data from Tape PKZIP MVS will process cataloged Standard Label tape files in the same way that disk files are either through dataset selection control cards or DD statements with INFILE However the file attributes that are stored with the Archive for the related file are limited to information such as LRECL BLKSIZE and RECFM When extracting files such as this to disk OUTFILE_ commands should be provided either by command or the defaults module to specify proper space allocation information Non labeled Tapes NL Non label tapes do not contain DCB information that is necessary for PKZIP for MVS to process the compression such as RECFM LRECL and BLKSIZE This is not an issue when using standard labeled tapes as the information is coded in the label It is imperative that the required information be included in the DD statement as shown in the example below otherwise standard system OPEN
340. ualified first level For example SYS1 is valid but SYS is not Cataloged Dataset name requests depend on the accuracy of the system catalog structure under which PKZIP for MVS is executing If a dataset is cataloged but does not exist on the cataloged device then an allocation error will occur later in processing INFILE ddname requests must accurately reflect the device and volume for the requested dataset ddname must be a fully qualified DDname allocated to the job step or TSO session INFILE requests which refer to a DD statement that is a concatenated set of datasets should have all files of the same DSORG and RECFM in accordance with OS 390 rules for concatenated datasets The associated DD statement will be opened with the DCB characteristics of the first file in the concatenation and that file s name will represent the group for processing in the ZIP archive Dataset ALIAS names may be used to identify candidate datasets However the system catalog structure will be used to translate the ALTAS name to the true dataset name for processing When a Dataset name request is made a message will be issued to the output log indicating that an ALIAS to Truename translation has occurred However when an ALIAS name is used with an INFILE request the operating system resolves the ALIAS entry to its associated Truename before program execution begins and File Selection will only refer to the Truename as presented by OS 390
341. uffers Note Access Method Services may modify the value to fit VSAM processing needs VSAM_CATALOG Synonyms Include ARCHCATALOG CATALOG OUTCATALOG This command is also compatible with VSE 2 Be aware that if this command is used incorrectly you could incur problems The VSAM_CATALOG parameter defines into which catalog the VSAM output file is to be defined If the value is blank then the system defined catalog environment will be used If the value is set to a catalog name then the name will be used in the Define Cluster Cat name parameter If the value is set to USE_ORIGINAL then UNZIP processing will attempt to use a saved catalog attribute from the zip archive Warning Care must be taken when using the USE_ORIGINAL option An inappropriate catalog may be used which does not fit within the master user catalog structure of the target system This may occur because the high level qualifier does not match the alias entries in the master catalog either because of a change of qualifier for example with UNZIPPED_DSN specifications or because the original filename does not match the current operating environment This can result in a file being allocated in the specified catalog but inaccessible through normal system catalog structures The unzip will fail and the dataset may not appear in standard catalog listings even though the file was created The IDCAMS equivalent for this command is CATALOG catname
342. ul ZIP Archives Primary 25 one quarter of the total size of the uncompressed file s ARCHIVE_SPACE_PRIMARY command ZIP Archives Secondary 10 one tenth of the total size of the uncompressed file s ARCHIVE_SPACE_SECONDARY commana Temporary Files Primary 25 one quarter of the size of the largest uncompressed file TEMP_SPACE_PRIMARY command Temporary Files Secondary 10 one tenth of the size of the largest uncompressed file TEMP_SPACE_SECONDARY command If a tape based Archive is being used it is possible to use a temporary disk archive during processing see STAGE_TAPE_ON_DISK command The sizes used should correspond to those specified in the tape archive Chapter 6 ZIP Files 45 Chapter 7 File Processing File Support PKZIP for MVS has the ability to support files maintained in various formats specifically sequential files PDS or PDSE members VSAM files and magnetic tapes or cartridges PKZIP for MVS has three possible applications for each file type Compressing files of each format into a ZIP Archive Data from a ZIP Archive may be extracted into each of these formats A ZIP Archive may be managed in each of these formats An overview of information regarding each file type is shown in the table below Additional information that is required in working with each specific file type is detailed under the appropriate section later in this chapter In all cases PKZIP
343. urrently a Y then it is made a N and vice versa Numeric When an option with a numeric value is selected then a pop up panel is displayed where the desired numerical value can be entered EBCDIC When an option value is a single EBCDIC character a pop up panel is displayed where the desired character can be entered Dataset Name If the value of an option is a dataset name then a pop up panel is displayed allowing the name of a dataset to be entered The dataset name can be in the form of MY DATA SET NAME or MY DATA SET NAME MEMBER Text If an option value is character or text information then a pop up panel is displayed allowing the desired text to be entered Text can be up to 255 characters depending on the option Volume List Some option values are lists of volume serial numbers Selecting an option of this type will cause a pop up panel to display where from 1 to 31 volume serial numbers can be entered Option List Several options have a list of valid values When an option of this type is selected for update a scrollable panel is displayed showing all of the valid values for that option The desired value can then be selected by placing a beside the desired value Changes entered for the updates above will be identified on the panel by the string Changed 160 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Including Changed Defaults Any ZIP and or UNZIP
344. using PATH N When converting a filename from MVS format to ZIP archive format the PATH N command is specified so that the last level of the dataset is used as the archive name This command is not used if a matching ZIPPED_DSN command exists Given the PDS SYS1 PARMLIB CLOCKOO member the ZIP internal CLOCKOO filename will be PKSUPPRC Synonyms Include N A PKSUPPRC is a non default command that allows the return code to be suppressed for the following message ZPAMO92E Nothing to do ZPAMO93W No files match Initializing Copying Archive ZPEX013W Truncation PRESERVE_CMD_SPACES Synonyms Include N A In releases of PKZIP 2 61 and prior a was required to identify a command continuation a blank preceding the was needed to identify the continuation action The support of continuation command records with imbedded blanks that was added with PKZIP MVS 5 5 for extended filenames required all occurrences of preceding space to be changed to PRESERVE CMD SPACES Y YES will be the default and will be required for the preservation of preceding spaces when required for specific command values for example UNIX format file names with imbedded blanks and ARCHIVE_COMMENT text N NO backward compatibility command will provide you with the flexibility to remove blanks preceding the as in earlier releases of PKZIP MVS provided with fix TT1053 114 PK
345. ve a predetermined set of product features CAPACITY The CAPACITY license type compares the capacity of the operating environment as defined by the machine serial number along with a predefined table for instance to assure the application is running in a machine whose computing capacity is not larger that that for which the product is licensed Customer will designate the serial number of the processor s DEMO A DEMO license is typically restricted to a certain time period number of executions or limited set of functions These licenses may allow any of the other types of use This license is also known as Try and Buy or Supply before Buy These terms and conditions can be an added restriction to any of the license types 30 day trial period DISASTER RECOVERY A DISASTER RECOVERY license is granted by the vendor to allow a specified product to execute under conditions defined as disaster recovery for a specified period of time or for a specified number of occurrences These terms and conditions can be an added restriction to any of the license types Implemented with a 5 day grace period to allow the customer to contact PKWARE to update the license The grace period will never expire on a weekend ENTERPRISE An ENTERPRISE license is assigned to an enterprise which may be comprised of multiple sites complexes nodes and or serial numbers It is an all encompassing license to a
346. ve been entered press ENTER to process the panel and build the compress job To display the ZIP help information press PF1 Enter VIEW as a primary command to view the current contents of the specified archive file This VIEW option is explained above under Option V SYSPRINT Browse Option S This option will display the output of the last on line operation It is displayed in a standard ISPF browse panel If the return code of an on line operation exceeds the lowest allowable return code see Configuration then the output is automatically displayed This option allows the browsing of the output from arun with any return code An example of this display is shown below Menu Utilities Compilers Help BROWSE FPD PKZIP55 SYSOUT Line 00000000 Col 001 132 Command gt Scroll gt PAGE kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkxk Top of Datar Fk KK xk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk kk KKK Chapter 11 Using the ISPF Interface 167 ZPGE001T UN ZPLIOO1I PKZIP for MVS TM Data Compression Version 5 5 ZPLIOO1I Copyright 2003 PKWARE of Ohio ZPLIOO1I PKZIP R is a registered trademark of PKWARE R ZPLIOO1I ZPLIOO1I OS Level HBB7703 SP6 1 0 ZIP STARTUP STORAGE QUERY 24BIT kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Commands generated from panel input kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkkkkkkkxk SUPPRESS_D TRACE_DYNA ARCHIVE_DS ACTION EXT OUTFILE_DS YNALLOC_MSGS LLOC 0 N P
347. way that will be used in the examples presented in this chapter is to run PKZIP and PKUNZIP as batch jobs using JCL and specifying the commands and file selections via SYSIN as shown in the next section Invoking PKZIP or PKUNZIP Using JCL In these examples you will be running PKZIP for MVS in batch by submitting JCL However PKZIP for MVS can also be executed using the ISPF panels interface called from a user written program or from a TSO environment with REXX or CLISTS The example below demonstrates the basic JCL statements required to run PKZIP Chapter 3 Installation Licensing and Configuration 21 lt job card gt ZIP EXEC PGM PKZ IP REGION 8M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN PKZIP MVS V55 LOAD SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ARCHIVE _ DSN MY ARCHIVE ZIP lt commands gt Notes for Invoking PKZIP or PKUNZIP Using JCL 1 lt job card gt should be replaced with the job details required for running this job in accordance with your installation standards 2 To add update freshen delete or view compressed files within a ZIP archive use the PKZIP program To extract test or view compressed files in a ZIP archive use the PKUNZIP program 3 PKZIP for MVS should normally run within a region size of 8Mb however this value is dependent on the number and type of files being processed If you encounter storage problems then this value should be increased if possible 4
348. with the input archive This DDNAME should not be used in a PKZIP MVS job step for any other purpose STRIP_CHAR Synonyms Include STRIP This command specifies an ending character to be removed from the end of each record before it is compressed There is no default as this process does not occur unless specified STRIP_CHAR lt strip char gt strip char This is a single entry for the character s to be removed from the end of each record before compressing One of three types may be entered No character specifies that trailing spaces hex 40 are removed from every record 120 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Any EBCDIC character Any Hexadecimal character in the format STRIP_CHAR X 7B If multiple characters occur at the end of the record all occurrences of the character are removed Use caution with this command as the dataset will be modified SUPPRESS_DYNALLOC_MSGS Synonyms Include NODYNMSGS This command specifies that the dynamic allocation messages that appear in the job log be suppressed This will not affect severe errors SUPPRESS DYNALLOC_MSGS PKZIP for MVS performs dynamic allocation requests for various files archive parameter input output and temporary During the system service requests the operating system may attempt to issue messages to the joblog or foreground TSO session screen These messages are classified by level ranging from Informa
349. xecuted within a TSO CLIST or REXX EXEC provided that the proper FILE allocations TSO equivalent of DD statements are made The following samples show how allocations can be done to invoke PKZIP for MVS CLIST Call Read commands from a member and put messages to a pre allocated FB 132 file PROC 0 ALLOC F SYSIN DA pkzip mvs INSTLIB SAMPVIEW SHR ALLOC F SYSPRINT DA USERID QZ SYSOUT SHR CALL pkzip mvs LOAD PKUNZIP FREE F SYSIN SYSPRINT REXX Call Pass commands as a parm and allocate a new SYSPRINT file to browse Rexx Sample call of PKUNZIP for VIEW with no SYSIN First allocate a SYSPRINT output file for later browsing Address TSO attrib dcbout recfm f b lrecl 132 blksize 27984 ALLOC F SYSPRINT da my sysprint new catalog cylinders using dcbout space 1 1 Chapter 4 Getting Started with PKZIP MVSTM 27 Define the command list to pass without SYSIN callparms NOSYSIN ARCHIVE USERID MY ZIP VIEWBRIEF Invoke PKUNZIP Address LINKMVS PKUNZIP callparms Free the work files and browse the output Address TSO free f DCBOUT SYSPRINT Address ISPEXEC browse dataset my sysprint Invoking ZIP or UNZIP TSO Command Line Interface A subset of PKZIP for MVS features can be invoked from the ZIP and UNZIP REXX EXECs These commands are intended to approximate the PKZIP and PKUNZIP DOS based commands with similar comma
350. y for a TSO user to either build batch JCL or invoke foreground PKZIP for MVS services The panel interface also provides a dynamic table interface to display ZIPPED files within a ZIP Archive allowing line command selection for browsing viewing and extracting PKZIP for MVS 5 5 Main Menu OPTION gt C Config Display Modify configuration ZD Zip Defaults Display default settings for ZIP processing UD Unzip Defaults Display default settings for UNZIP processing U Unzip Decompress File s Stored in Archive File V View Display the contents of an Archive File Z Zip Compress File s and Write to an Archive File S Sysprint Browse Log of last on line execution M Messages Message ID lookup L License Display License Information W What s New Browse Information on changes since last release A Contact PKWARE Browse Information on how to contact PKWARE X EXIT Exit PKZIP for MVS To EXIT Press PF3 or enter X For HELP Press PF1 This topic is covered in detail in Chapter 11 Using the ISPF Interface Detailed instructions for installation and implementation can be found in Chapter 3 Installation Licensing and Configuration 30 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 Invoking the PKZIP for MVS ZIP and UNZIP Services API The PKZIP for MVS Callable Services API provides an interface to the compression and decompression algorithms This allows MVS OS 390 and z OS applications to compress and decompress storage
351. ystems programming staff at the installation should be contacted for information regarding these units and standards for use e Copy the tape archive to a disk file and processing the disk instead of tape e Use TAPETODISK command of PKZIP MVS to copy the archive to disk To Compress Data into a ZIP Archive on Tape By using the ARCHIVE_OUTFILE command PKZIP for MVS will compress data into a ZIP Archive residing on tape A DD statement is used to specify the new tape based archive dataset and should include necessary DCB information The ARCHIVE_OUTFILE command replaces any ARCHIVE_ commands intended to dynamically create an Archive and directs PKZIP for MVS to create the ZIP Archive on the tape dataset as specified by the name in the DD statement 56 PKZIP MVS Release 5 5 User s Guide PKMU V5R5000 ARCHOUT DD DSN hlq archive zip UNIT tape DISP NEW CATLG DCB RECFM LRECL 32760 BLKSIZE 32760 LABEL 1 SL SYSIN DD ARCHIVE OUTFILE ARCHOUT To View a Tape Based Archive Tape based Archives may be viewed in the same way as disk based Archives Either a DD statement referenced by ARCHIVE_INFILE with appropriate DCB information if the tape file is Non label or a cataloged Standard label tape via ARCHIVE Restriction Some data centers do not allow dynamic allocation of Tape datasets In this case ARCHIVE_INFILE should be used with a DD statement Processing Hint If you inte

PKZIP MVS User's Guide 5.5

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents